TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW

        THE BINDING VERSION IS THE
HEBREW VERSION










 


Exhibit 4.12


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





 


 


State of Israel


Ministry of Communications


 


General License to Cellcom Israel Ltd.



for the Provision of mobile radio telephone
services by the cellular method (cellular)


 


Combined Version, as at March 1, 2017


 


 


 




    1 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 

 

 

 


General License for


 


Cellcom Israel Ltd.


 


 


Award of license 


 


 


By the authority
vested in me under the Telecommunications Law, 5742 – 1982 (hereinafter – the Law), the Wireless Telegraph Ordinance
[New Version], 5732 – 1972 (hereinafter – the Ordinance), and my other powers pursuant to any law, I, the Minister
of Communications, hereby grant a license to Cellcom Israel Ltd. (hereinafter – the Licensee) to establish, maintain and
operate a mobile radio telephone system by the cellular method, and to provide thereby mobile radio telephone services to the
Israeli public, as set forth in this License.


 


This License
is granted for the period set forth in the license and is subject to its conditions as follows:


 


 


 




    2 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


CHAPTER A: GENERAL


 


PART A: DEFINITIONS AND
INTERPRETATION:


 


		1.	Definitions



 


		1.1	In this
                                         License, the words and expressions below will have the meaning listed next to them, unless
                                         another meaning is evident from the written language or its context.



 


	" Type Approval"	-	Approval given by the Minister pursuant to the Law
    and the Ordinance to a cellular end-equipment model.
	"Means of Control"	-	In
        a corporation – any one of the following:

         

        (1)
        the right to vote at a general meeting of a company or in an entity corresponding thereto in another corporation;

         

        (2)
        the right to appoint a director or CEO;

         

        (3)
        the right to participate in the profits of the corporation;

         

        (4)
        the right to a share in the balance of the assets of the corporation after payment of its debts on liquidation.

         

	"Telecommunications"	-	Broadcast, transfer or reception of marks, signals, written material,
    visual forms, sound or information, via wire, wireless, optical system or other electromagnetic systems;
	"Franchisee"A16

         

        "Cellular
        Radio Infrastructure License Holder"

         

        "Generation
        2"

         

        "Generation
        3"

         

        "Generation
        4"

         
	-

         

        -

         

        -

         

        -

         

        -

         
	As
        defined in Section 6(12)(1) of the Law;

         

        whoever
        receives the license for establishment, existence and operation of a radio infrastructure for mobile telephony communication;

         

        A
        network which allows mostly the provision of call and message services, using basic mobile telephony communications of
        GSM or CDMA and all of their updates, such as GPRS, EDGE, etc.;

         

        A
        network, which in addition to Generation 2 services, allows for the provision of data services at an medium pace (a few
        dozen megabits per second) using basic mobile telephony communications of UMTS and CDMA2000 and all of their updates,
        such as HSPA, HSPA+, etc.;

         

        A
        network, which in addition to Generation 3 services, allows for the transfer of date at a high pace (approximately 100
        megabits per seconds) using basic mobile telephony communications in accordance with the 3GPP TS 36.104 last release standard,
        for supplying all of the License Owner's services under his license, such as LTE technology;

         

	"Interested Party"	-	Anyone holding, directly or indirectly, 5% of a certain type of
    the Means of Control;
	"Licensee"	-	Anyone to whom the Minster granted, pursuant to the Law, a general
    or special license; A16
	"General Licensee" A16	-	Anyone who has received a general license for implementing the
    Telecommunications operations and providing Telecommunications services;
	"Roaming Licensee" A60	-	The person who one Tender 12/2010 – Combined License for
    the Provision of Mobile Radio Telephone Services by the Cellular Method (Cellular) in Israel – Extension of Existing
    License and Grant of a New License.
	"Broadcasting Licensee" A16	-	As defined in the Law;


 



    3 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


	"Accessibility Fees"	-	Payment for the use of another Telecommunications system,
    including for connection, transmission and collection;
	"Technical Requirements and Service Quality"	-	Standards of availability and service quality, standards for Telecommunications
    facilities and instructions for installation, operation and maintenance, all according to the engineering plan as the Director
    will order from time to time relating to the services of the Licensee
	“Contract”A43	-	Contract between the Licensee and a Subscriber, for the provision
    of all or any of the services of the Licensee;
	the "Proposal"	-	The Licensee’s Proposal in the Tender;
	the
        "Bezeq Corp."

         

        "Bill"
        or "Telephone Bill"

         

        "Bill
        Period"

         
	-

         

        -

         

        -

         
	Bezeq
        Israel Telecommunication Corp. Ltd.;

         

        A bill which the license
        owner submits to the subscriber for services it provided to him or for services provided to the subscriber by another
        license owner or by a service provider;

         

        A cyclical time period,
        whose length is particular, at the end of which a bill for payment is submitted to the subscriber for the services of
        the license owner and for the services of the service provider, which were provided to the subscriber during said period.

         

	the
        “Law"

         

        "Goods" 
	-

         

        - 
	The
        Communications Law (Telecommunications and Broadcasts), 5742 – 1982; A16

         

        As
defined in Section 3 of the Interpretation Law, 5741-1981; 




 


_________________________


 


A16 Amendment No. 16





A16 Amendment No. 16





A16 Amendment No. 16





A16 Amendment No. 16





A60 Amendment No. 60





A16 Amendment No. 16





A43 Amendment No. 43 [Inception:
This amendment shall come into force not later than March 15, 2007]


 




    4 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


	"Holding" A16	-	For the purpose of Means of Control – directly
    or indirectly, whether alone or in concert with others, including through another, including a trustee or agent, or through
    a right granted under an agreement, including an option for a Holding that does not derive from convertible securities, or
    in any other way;
	"Transfer" A16	-	For the purpose of the Means of Control, whether directly or indirectly,
    whether for consideration or without consideration, whether in perpetuity or for a period, all at once or in parts;
	"In Concert With Others" A16	-	Permanent collaboration and, with regard to an individual, permanent
    collaborators will be deemed – the individual, his Relative, and a corporation that one of them controls and, with regard
    to a corporation – the corporation, anyone controlling it and anyone who is controlled by one of them;
	"Security
        Forces"

         

        "Applicant"

         
	-

         

        -

         
	The
        Israel Defence Forces, the Israel Police, the General Security Service and the Mossad Institute for Intelligence and Special
        Operations;

         

        Someone
        who requests to enter into a contracting agreement or purchase agreement with the license owner;

         

	"Index"	-	The Consumer Price Index published by the Central Bureau of Statistics
    from time to time, or any other index that may replace it;
	“Cellular Radio Center"	-	A wireless facility functioning on the operating frequencies and
    used for creating a radio connection between cellular end-equipment units in the possession of the subscribers in its coverage
    area and the cellular switchboard;
	"Interface"	-	The physical meeting between various functional Telecommunications
    units, including by optical or wireless means;A16
	"Telecommunications
        Facility"

         

        "Generation
        4 Tender"

         
	-

         

        -

         
	A facility
        or device intended mainly for telecommunication purposes, including end-equipment;A16

         

        Tender
No. 2014/021 – a combined license for the provision of mobile telephony communications by way of the cellular method in
Israel: expansion of an existing license or granting a new license;

	"Tender No. 1/01" A16	-	A tender published by the Ministry on 4 Nissan 5761 (March 28,
    2001), including the clarifications given by the Ministry in the course of the Tender, as a result of which this License was
    amended;
	the "Tender"	-	Tender No. 10/93 published by the Ministry on November 11,
    1993, including clarifications given by the Ministry in the course of the Tender, as a result of which this License is granted;
	the "Director"	-	The Director General of the Ministry of Communications or anyone
    authorized by him for the purposes of this License, in whole or in part;
	"Subscriber" A43	-	Anyone who enters into an agreement with the Licensee for the purpose
    of receiving cellular services as an end user;
	"Dormant subscriber"T48)	 	A
subscriber in respect of which all of the conditions set out below are fulfilled:

        (a)       He
did not receive or use cellular services during a minimum of one year, starting from January 1, 2008; 

        (b)       He
does not pay the Licensee any fixed payment;

        (c)       He
is not bound with the Licensee by any plan that includes a commitment period.



 





	"Business
                           subscriber"T47)

         

        

         
	-

         
	A
subscriber who is any of the following:

        (a)       A
corporation, as defined in the Interpretation Law, 5741-1981;

        (b)       Government
offices and auxiliary government bodies;



 


_________________________ 


 


T48)
Amendment No. 48 (Inception: This amendment will come into force on October 2, 2008).


 


T47)
Amendment No. 47.




 



    5 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


	

         

         

        "Split
        Business Subscriber"

         
	

         

         

        -

         
	

        (c)       A
licensed dealer excluding an exempt dealer; 

        (d)       An
entity established by or pursuant to a law. 

        A
user of end equipment, whose telephone account charge is split between him and a business subscriber or that he is charged with
the telephone bill in its entirety. 




 


	“Private
                           Subscriber” T52

         

        "Post-Paid"

         

        "Pre-Paid"

         
	-

         

        -

         

        -

         
	A subsctriber
        who is not a Business Subscriber and who is not a Split Business Subscriber;

         

        Payment for services
        which was collected from the subscriber after the end of the Bill Period.

         

        Payment for services
        which was collected from the subscriber before or upon the commencement of supply of the services.

         

	"International Telecommunications System"	-	A system of Telecommunications facilities, connected or designated
    for connection to the Public Telecommunications Network through an International NEP, which is used or designated for use
    in the transfer of Telecommunications messages between an international switch situated in Israel and a Telecommunications
    Facility located abroad, including a satellite ground station and other Telecommunications facilities (hereinafter –
    the System Components) and including transmission facilities among the System Components; A16



 


_________________________


 


A16
Amendment No. 16


 


A16
Amendment No. 16


 


A16
Amendment No. 16


 


A16
Amendment No. 16


 


A16
Amendment No. 16


 


A16
Amendment No. 16


 


A16
Amendment No. 16


 


A16
Amendment No. 16


 


 


 


_________________________


 



T52)
                                         Amendment No. 52.



 




    6 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


	

    "Mobile Radio Telephone System" (Cellular System)	-	A system of wireless facilities built by the cellular
    method and other installations, through which mobile radio telephone services are provided to the public, including a cellular
    coordinator, cellular radio centers and wireless or cable transmission arteries between cellular radio centers, a cellular
    radio center and a cellular coordinator, between Cellular coordinators, or between a cellular switchboard and a Public Telecommunications
    Network.
	"NDO (National Domestic Operator)" A16	-	A General Licensee for the provision of landline domestic Telecommunications
    services
	"Cellular
        Operator"

         

        "Mobile
        Telephony Services (MTS) Operator in Another Network"

         
	-

         

        -

         
	A General
        Licensee for the provision of mobile radio telephone services A16

         

        A license
        owner for the provision of MTS services, involving the use of the MTS system of an MTS operator, in whole or in part,
        and at the least the access network of the said MTS system.

         

	"Another Cellular Operator"	-	A Cellular Operator that is not the Licensee.
	"Switchboard"	-	A Telecommunications Facility in which are situated and operated
    switching and transmission means, enabling contact between various end-equipment units that are connected or linked thereto,
    and the transfer of Telecommunications messages between them, including control and monitoring facilities and other facilities
    that enable the provision of various services to Subscribers of the Licensee or to subscribers of another Licensee;
	"The Ministry"	-	The Ministry of Communications
	"Transit Switch"A16	-	A Telecommunications Facility in which are situated and operated
    the means of switching, routing and transmission enabling contact between various switchboards that are connected or linked
    thereto and the transfer of Telecommunications messages between them, including control and monitoring facilities;
	"Domestic Roaming" A60	-	Expansion of the services of another cellular licensee (hereinafter
    – "cellular licensee") to the coverage areas of the Licensee by means of the Licensee's cellular system,
    as set forth in section 67E.
	"Officer"A16

         

        "One-Time
        Transaction"

         

        "Ongoing
        Transaction"

         
	-

         

        -

         

        -

         
	Anyone
        acting as a director, CEO, chief business officer, deputy CEO, someone who fills such a position in a company even if
        the title is different, as well as any other manager who is directly subordinate to the CEO of the company;

         

        A transaction that is
        not an ongoing transaction.

         

        A contracting agreement
        for the purchase of continuous and ongoing services of the license owner, including any amendment of the agreement or
        addendum thereto that does not constitute a new transaction, all whether the contracting agreement is for a fixed period
        or a non-fixed period.

         

	"Appendices" A16	-	The first addendum and the Appendices set forth in the second addendum
    to the License A16
	"NEP (Network End-Point)"	-	An Interface to which is connected on one side a Public Telecommunications
    Network and on the other side, end-user equipment, a private network, a mobile telephone network or other public network,
    as applicable;
	"International NEP"	-	A connections device to which are linked a Public Telecommunications
    Network on one side and an International Telecommunications System on the other;
	"Telecommunications operation"	-	The operation, installation, construction or maintenance of a Telecommunications
    Facility, all for the purpose of Telecommunications;
	the "Ordinance"	-	The Wireless Telegraph Ordinance [New Version]. 5732 – 1972;


 



    7 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


	"End-User Equipment"	-	Telecommunications equipment, which is connected or
    is designated for connection to a public Telecommunications network through an NEP or through a private network, including
    a telephone, modem, facsimile or private switchboard;



 


 


_________________________


 


A16
Amendment No. 16


 


A16
Amendment No. 16


 


A60
Amendment No. 60


 


A16
Amendment No. 16


 


A16
Amendment No. 16


 




    8 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


	

    "Cellular End-User Equipment"	-	Portable or movable Telecommunications equipment, connected
    or designated for connection to a Cellular System by means of a cellular radio center.
	"Interconnection" A16	-	Connection between a Public Telecommunications Network of one Licensee
    to a Public Telecommunications Network of another Licensee, physically or logically, that facilitates the transfer of Telecommunications
    messages between Subscribers of the Licensees or the provision of services by one Licensee to the subscribers of the other
    Licensee;
	"Relative"	-	Spouse, parent, son, daughter, brother, sister or their spouses;
	the "License"	-	This License, with all its Appendices and any other document or
    condition stipulated in the License that will constitute an integral part of the License or its conditions;
	the “Network" A16	-	The Cellular System of the Licensee;
	the “Minister"	-	The Minister of Communications, including anyone to whom he has
    delegated his authority with regard to this License, in whole or in part;
	"Public Telecommunications    Network"	-	A system of Telecommunications facilities, used or designated for
    the provision of Telecommunications services to the general public throughout Israel or at least in the area of service, including
    Coordinators or Transit Switches, transmission equipment and an access Network, including a Cellular System and an international
    Telecommunications system, except for a private network, End-Equipment and Cellular End-Equipment;
	"Public Telecommunications Landline Network"	-	A domestic Public Telecommunications Network, except for a Cellular
    System and an international Telecommunications network;
	"Access Network" A16	-	Components of a Public Telecommunications Network, which are used
    for connection between Coordinators and an NEP by means of a landline infrastructure, wireless infrastructure or a combination
    of the two;
	"Bezeq Network"	-	The Public Telecommunications Network used by Bezeq for provision
    of its services under the general license granted to it and the other Telecommunications services provided under the Law,
    whether by Bezeq or by any other person;
	"Use" A16	-	Access to a Telecommunications Facility of the Licensee, including
    to the public Telecommunications network or its Access Network, in whole or in part, and the possibility of using them for
    the purpose of conducting Telecommunications operations and providing Telecommunications services by means thereof, including
    the installation of a Telecommunications Facility of another Licensee in a Telecommunications Facility or courtyards of the
    Licensee
	"Telecommunications Service"	-	The performance of Telecommunications operations for others;
	"Basic Telephone Service"	-	Two-way switched or routed transfer, including via modem, of speech
    or of speech-like Telecommunications messages, for example, facsimile signals;
	"Telephony Service" A16	-	Basic telephone service and services related to this service;



 


_____________________________


 


A16
Amendment No. 16


 


A16
Amendment No. 16


 


A16
Amendment No. 16


 


A16
Amendment No. 16


 


A16
Amendment No. 16


 


A16
Amendment No. 16


 


A16
Amendment No. 16


 


A16
Amendment No. 16


 




    9 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


	"International Telephone Service (ITMS)"	-	A telephone service by means of the international system
    of a Licensee for the provision of international services;
	"International Roaming Service" A16 A66	-	A cellular service provided abroad and in the areas of civilian
    control of the Palestinian Council via the Cellular System of a foreign Cellular operator (hereinafter – Foreign Operator),
    whereby the Subscriber pays the Licensee for the service; and, similarly, a cellular service provided in Israel via the Cellular
    System of the Licensee, whereby the Licensee provides service to a Foreign Operator for the subscribers of that operator;
    in this regard, the "Palestinian Council" – as defined in the Law for Implementation of the Interim
    Agreement Regarding the West Bank and Gaza Strip (Jurisdictional Powers and Other Provisions) (Legislative Amendments), 5756
    – 1998 [sic];
	"Related Service"	-	A service set forth in the first addendum to the License, provided
    on the basis of the Basic Telephone Service and which, by its nature, can only be provided by the supplier of the basic service;
	"Value Added Service" A16	-	A service provided on the basis of the Basic Telephone Service,
    which, by its nature, can be provided by another, including another Licensee that is not the supplier of the basic service;
    with regard to the services of the Licensee, a service as stated, which is set forth in the first addendum to the License;
	"infrastructure Service"	-	An Interconnection, or possibility of Use given to another Licensee,
    to a Franchisee or to a broadcast Licensee;A16
	"Domestic Telecommunications Landline Service"
    A16	-	Infrastructure, transmissions, communication of data and landline
    telephony;
	"Licensee Services"	-	Cellular services, Telecommunications Services and other services
    which the Licensee is entitled to provide pursuant to this License, to its Subscribers, to other Licensees, to broadcast licensees,
    to Franchisees and to the Security Forces;A16
	"Cellular Services"	-	Telecommunications services provided by means of the Cellular System;
	"Control"	-	The ability to direct a corporation's activity, directly or indirectly,
    including ability deriving from the articles of incorporation, by virtue of an agreement, either written or oral, by virtue
    of a Holding in the Means of Control in another corporation - or from any other source, except for ability deriving solely
    from fulfilling the position of director or other position in the corporation;
	"the Minister"	-	The Minister of Communications, including anyone to whom he has
    delegated his authority with regard to this License, in whole or in part;
	"Engineering Plan"	-	An engineering plan submitted by the Licensee in the Tender, including
    any change introduced therein with the approval of the Director and attached to the license as Appendix B;
	"Numbering
        Plan" A16

         

        "Radio
        Infrastructure"

         
	-

         

        -

         
	As
        defined in Section 5A(B) of the Law;

         

        Radio
centers by way of the cellular method, monitoring units thereof, if any, and transmission connecting them to the core of the public
Bezeq network of the License Owner 




 


_________________________


 


A16
Amendment No. 16


 


A66
Amendment No. 66


 


A16
Amendment No. 16


 


A16
Amendment No. 16


 


A16
Amendment No. 16


 


A16
Amendment No. 16


 


A16
Amendment No. 16


 




    10 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


		1.2	Other words
                                         and expressions in the License, insofar as they are not defined in Clause 1.1, will have
                                         the meaning they have in the Law, in the Ordinance, in the regulations enacted thereunder,
                                         in the Interpretation Law, 5741 – 1981, or as set forth in the relevant places
                                         in the License, unless another meaning is implied by the written language or its context.



 


		2.	Clause headings



 


The
headings of the clauses in this License are provided solely for the convenience of the reader, and should not be used for interpretation
or explanation of the content of any of the conditions of the License.


 


		3.	Blue pencil principle



 


A
cancellation or determination regarding the non-validity of a condition of this License or part of a condition will apply only
with regard to that condition or part, as applicable, and will not serve, per se, to derogate from the binding validity of the
License or any other condition therein.


 




    11 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    

 


PART B – LEGAL PROVISIONS
AND ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS


 


		4.	Upholding laws and provisions



 


		4.1	In everything
                                         pertaining to the setup, existence, operation, and maintenance of the Cellular System
                                         and the provision of Cellular Services thereby, the Licensee will act in accordance with
                                         the provisions of any law and, without derogating from the aforesaid generality, will
                                         ensure compliance with the following:



 


		(1)	the
                                         provisions of the Telecommunication Law and the regulations promulgated thereunder;



 


		(2)	the
                                         provisions of the Wireless Telegraph Ordinance and the regulations promulgated thereunder;



 


		(3)	administrative
                                         provisions;



 


		(4)	international
                                         Telecommunications and radio treaties to which Israel is a party;



 


		(5)	any
                                         other law or treaty that will apply to Telecommunications and radio, even if they go
                                         into effect after the License is granted.



 


		4.2	The Licensee
                                         will act pursuant to laws and provisions as stated in Clause 4.1 as these will be in
                                         force from time to time during the license period, including the remedies for the breach
                                         thereof, and they will be deemed an integral part of the License conditions.



 


		5.	Permit obligation pursuant
to any other law



 


		5.1	The granting
                                         of this License will not exempt the Licensee from the obligation to obtain, with regard
                                         to execution of the License, any license, permit, approval, or consent pursuant to any
                                         other law.



 


		6.	Contradiction in the
License provisions



 


In
the event of an apparent contradiction in the License provisions, the Minister will determine the interpretation of the provisions
or how to settle the contradiction between them and after the Licensee has been given a fair opportunity to voice its claims A2.


 



 


_________________________


 


A2
Amendment No. 2


 




    12 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


CHAPTER
B: THE LICENSE – SCOPE, VALIDITY AND CANCELLATION


 


PART A – SCOPE AND
PERIOD OF THE LICENSE


 


		7.	Scope of the License



 


		7.1	Pursuant
                                         to this License and subject to all the provisions and conditions hereof, the Licensee
                                         is entitled to set up, implement, maintain and operate a Cellular System and, through
                                         it, to provide cellular Services to the Israeli public; without derogating from the aforementioned
                                         generality, the Licensee is entitled to do the following:



 


		(1)	to set
                                         up, implement, maintain and operate cellular radio centers and to connect them to cellular
                                         switchboards, and to connect between cellular switchboards, by means of cable and wireless
                                         transmission channels;



 


		(2)	To connect the mobile phone
system to another public communication network in Israel;



 


		(3)	To engage with the subscribers
for the purpose of provision of mobile phone services;



 


		(4)	To supply mobile phone
terminal equipment to subscribers;



 


		(5)	To provide its subscribers
with mobile phone services as specified in the first addendum to the license;



 


		(6)	To provide its subscribers
with services for which it has received approval in accordance with Section 67C of the license. A66



 


		7.2	The Licensee
                                         will not be entitled to provide any cellular service or other Telecommunications Service
                                         that is not explicitly permitted within the context of this License.



 


		8.	Absence of exclusivity
A16



 


		8.1	The Licensee
                                         will not have any exclusivity in the provision of its services.



 


		8.2	The Minister
                                         is entitled, at any time, to grant a license to additional operators for the provision
                                         of cellular Services..



 


		8.3	Should the
                                         Minister publish a tender for the provision of cellular services, the Licensee will be
                                         entitled to submit its bid in the tender, however, the Minister will be entitled to determine
                                         as part of the conditions of such a tender that if the Licensee wins the tender, the
                                         receipt of a license will be contingent on the fact that the Licensee transfer its cellular
                                         System to another as instructed by the Minister and under conditions determined thereby,
                                         and it will cease to provide cellular Services by means thereof.



 


 


_________________________




 


A66
Amendment No. 66


 


A16
Amendment No. 16


 




    13 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


		9.	The License period



 


		9.1	This License
                                         is valid for a period of 10 years, commencing on the date of the granting of the License
                                         (hereinafter – the License Period).



 


		9.2	The License
                                         Period may be extended by additional six years in accordance with that stated in Clause
                                         10 (hereinafter – the Additional Period).



 


		9.3	This License
                                         may be renewed for one or more Additional Periods of six years, in accordance with that
                                         stated in Clause 11.



 


		9.4	During the
                                         License Period and the Additional Period or on renewal of the License, the License will
                                         be subject to the authority of the Minister pursuant to Clauses 13 to 15 with regard
                                         to change, restriction, suspension or cancellation of the License.



 


		9.5A15	Notwithstanding the aforesaid
A16, in the context of expansion of the License, as a result of the Licensee winning Tender No. 1/01, this License
will be valid for a period of twenty (20) years, commencing on 19 Shevat 5762 (February 1, 2002).



 


		10.	Extension of the License
Period



 


		10.1	The Minister
                                         is entitled, at the request of the Licensee, to extend the License Period for additional
                                         six years, if, after he has examined the following:



 


		(A)	The Licensee
                                         has complied with the provisions of the Law, the Ordinance, the regulations thereunder
                                         and the provisions of the License;



 


		(B)	The Licensee
                                         has continually acted to improve the scope, availability and quality of the cellular
                                         Services and to update the technology of the cellular System and its activities did not
                                         include an act or omission that would impair or restrict competition in the cellular
                                         sector;



 


		(C)	The Licensee
                                         is capable of continuing to provide cellular Services at a high level and that it is
                                         able to make the investments required for the technological updating of the cellular
                                         System and for improving the scope, availability and quality of the cellular Services.



 


		10.2	The Licensee
                                         must submit its request for an extension of the License Period during the forty-five
                                         days prior to the period of eighteen months preceding the end of the License Period.



 


		10.3	The Licensee
                                         must attach the following to its request:



 


		(A)	A report
                                         summarizing the annual statements that the Licensee has submitted pursuant to this License
                                         between the date of commencement of the License and the date of submission of its request;



 


		(B)	Comparison
                                         of the data in the report for each year with the data for the preceding year and explanations
                                         of unusual changes in the data;



 


		(C)	Review
                                         of the means, actions and investments taken or made by the Licensee to improve the quality,
                                         scope and availability of the Cellular Services and to develop and update the Cellular
                                         System technology.



 


		10.4	The summary
                                         report pursuant to Clause 10.3 must contain up-to-date and precise details and be prepared
                                         in the form of an affidavit.



 


_________________________


 




A15
Amendment No. 15


 


A16
Amendment No. 16


 




    14 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


		10.5	For the
                                         purpose of examining the Licensee’s request to extend the License Period, the Minister
                                         is entitled to require the Licensee to furnish, during the period and in the manner that
                                         he will determine, any information or document and, without derogating from the generality
                                         of that stated, the Minister is entitled -



 


		(A)	To require
                                         the Licensee to attach any document to the summary report for the purpose of verifying
                                         the details therein, to complete the report or to furnish any additional detail that
                                         is not included therein;



 


		(B)	To summon
                                         the Licensee to appear before him to respond to questions or to present documents that
                                         are in its possession or under its control, relating to the data in the report;



 


		(C)	To require
                                         the Licensee to submit to him an Engineering Plan outlining its plans for the technological
                                         update of the Cellular System during the Additional Period;



 


		10.6	The Licensee
                                         must fulfil every requirement or summons as stated in Clause 10.5; if the Licensee is
                                         required to appear before the Minister, the chairman of the board of directors of the
                                         company holding the License or the CEO of the company or anyone authorized to do so in
                                         writing, will appear;



 


		10.7	If the
                                         Licensee fails at least twice to respond to the request or summons as stated in Clause
                                         10.5, the Minister is entitled to reject its request to extend the validity of the License.



 


		10.8	The Minister
                                         will inform the Licensee of his decision regarding the request for extending the validity
                                         of the License no later than a year before the end of the License Period.



 


		10.9	The Additional
                                         Period will be subject to the terms of this License, including any change therein.



 


		10.10	The provisions
                                         of Clause 100 regarding confidentiality will apply, mutatis mutandis, to data
                                         furnished by the Licensee to the Minister or anyone acting on his behalf, pursuant to
                                         the provisions of Clause 10.



 


		11.	Renewal of the License



 


		11.1	At the
                                         end of the License Period or the Additional Period, the Minister is entitled, at the
                                         request of the Licensee, to renew the License for one or more Additional Periods of six
                                         years, as will be determined.



 


		11.2	The Licensee
                                         will submit its request for the renewal of the License during the forty-five days prior
                                         to the eighteen months preceding of the end of the License Period or the Additional Period.



 


		11.3	The Minister
                                         will inform the Licensee in writing, within 30 days of the date of receiving its request
                                         for renewal of the License, whether he intends to take the measures and institute the
                                         proceedings required to renew the License, or a tender will be conducted for the services
                                         under this License.



 




    15 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    

 


		12.	Termination of the License
Period



 


		12.1	If the
                                         License Period pursuant to Clause 9.5A16 or the Additional Period pursuant
                                         to Clause 10.1 or the License Period after its renewal pursuant to Clause 11.1 ends and
                                         the License is not extended or not renewed, the Minister is entitled to instruct the
                                         Licensee to continue to operate the Cellular System for a period to be determined (hereinafter
                                         - the Period for Terminating the Service) until a license is duly granted to another
                                         for the provision of services pursuant to this License (hereinafter – Alternate
                                         Licensee), and the procedures for transferring the system thereunder are completed, or
                                         until a license is duly granted to another for alternate services. In any case, the Period
                                         for Terminating the Service will not exceed two years from the date on which the License
                                         expires.



 


		12.2	During
                                         the Period for Terminating the Service and no later than ten months from the date on
                                         which a license is granted to an Alternate Licensee, the Licensee and the Alternate Licensee
                                         will negotiate for the purpose of purchasing the Cellular system at its economic value
                                         and assigning the rights and obligations of Subscribers to the Alternate Licensee; if
                                         said Licensees do not reach an agreement within said ten months, the price will be determined
                                         by an arbitrator, whose decision will be final, to be appointed by the Chairman of the
                                         Institute of Certified Public Accountants.



 


 


 


______________________ 



 


A2
Amendment No. 16


 




    16 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    

 


PART B – CHANGE IN
CONDITIONS AND CANCELLATION OF THE LICENSE


 


		13.	Change in the License
conditions



 


		13.1	The Minister
                                         is entitled to change, add to or subtract from the License conditions if he is convinced
                                         that one of the following exists:



 


		(A)	A change
                                         has occurred in the extent of the License applicant’s suitability to perform the
                                         actions and services that are the subject of the License;



 


		(B)	Subject
                                         to that stated in Clause 8, a change is required in the License to ensure competition
                                         in the telecommunications area;



 


		(C)	A change
                                         is required in the License to ensure the level of services provided thereunder;



 


		(D)	Changes
                                         that have occurred in telecommunications technology require a change in the license;



 


		13.2	The Minister
                                         is entitled to change, increase or reduce the rates for services, if he is convinced
                                         that a change has occurred in one or more of the components of the costs, which represent
                                         a basis for calculating the rates.



 


		13.3	The Minister
                                         will act pursuant to his authority as stated in Clauses 13.1 and 13.2 after the Licensee
                                         has been given a reasonable opportunity to voice its claims.



 


		14.	Cancellation of the
License



 


		14.1	The Minister
                                         is entitled to cancel the License before the end of its period, if one or more of the
                                         causes set forth in Section 6 to the Law exist, or in one of the following cases:



 


		(A)	The
                                         Licensee did not disclose to the tenders committee information that must be disclosed
                                         or it furnished inaccurate information;



 


		(B)A2	If the Licensee refuses
to furnish the Minister or anyone acting on his behalf with information in its possession that must be disclosed and which it
was obligated to disclose by virtue of the provisions of this license or pursuant to law, or the Licensee furnished the Minister
or someone acting on his behalf with false information;



 


		(C)	The Licensee
                                         did not comply with the provision of the Law, the Ordinance or the regulations thereunder;



 


		(D)	The Licensee
                                         committed a material breach of the License conditions and, without derogating from the
                                         generality of that stated, including the following:



 


		(1)	The Licensee
                                         is demanding for its services payments that are higher than the maximum rates prescribed
                                         in this License or pursuant thereto, or pursuant to any law;



 


		(2)	The Licensee
                                         is not complying with the coverage or quality requirements prescribed in this license;



 


		(3)	The Licensee
                                         did not comply with the provisions of this license with regard to the operation of digital
                                         technology in the cellular System;



 


		(E)	The Licensee
                                         did not commence provision of the services pursuant to that set forth in the License
                                         or unlawfully discontinued, restricted or delayed one of the services;



 


 



_________________________


 


A2
Amendment No. 2


 




    17 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    

 


		(F)	One or more of the qualities
that rendered the Licensee suitable to participate in the tender for cellular services, or to be a Licensee, has ceased to exist,
including:



 


		(1)	The
                                         Licensee has ceased to be a company registered in Israel;



 


		(2)	Cancelled;



 


		(3)	A
                                         majority of the directors in the Licensee company are not citizens and residents of Israel;



 


		(4)	The
                                         manager or a director of the Licensee company was convicted of an infamous crime and
                                         continues to serve in his position;



 


		(5)	The
                                         joint equity, including surpluses, of all of the shareholders in the Licensee company,
                                         together with the equity of the Licensee, has declined to under US $200 million; in this
                                         matter, a shareholder holding less than 10% of the right to the company's earnings will
                                         not be taken into account.



 


		(6)	Before
                                         5 years have elapsed from the date of granting the License, the share of the cellular
                                         operator has fallen to less than 25% of the voting rights in the general meeting or of
                                         the right to appoint a director or CEO in the Licensee company;



 


		(7)	Subject
                                         to that stated in paragraph (8), the Licensee, or an officer in the Licensee company
                                         or anyone who holds more than 5% of the Means of Control in the Licensee company, holds,
                                         directly or indirectly, more than one per cent (5%) of the Means of Control in BezeqA2,
                                         Another cellular Operator, or one of them acts as an Officer in a competing corporation.



 


		(8)	If
                                         one of the following occurs in an Interested Party in the Licensee company, which is
                                         a mutual fund, insurance company, investment company or pension fund;



 


		-	it holds, directly or indirectly,
more than 5% of any Means of Control in a competing corporation, without receiving a permit therefor from the Minister;



 


		-	it holds, directly or indirectly,
more than 5% of any Means of Control in a competing company pursuant to a permit from the Minister and, additionally, it is a
controlling shareholder and exercises actual Control in a competing corporation or it has a representative or appointee on its
behalf among the Officers in the competing corporation, unless it is required to do so under law;



 


		-	it holds, directly or indirectly,
more than 10% of any Means of Control in a competing corporation, even though it has received permission to hold up to 10% of
said Means of Control;



 


		(G)	Void
                                         A2



 


		(H)	If an
                                         act or omission in the Licensee’s operations impaired or restricted competition
                                         in the cellular sector;



 



_________________________


 


A16
Amendment No. 16


 


A2
Amendment No. 2


 




    18 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


		(I)	A
                                         receiver or temporary liquidator was appointed to the Licensee company and an order was
                                         given for its liquidation or it decided on voluntary liquidation;



 


		(J)	Void
                                         A2)



 


		(K)	The Licensee requested
cancellation of the License;



 


		14.1.1A2	For the purposes of sub-clause
14.1(E A2), the restriction of service for technological reasons, effected after the Director was provided with prior
written notification of the reasons and approved by the Director, will not be considered deemed an improper unlawful cessation,
restriction or delay of service.



 


		14.2	If the
                                         Minister is convinced that, in the circumstances, the cause of invalidity does not necessitate
                                         cancellation of the License, the Minister will grant the Licensee a fair opportunity
                                         to rectify the act or omission constituting a cause for cancellation.



 


		14.3	The Minister
                                         will notify the Licensee in advance of his intention to cancel the license, will state
                                         in the notice the cause in question, and will allow the Licensee to voice its claims
                                         relating to the cause for cancellation, either in writing or orally, according to the
                                         circumstances, within the period set forth in the notice.



 


		14.4	The Minister
                                         is entitled to summon the Licensee to appear before him and may demand that it respond
                                         to questions, present documents or furnish him with whatever information and documents
                                         are required for the purposes of clarifying the cause for cancellation.



 


		14.5	If the
                                         Licensee is required or summoned as stated, it must respond to the requirement or summons
                                         on the date set forth therein.



 


		14.6	If the
                                         Licensee fails to respond, at least twice, to the Minister's demand or summons within
                                         the period stipulated by the Minister in his demand or summons, the Minister is entitled
                                         to cancel the License in a notice that will be sent to the Licensee (hereinafter - Cancellation
                                         Notice).



 


		14.7	In the
                                         Cancellation Notice, the Minister will determine the date on which the cancellation of
                                         the License will take effect and he is entitled to instruct the Licensee to continue
                                         the provision of services pursuant to this License until a license is granted to another
                                         or until the appointment of a trustee or until a receiver is duly appointed for the purpose
                                         of managing and operating the cellular System – as applicable.



 


		14.8	The Licensee
                                         will continue to provide services until the end of the period stipulated by the Minister
                                         in his notice and will comply with the provisions of this License and any instruction
                                         given by the Minister in this matter.



 


		15.	Other remedies



 


In
addition to his authority to cancel the License as stated in Clause 14, the Minister is entitled, if the causes outlined in Clause
14.1 occur, to restrict or suspend the License or to change its conditions or to foreclose on the guarantee given by the Licensee
to secure fulfilment of the conditions of the License, in whole or in part; the procedures set forth for cancellation of the License
will apply, mutatis mutandis, to the restriction or suspension of the License or forfeiture of the guarantee.


 



 


_________________________


 


A2
Amendment No. 2


 


A2
Amendment No. 2


 


A2 Section 3 in the
original version of Amendment No. 2 contained a typographical error, in which 14.1(D) was written instead of 14.1(E).


 




    19 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


CHAPTER C: OWNERSHIP,
ASSETS AND MEANS OF CONTROL


 


PART A – RESTRICTIONS
ON TRANSFER OF THE LICENSE AND ITS ASSETS


 


		16.	Void. A66



 


		17.	Ownership
                                         of the Cellular System



 


		17.1	The Licensee will be the
owner of the Cellular System.



 


		17.2	Notwithstanding Clause
17.1, the License Holder may make use of:






(a)
physical or wireless transmission lines of another license owner;





(b)
the radio infrastructure, that is functioning and operating by way of a cellular radio infrastructure License Holder, in the framework
of a usage agreement, as defined in Clause 19.3C, and after receiving the manager's agreement in advance and in writing, and in
accordance with the terms determined by the Director.


 


		18.	Restrictions
                                         on transfer of the License assets



 


		18.1	The Licensee
                                         may not sell, lease or pledge any of the assets used in performance of the License (hereinafter
                                         – the License Assets) with the Minister's prior consent and in accordance with
                                         the conditions determined by him.



 


		18.2	Without
                                         derogating from the generality of that stated in Clauses 18.1, the Minister will give
                                         his consent for the granting of rights in the License Assets to a third party, if he
                                         is convinced to his satisfaction that the Licensee has promised that, in any event, the
                                         exercise of the rights by a third party will not cause any impairment in the provision
                                         of the services pursuant to this License, as long as the Licensee is obligated to provide
                                         these services pursuant to the provisions of this License.



 


		18.3 A2	Notwithstanding that stated
in Clause 18.1, the Licensee is entitled to encumber one of the License Assets in favour of a bank duly operating in Israel, for
the purpose of receiving bank credit, provided that it has furnished notice of the encumbrance that it intends to create, whereby
the encumbrance agreement includes a clause ensuring that that, in any event, the exercise of the rights by the banking corporation
will not cause any impairment in the provision of the services pursuant to this license. For the purposes of this clause –
"Banking Corporation" is as defined in the Banking Law (Licensing), 5741 – 1981, except for a "Foreign Corporation,"
as defined in the same law.



 


		18.4 A2	The provisions of Clause
18.1 will not apply to the sale of equipment items during an upgrade, including the sale of equipment, as stated, on a "trade-in"
basis.



 


		18.4A	For purposes of sale, lease,
mortgage or transfer of the license assets to the cellular radio infrastructure license holder, whom the License Holder is his
client, the provisions of this Clause shall not apply.



 


 


_________________________ 



 


A66
Amendment No. 66


 


A16
Amendment No. 16


 


A2
Amendment No. 2


 


A2
Amendment No. 2


 




    20 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


		19.	Engagement
                                         with another



 


		19.1	If the
                                         Licensee wishes to provide one of the services pursuant to this license, in whole or
                                         in part, through another on its behalf, it must apply to the Director for his approval
                                         therefor; the Licensee must attach the ContractA43) to its application. The
                                         provisions of this clause will not apply for the purposes of the engagement between the
                                         Licensee and a marketer of Cellular End-Equipment or anyone acting on behalf of the Licensee
                                         for the purpose of marketing its services. A2



 


		19.2	The Director
                                         is entitled to approve or reject the application, or to condition his approval on terms
                                         that must be fulfilled, including amendment of the agreement; the Director will consider,
                                         inter alia, to what extent the terms of the engagement with the other guarantee
                                         compliance with the conditions of this License and the obligations of the Licensee hereunder.
                                         The Director will not approve an engagement with another that contradicts the obligations
                                         of the Licensee pursuant to this License.



 


		19.3	Nothing
                                         in the engagement with another will derogate from the obligations and of the Licensee
                                         and its responsibility for performing any of the services pursuant to this License, in
                                         whole or in part, pursuant to the provisions of this License, nor will it serve to derogate
                                         from the powers of the Minister, the Director or anyone acting on their behalf.



 


Part
A1 – Mutual relations with a cellular radio infrastructure License Holder


 


		19A	Definitions



 


		19.1A	In this Section –



 


"Confidential
Commercial Information" - data regarding the License Holder that is not public, and that relates to one of the following:


 


		(1)	Amount
                                         and volume of Bezeq messages transferred through the network, the kinds thereof and their
                                         destinations;



 


		(2)	Number
                                         of subscribers, their classification and characteristics;



 


		(3)	Network
                                         structure, its layout and the technology according to which it operates;



 


		(4)	Plans
                                         for the expansion of the network, changes therein and operation of new services therewith;



 


		(5)	Marketing
                                         or other technological plans or activities, the information regarding them was transferred
                                         to the License Holder by the mobile telephony communications license owner, or other
                                         business activity, the information regarding which was classified by the mobile telephony
                                         communications license owner as confidential commercial information;



 


		(6)	Any
                                         other information which cannot be legally easily discovered by others, whose confidentiality
                                         grants its owners a business advantage over its competitors.



 


"Passive
Component" – the passive elements in the cellular radio center's website, including pole, structure, electricity
and air conditioning;


 


"Active
cooperation of an antenna" – passive cooperation and in addition, cooperation of the antenna or cable feed to the
antenna;


 


"Active
cooperation of a frequency" (MOCNa) – active cooperation of an antenna, including sharing of radio equipment
and frequency that were allotted for use of the mobile telephony communications license owner;


 


_________________________


 

a
Multi Operator Core Network




 




    21 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    

 


"Passive
cooperation" – Whole or partial cooperation of a Passive Component in a significant number of cellular radio center's
websites between two or more of the mobile telephony communications license owners;


 


		19B.	Cooperation with another
mobile telephony communications license owner



 


		19.1B	The
                                         License Owner may contract with another mobile telephony communications license owner
                                         (hereinafter in this section: "Other License Owner") for the purpose
                                         of cooperation ("Cooperation Agreement") in any one of the following
                                         options only:






(a)
Passive Cooperation Agreement;


(b)
Active Cooperation of an Antenna Agreement;


(c)
Active Cooperation of a Frequency Agreement (MOCN);


 


		19.2B	Without derogation from
the aforementioned in Clause 19.3B:



 


		(a)	The License Owner may contract
with other telephony communications license owners in various cooperation agreements in each of the Generation 2, Generation 3
or Generation 4 networks. Despite the aforementioned:



 


		(1)	Active Cooperation of a
Frequency (MOCN) shall not be approved between two operators.



 


		(2)	Active Cooperation of a
Frequency (MOCN) in Generation 2 or 3 shall be approved only if both cooperating license owners were allotted Generation 4 frequencies
and if the cooperating license owner who is not an operator has an Active Cooperation of a Frequency (MOCN) in Generation 4.



 


For
the purpose of this sub-clause, "Operator" – a license owner who has completely laid out access network
in Generation 3: Pelephone Communications Ltd., Cellcom Israel Ltd., Partner Communications Ltd.;


 


		(b)	Cancelled.



 


		19.3B	If
                                         the License Owner and the Other Owner reach a cooperation agreement of the types specified
                                         in Clause 19.1B, the License Owner shall submit a written request to the Manager no later
                                         than thirty days from the date of signature of the Cooperation Agreement (hereinafter
                                         in this clause – the "Request"), and shall request his approval
                                         of the Cooperation Agreement, and the Request shall include, at least, all of the following:



 


		(a)	Details of the License
Owner and the Other License Owner;



 


		(b)	Type of Cooperation Agreement
as stated in Clause 19.1B;



 


		(c)	Executive summary of the
main points of the Cooperation Agreement;



 


		(d)	A
                                         copy of the Agreement with all of its attachments and appendices, together with an affidavit
                                         of an officer of the License Owner that except for these documents, no agreement exists,
                                         in writing or orally, in connection with the Agreement;



 


		(e)	An
                                         opinion according to which the Agreement meets the most recent "Broadband Access
                                         Cooperation of the License Owner for the Provision of Mobile Telephony Communications"
                                         policy and the terms of Section A1. The opinion shall include an analysis of the influence
                                         of the Cooperation Agreement on the competition in the Bezeq and broadcasting area.



 


		(f)	The
                                         date scheduled for the commencement of the implementation of the Agreement and its expiration;



 


		19.4B	The
                                         manager may approve the Request, deny it or condition its approval, including amending
                                         the Agreement.



 




    22 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


		19.5B	The
                                         License Owner may commence the implementation of the Cooperation Agreement only after
                                         the manager approved the Request of the License Owner and the Other License Owner in
                                         writing.



 


		19C	Cooperation
                                         Agreement and Use Agreement



 


		19.1C	If
                                         the License Owner files a request for an active cooperation of a frequency agreement
                                         (MOCN), the manager shall consider the request, taking into account, inter alia,
                                         the existing competition level of mobile telephony communication services and the potential
                                         to the harm in competition, the existing and expected frequency inventories and the efficiency
                                         of use of the frequencies, the survivability and the redundancy of the networks from
                                         a national standpoint and ensuring the Bezeq service level over time.



 


		19.2C	The
                                         active cooperation of a frequency agreement (MOCN) shall include the following terms:



 


		(a)	Cooperating
                                         license owners shall establish a joint corporation, and shall have equal control thereof.
                                         The joint corporation shall be required to obtain a cellular radio infrastructure license;



 


		(b)	The
                                         following provisions in regards to the Passive Component and the radio centers included
                                         in the joint access network shall apply to each one of the cooperating license owners
                                         during the entire term of the Cooperation Agreement:



 


(1)
in the cellular radio centers – all cooperating license owners shall hold equally;


 


(2)
in the passive component – each of the cooperating license holders shall have the right to make effective use of all passive
components in the access network.


 


In
this regard – "Right to make effective use" – indefeasible right to use, during the relevant license
period, the Passive Component, resulting from ownership or other source, which shall allow its owners to perform all actions connected
to the establishment, existence and operation of cellular radio centers by way of or on the Passive Components.


 


		(c)	The
                                         cooperation agreement expiration mechanism, which ensures the ability of each of the
                                         cooperating license owners to continue providing mobile telephony communication services
                                         to its subscribers after said expiration, in accordance with the provisions of its license.
                                         The framework of said expiration mechanism shall include provisions which shall arrange
                                         for the continued existence of the right to make effective use of the Passive Components
                                         in case of termination of the Cooperation Agreement in accordance with the provisions
                                         of sub-clause (2) and the mutual duty to allow for passive cooperation even after the
                                         termination.



 


		19.3C	Without
                                         derogating from the aforementioned in Clause 19.2C, the License Owner, the Other License
                                         Owner and the cellular radio infrastructure license owner shall contract in an agreement
                                         between them, which grants the cellular radio infrastructure license owner an indefeasible
                                         right of use (IRU) in the joint access network components, which are not owned by the
                                         cellular radio infrastructure license owner, which specifies the method of use that shall
                                         be made with the joint network (hereinafter: the "Usage Agreement").



 


In
this regard, the indefeasible right of use shall be provided for a period not to exceed 10 years, and shall refer to the relevant
access network components for a generation which was agreed upon in the Cooperation Agreement.


 


		19.4C	any
                                         change in the Usage Agreement or in the Cooperation Agreement shall be presented to the
                                         manager for approval no later than ten days from the date of signing the change; the
                                         License Owner shall forward to the manager, upon request, a copy of the Usage Agreement
                                         or any change therein.



 




    23 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


		19.5C	The
                                         Cooperation Agreement or Usage Agreement (hereinafter in this Clause – the "Agreement")
                                         shall not limit, directly or indirectly, the License Owner and the Other License Owner
                                         from reaching an agreement with an additional license owner or a mobile telephony communications
                                         license owner on another network or from signing another agreement with them, or from
                                         causing discrimination in regards to the terms of use of the cellular radio infrastructure.



 


		19.6C	if
                                         the License Owner or the Other License Owner requested to make use of the radio infrastructure
                                         of the cellular radio infrastructure license owner, it shall contact the license owners
                                         who are parties to the agreement in order to formulate a cooperation agreement, and shall
                                         act as stated in Clause 19B.



 


		19.7C	Nothing
                                         in the contracting with the cellular radio infrastructure license owner may derogate
                                         from its duties as a license order and from its responsibilities to supply to its customers
                                         any service of the services under this license, in whole or in part, under the provisions
                                         of this license.



 


		19.8C	If
                                         the parties do not reach an agreement, each party may contact the Ministry in order to
                                         resolve the disputes between them in accordance with Section 5 of the Law.



 


		19D.	Obligation
                                         for Structural Separation



 


		19.1D	The
                                         License Owner shall maintain structural separation between it and the cellular radio
                                         infrastructure license owner, as specified below:



 


		(a)	Complete
                                         separation between its management and the management of the cellular radio infrastructure
                                         license owner; in this regard – "Management", with the exception
                                         of an officer who is not a Board member of the License Owner, who is also a Board member
                                         of the cellular radio infrastructure license owner.



 


		(b)	Complete
                                         separation between its assets and the assets of the cellular radio infrastructure license
                                         owner, with the exception of the radio infrastructure of the License Owner;



 


		(c)	The
                                         License Owner shall not employ the employees of the cellular radio infrastructure license
                                         owner, and the cellular radio infrastructure license owner shall not employ employees
                                         of the License Owner;



 


		(d)	The
                                         License Owner shall not employ anyone who was a Management employee of the cellular radio
                                         infrastructure license owner for one year after the termination of his employment, without
                                         the approval of the manager;



 


		(e)	The
                                         License Owner shall neither receive nor transfer to the cellular radio infrastructure
                                         license owner Confidential Commercial Information that is not required for the provision
                                         of the cellular radio infrastructure license owner's services to the License Owner.



 


		19.2D	Regarding
                                         confidentiality of commercial information, the License Owner shall do as follows:



 


		(a)	The
                                         License Owner shall refrain from transferring Confidential Commercial Information to
                                         the cellular radio infrastructure license owner, except for information required for
                                         the provision of the services of the cellular radio infrastructure license owner to the
                                         License Owner;



 


		(b)	The
                                         License Owner shall refrain from transferring Confidential Commercial Information to
                                         the Other License Owner, holding the same cellular radio infrastructure license owner
                                         or receives services therefrom;



 


		(c)	The
                                         License Owner shall determine procedures and rules for maintaining Confidentiality of
                                         Commercial Information, and for the prevention of its transfer as stated in sub-clauses
                                         (a) and (b). The procedures shall determine, inter alia, limitations regarding the distribution
                                         of the Confidential Commercial Information to the License Owner and the cellular radio
                                         infrastructure license owner, and the access to Confidential Commercial Information by
                                         employees who are not supposed to handle it in the framework of their positions.



 




    24 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


		19.3D	If
                                         the Minister notices that there is a real concern to damage to competition in the Bezeq
                                         area or to the public's interest, he may instruct that the provisions of this chapter,
                                         in whole or in part, shall apply to an affiliated company to the License Owner that has
                                         a license under the Communications Law.



 


		19.4D	If
                                         the Minister notices that in a certain incident, circumstances existed which permitted
                                         it, and after he was convinced that there would be no damage to competition in the Bezeq
                                         area or to the broadcasts or to the public's benefit he may, according to a written request
                                         from the License Owner, permit by way of a written approval, reservations to the obligation
                                         for structural separation set forth in this section or according thereto, and he may
                                         determine conditions for it.



 



 


_________________________


 


A2
Amendment No. 2


 




    25 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    

 


Part B: Means of Control
– Changes and Limitations


 


		20.	Particulars of Licensee



 


		20.1A43)	Details regarding the Licensee's
legal entity, incorporation, holders of the controlling interest, holders of a material influence, interested parties and officers,
are attached as Addendum A to the license. The Licensee must submit to the Director, every year at the beginning of January, an
updated Addendum A.



 


		20.2	The
                                         Licensee will report to the Director in writing regarding any change in the information
                                         contained in Addendum A, including any transfer and acquisition of control or of 5% of
                                         the means of control in the Licensee company or change in the appointment of a director
                                         or general manager, within 14 days of the date of change.



 


		21.	Transfer of Means of
Control



 


		21.1	There
                                         will be no transfer, directly or indirectly, of ten percent or more of any means of control
                                         in the Licensee, whether all at once or in parts, unless this received the Minister's
                                         prior consent.



 


		21.2	There
                                         will be no kind of transfer of any means of control in the Licensee, or a part of said
                                         means of control, so that as a result of the transfer, control in the Licensee is transferred
                                         from one person to another, unless this was given the Minister's prior consent.



 


		21.3	There
                                         will be no acquisition of control, directly or indirectly, in the Licensee, and there
                                         will be no acquisition, directly or indirectly, by a person himself or together with
                                         his relative or with another person, who operate with him regularly of 10% or more of
                                         any means of control in the Licensee, whether all at once or in parts, without the prior
                                         consent of the Minister.



 


		21.4	Subject
                                         to the foregoing in this section, there will be no transfer, directly or indirectly,
                                         of means of control, so that the share of a cellular system operator in the Licensee
                                         drops below 25% of the voting rights in the general meeting and of the right to appoint
                                         a director or general manager, except after 5 years have elapsed since the date of the
                                         granting of the license. If 5 years have elapsed since the date of the granting of the
                                         license, the cellular system operator's share can go below 25% to the point of selling
                                         all the means of control in its possession to another, all subject to the Minister's
                                         approval for the very reduction of the cellular system operator's share in the means
                                         of control in the Licensee and also regarding the purchaser.



 


		21.5	Notwithstanding
                                         that stated in sections 21.1 and 21.3, if traded means of control in the Licensee, not
                                         entailing the transfer of control in the Licensee, have been transferred or acquired
                                         at a rate requiring approval under sections 21.1 or 21.3, without the Minister’s
                                         approval having been requested, the Licensee shall report this to the Minister, in writing,
                                         and shall submit to the Minister an application for approval of the transfer or the acquisition,
                                         all within 21 days from when the Licensee learned of this fact, provided the Minister
                                         gave his prior written approval to the holding per se of the issue or the sale of the
                                         securities to the public. In this regard, “traded means of control”
                                         – means of control, including deposit certificates, Global or American Depository
                                         Shares (GDRs or ADRs), or similar certificates, in respect of securities listed on the
                                         stock exchange in Israel and/or abroad, in a non-hostile country, or means of control
                                         offered to the public pursuant to a prospectus and held by the public, in Israel and/or
                                         abroad, in a non-hostile country.



 


		21.6	Entry
                                         into an underwriting agreement in connection with an issue or sale of securities to the
                                         public, and listing on a stock exchange in Israel or abroad, in a non-hostile country,
                                         or the deposit of securities, including deposit certificates, Global or American Depository
                                         Shares (GDRs or ADRs), or similar certificates, in respect of securities, or the registration
                                         thereof with a nominee company and/or agent, shall not in themselves be deemed as the
                                         transfer of means of control in the Licensee.



 




    26 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


	21.7	(A)	Irregular
                                         holdings shall be registered in the members register (shareholders register) at the Licensee,
                                         noting the fact of their irregularity, immediately when the Licensee learns of this fact,
                                         and a notice concerning the registration shall be delivered by the Licensee to the owner
                                         of the irregular holdings and to the Minister. In this regard, “irregular holdings”
                                         – the holding of traded means of control without the Minister’s agreement
                                         as required under section 21 or in contravention of the provisions of section 23, and
                                         the entire holdings of a holder of traded means of control who acted contrary to the
                                         provisions of section 24; the aforesaid for as long as the Minister’s agreement
                                         is required and was not given under section 21 of the license or circumstances exist
                                         involving the contravention of the provisions of sections 23 or 24 of the license.



 


		(B)	Irregular
                                         holdings registered as stated in section 21.7(A), shall not confer any rights on the
                                         holder, and shall be “dormant shares” as defined in section 308 of the Companies
                                         Law, 1999, except for purposes of receiving a dividend or other distribution to the shareholders
                                         (including the right to participate in an issue of rights which are calculated on the
                                         basis of holdings in means of control in the Licensee, except that holdings added as
                                         stated shall also be deemed as irregular holdings), therefore no act or contention of
                                         exercise of a right by virtue of irregular holdings shall be valid, except for purposes
                                         of receiving a dividend or other distribution as stated.



 


		(C)	Irregular
                                         holdings shall not confer voting rights in the general meeting. A shareholder participating
                                         in a vote in the shareholders meeting shall notify the Licensee prior to the vote, or
                                         where the vote is by means of a voting instrument – on the voting instrument, whether
                                         or not its holdings in the Licensee or its vote require approval under sections 21 or
                                         23 of the License. If the shareholders did not give a notice as stated, it shall not
                                         vote and its vote shall not be counted.



 


		(D)	A
                                         director may not be appointed to the Licensee, elected or dismissed by virtue of irregular
                                         holdings. If a director was appointed, elected or dismissed as stated, such appointment,
                                         election or dismissal, as the case may be, shall not be valid.



 


		(E)	The provisions of sections
21.7 and 21.9 shall be included in the articles of the Licensee, mutatis mutandis.



 


		21.8	For
                                         as long as the Licensee’s articles prescribe as stated in section 21.7 and the
                                         Licensee acts in accordance with that stated in sections 21.5 and 21.7, for as long as
                                         the holdings of founding shareholders or their substitutes are not reduced to less than
                                         50% of each of the means of control in the Licensee, and for as long as the Licensee’s
                                         articles prescribe that a majority of the voting power in the shareholders general meeting
                                         may appoint all the directors in the Licensee, excluding outside directors in accordance
                                         with any relevant statutory requirement or stock exchange directive, irregular holdings
                                         shall not in themselves be cause for the cancellation of the license.



 


For
purposes of this section, “founding shareholders or their substitutes” – Discount Investment Corporation
Ltd., DEC Communications and Technology Ltd. and PEC Israel Economic Corporation, or any other body to which any of those enumerated
above transferred, with the Minister’s approval, means of control, provided the Minister confirmed in writing that the transferee
body shall be deemed in this regard as the substitute of the founding shareholder beginning from the date to be determined by
the Minister, and including anyone who is an “Israeli entity” as defined in clause 22.2A, who acquired a means of
control from the Licensee and received the Minister’s approval for being deemed a founding shareholder of its substitute
starting from the date that was determined by the Minister. The grant of approval under this section shall not exempt the Licensee
from the duty of receiving the Minister’s approval for every transfer of means of control in the Licensee that requires
approval under any other section of the license.


 


		21.9	The
                                         provisions of sections 21.5 and 21.8 shall not apply to founding shareholders or their
                                         substitutes.



 


		22.	Encumbrance of Means
of Control



 


A
shareholder of the Licensee company or a shareholder of an interested party therein may not encumber his shares in such manner
so that exercise of the encumbrance results in a change in ownership of 10% or more of any means of control in the Licensee, unless
the encumbrance agreement contains a limitation by which the encumbrance may not be exercised without the prior consent of the
Minister.


 


		22A.	Israeli Nationality
and Holdings of Founding Shareholders or Their Substitutes



 




    27 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


		22A.1	The
                                         total holdings of “founding shareholders or their substitutes” as defined
                                         in section 21.8 (including anyone being an “Israeli entity” as defined in
                                         section 22.2A below, who acquired means of control from the Licensee and received the
                                         Minister’s approval for being deemed a founding shareholder or a substitute thereof
                                         as from the date determined by the Minister), who are mutually bound by an agreement
                                         for the fulfillment of the provisions of section 22A of the license (in this section,
                                         all of the above will be deemed: “founding shareholders or their substitutes”),
                                         cumulatively, may not be less than 26% of each of the means of control in the Licensee.



 


		22A.2	The
                                         total holdings of at least one “Israel Entity”, who is listed with the founding
                                         shareholders or the alternates thereof, out of the total holdings of founding shareholders
                                         or the alternates thereof, as stated in section 22A.1 above, shall be at any time no
                                         less than five percent (5%) of the total issued share capital and of each of the means
                                         of control in the license holderb. For this purpose, the Licensee’s
                                         issued share capital will be calculated less the number of “dormant shares”
                                         held by the Licensee.



 


In
this section –


 


“Israeli
entity” – With respect to an individual – anyone who is a citizen and resident of Israel; with respect to
a corporation – the corporation was incorporated in Israel, and an individual who is a citizen and resident of Israel controls
it, directly or indirectly, provided indirect control is solely through a corporation incorporated in Israel, one or more. However,
for purposes of indirect holding, the Prime Minister and the Minister of Communications may approve holding through a corporation
that was not incorporated in Israel, provided such corporation does not hold shares in the Licensee directly, where they are satisfied
that this will not be detrimental to the purposes of this section. In this regard, “Israeli citizen” –
as defined in the Citizenship Law 1952; “resident” – as defined in the Population Registry Law 1965;
“dormant share” – as defined in section 308 of the Companies Law 1999.


 


		22A.3	At
                                         least one tenth (10%) of the members of the Board of Directors of the license holder
                                         shall be appointed by the Israeli Entities, as aforesaid in section 22A.2. Notwithstanding
                                         the aforesaid, on this matter – if the Board of Directors of a license holder shall
                                         appoint up to 14 members – at least one director shall be appointed by the Israeli
                                         Entities, as aforesaid in section 22A.2; if the Board of Directors of the license holder
                                         shall appoint from 15 to 24 members – at least two directors shall be appointed
                                         by the Israeli Entities, as aforesaid in section 22.2A above, and so on.



 


		22A.4	The
                                         Licensee’s board of directors will appoint from among its members having a security
                                         classification and security clearance as will be determined by the General Security Service
                                         (hereinafter – “classified directors”), a committee called the
                                         “Committee for Security Matters.”



 


At
least four directors will serve on the Committee for Security Matters, among them at least one outside director. Matters pertaining
to security will be considered, subject to that stated in clause 22A.5 below, solely in the framework of the Committee for Security
Matters.


 


A
resolution that was adopted or an action that was performed by the Committee for Security Matters, will be deemed the same as
a resolution adopted or action performed by the Company’s board of directors, and it will be considered by the board of
directly only if this is required under section 22A.5 below and subject to that stated in section 22A.5 below. In this clause,
“security matters” – as defined in the Telecommunications Order (Designation of an Essential Service Provided
by Bezeq Israeli Telecommunications Company Ltd.) 1997.


 


______________________





 

b
The commencement of section 2 shall be on 8 Av 5777 (July 31, 2017) (hereinafter – “The Date of Commencement”).
During the period from the date of signature of the amendment of this license and until the Date of Commencement, in section 2.22A,
in place of “shall be at any time no less than 20% of the total issued share capital and of each of the means of control
in the license holder. On this matter the issued share capital of the license holder shall be calculated, with the deduction of
the number of dormant shares held by the license holder” it shall be deemed as if it states “shall be at a rate of
0% subject to the fulfillment of all the conditions specified in Appendix XVII of the License.


 




    28 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


		22A.5	Security
                                         matters which the Licensee’s board of directors or Audit Committee are required
                                         to consider according to the cogent provisions in the Companies Law 1999 or according
                                         to cogent provisions of any other law applying to the Licensee, will be considered, insofar
                                         as necessary, by the board of directors or by the Audit Committee, with the participation
                                         of classified directors only. Non-classified directors may not participate in such meetings
                                         of the board of directors or the Audit Committee and may not receive information or inspect
                                         documents pertaining to the security matters considered in the meeting. The quorum in
                                         every such meeting will consist of classified directors only.



 


The
Licensee will specify in its articles that an officer who by virtue of his position and by virtue of the provisions of the law
or the articles should have received information or participated in meetings on security matters, and is prevented from doing
so by reason of the provision of clause 22A.5, will be exempt from liability for breach of the duty of care towards the Licensee,
if the duty of care was breached due to non-participation in a meeting or non-receipt of information.


 


		22A.6	The
                                         general meeting may not assume, delegate, transfer or exercise powers that are vested
                                         in another organ of the Company, in security matters.



 


	22A.7	(A)	The
                                         Minister will appoint an observer at meetings of the Company’s board of directors
                                         and committees, having a security classification and security clearance as will be determined
                                         by the General Security Service.



 


		(B)	The
                                         observer will be a government employee qualifying as a director under Chapter C of the
                                         Government Companies Law 1975.



 


		(C)	In
                                         addition, and without derogating from any duty imposed on him by law, the observer will
                                         owe the Licensee a duty of confidentiality, except as required for the fulfillment of
                                         his function as an observer. The observer may not serve as an observer or in any other
                                         position on behalf of any other entity engaging in the provision of communication services
                                         and competing directly with the Licensee, and he will avoid any conflict of interest
                                         between his function as an observer and the Licensee, except a conflict of interest stemming
                                         from his being a government employee filling the function of an observer at the Licensee.
                                         The observer will commit towards the Licensee not to serve as an observer or officer
                                         and not to hold any position or be employed, directly or indirectly, at any entity competing
                                         directly with the Licensee or being in a conflict of interest with it, except for a conflict
                                         of interest stemming, as stated, from his being a government employee filling the function
                                         of an observer at the Licensee, throughout his tenure as observer at the Licensee and
                                         during eighteen (18) after the end of such tenure.



 


In
any case of differences of opinion as to the observer being in a conflict of interest, the Attorney General or someone on his
behalf will decide in the matter.


 


		(D)	An
                                         invitation to meetings of the board of directors and its committees, including the Committee
                                         for Security Matters, will be delivered to the observer as well, who may participate
                                         as an observer at any meeting as stated.



 


		(E)	The
                                         observer’s right to receive information from the Licensee will be the same as a
                                         director’s right. If the Licensee is of the opinion that certain information in
                                         the nature of sensitive business information is not required by the observer for the
                                         fulfillment of his function, the Licensee may withhold delivery of such information to
                                         the observer, notifying him in this regard. If the observer is of the opinion that he
                                         should receive that information, the matter will be referred to the decision of the head
                                         of the General Security Services.



 


		(F)	If
                                         the observer saw that the Licensee adopted or is about to adopt a resolution on security
                                         matters contrary to any provision of the license, contract to section 13 of the Law or
                                         contrary to section 11 of the General Security Services Law 2002, it will notify the
                                         Licensee without any delay, in writing, such notice to be delivered to the chairman of
                                         the board of directors and to the chairman of the Committee for Security Matters, and
                                         to set a proper time in the circumstances of the case for remedying the breach or modifying
                                         the resolution, should this be possible.



 




    29 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    

 


Part C: Cross-Ownership
and Conflict of Interest


 


		23.	Prohibition on Cross-Ownership



 


		23.1	The
                                         Licensee, an officer therein or whoever holds more than 5% of any means of control in
                                         the Licensee, will not hold, directly or indirectly, more than one percent (5%) of the
                                         means of control in Bezeq, A16) another cellular system operator. Regarding
                                         this matter, "holding" – includes the holding as an agent.



 


		23.2	Notwithstanding
                                         that stated in Section 23.1, an interested party in the Licensee that is a mutual fund,
                                         insurance company, investment company or a pension fund, may hold up to 5% of the means
                                         of control in Bezeq, another cellular system operator A16), provided all the
                                         following are fulfilled:



 


		(A)	It
                                         is not a controlling shareholder and does not exert, directly or indirectly, any control
                                         in Bezeq or A16) another cellular system operator;



 


		(B)	It
                                         has no representative or person in charge on its behalf among Bezeq's or the other cellular
                                         system operator's officers, unless required to do so by law.



 


		23.3	Pursuant
                                         to a written request, the Minister may allow an interested party in the Licensee, as
                                         stated in Section 23.2, to hold up to 10% of the means of control in Bezeq, A16)
                                         another cellular system operator, when the terms stated in Section 23.2(A) and
                                         (B) are fulfilled, if he saw, to his satisfaction, that such a holding will not harm
                                         competition.



 


		24.	Prohibition on a Conflict
of Interest



 


		24.1	The
                                         Licensee, an officer therein or an interested party in the Licensee company will not
                                         be a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with Bezeq, A16) another cellular
                                         system operator, meant or liable to reduce competition or harm it in all pertaining to
                                         cellular system services, cellphone network end-equipment and other services provided
                                         via the cellular system.



 


		24.2	Without
                                         derogating from the aforementioned in Clause 24.1, the License Owner shall reach a cooperation
                                         agreement as stated in Clause 19.1B



 




    30 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


Chapter D: Setup and
Operation of Cellular system


 


Part A: Setting Up the System


 


		25.	Definition



 


In
this part –


 


"Milestones"
– Stages in the setup of the cellular system, according to the timetable detailed in the engineering plan – Addendum
B to the license.


 


		26.	Setup according to Plans
and Specifications



 


		26.1	In all
                                         pertaining to the setup and operation of the cellular system (in this section –
                                         network), including the technical quality of its various components, as well as the network's
                                         structure and manner of setup, the Licensee will comply with the terms and provisions
                                         in the engineering plan.



 


		26.2	The
                                         Licensee will follow all the specifications of the Ministry of Communications and the
                                         network-related standards prescribed by standardization organizations in Israel and around
                                         the world, as well as other international organizations, in the telecommunications and
                                         wireless field as well as in any other field pertaining to the setup and operation of
                                         the network.



 


		26.3	The
                                         Licensee may discontinue the operation of a cellular system that has become technologically
                                         obsolete, after received the Director's approval in that regard and subject to conditions
                                         to be set in the LicenseA63.



 


		26.A	Approval of Operation



 


		26.1A	The License Owner shall
contact the director in writing for the receipt of his approval to commence the provision of Generation 4 services (hereinafter
– "Approval of Operation")



 


The
License Owner may commence the provision of Generation 4 services only after receiving Approval of Operation from the director.


 


		26B	Obligation to Provide
Generation 4 Service



 


		26.1B	If
                                         the License Owner has not begun providing Generation 4 Services within 12 months from
                                         the determining date, as stated in Clause 2.1(b)(2)(a) to Appendix E, the frequencies
                                         allotment that it provided for the provision of this service shall expire, and the license
                                         fees paid due to the award of the Generation 4 Tender shall not be returned.



 


The
expiration of the frequencies allotment as stated shall be considered a change of the Cooperation Agreement or change of the Usage
Agreement, as applicable.


 


		27.	Execution Stages and
Timetable



 


		27.1	The
                                         setup rate of the cellular system, the setup milestones, the commencement date for providing
                                         the service in the various regions in Israel, will be in accordance with the timetable
                                         set in the engineering plan – Addendum B to the license.



 


		27.2	The
                                         Licensee may not deviate from the timetable unless authorized to do so by the Director,
                                         provided the Licensee applies in writing to the Director to receive his permission immediately
                                         after realizing that difficulties have arisen that prevent it from meeting the original
                                         timetable.



 


		27.2.1	A
                                         delay in signing agreements with a third party or obtaining approval from the planning
                                         and construction authorities will be deemed a reasonable reason for obtaining the Director's
                                         permission for deviating from the timetable, only if the Director realizes to his satisfaction
                                         that the Licensee has done its reasonable utmost in the circumstances of the matter,
                                         to come to an agreement with a third party or to receive approval from the planning and
                                         construction authorities.



 


 


_________________________


 

A63
Amendment No. 63


 


 




    31 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


		27.3	The
                                         Director may approve the Licensee's request to deviate from the timetable, in whole or
                                         in part, and to stipulate conditions for its approval. The Director may also approve
                                         deviation regarding a specific milestone, provided the Licensee undertakes to catch up
                                         with the planned setup rate in the succeeding milestones.



 


 


 


 




    32 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


		28.	Modification
                                         of Plans during Setup



 


		28.1	The
                                         Licensee may not deviate from the engineering plan unless it has been authorized to do
                                         so by the Director under the provisions of this section. However, the placement of a
                                         Cellular Radio Center in a different site from that set in the engineering plan will
                                         not be deemed a deviation, if done within the search region. As regards this section,
                                         a "search region" denotes a territory defined in the engineering plan in which
                                         a Cellular Radio center is planned to be set up, at a specific site within the territory,
                                         and regarding which it has been stated in the engineering plan that it might be necessary
                                         to place the center in another site found in the territory.



 


		28.2	If in
                                         the course of setting up the cellular system, the Licensee realizes that it has become
                                         necessary to deviate or depart from the engineering plan, the Licensee must apply in
                                         writing to the Director to obtain his approval for the plan. In its application, the
                                         Licensee must describe the essence and nature of the requested modification and the reasons
                                         therefor. The Licensee must attach the amended plan it proposes, to the application.



 


		28.3	The
                                         Director may reject or approve the request, in whole or in part, and may also stipulate
                                         conditions for its approval, insofar as these are needed for the rigorous assurance of
                                         the network's quality and performance level. The Director will make a decision in the
                                         matter of the request and notify the Licensee of his decision, all within a reasonable
                                         amount of time.



 


		29.	Utilization and Construction
of Infrastructures



 


		29.1	For
                                         the purpose of setting up and operating the cellular network, the Licensee may, subject
                                         to any law, set up, maintain and operate cable or wireless transmission arteries, provided
                                         such transmission arteries will be used solely for the following:



 


		(A)	Connection
                                         between the Cellular Radio Centers forming part of the Licensee's cellular system;



 


		(B)	Connection
                                         between the Licensee's Cellular Radio Centers and its cellular exchanges;



 


		(C)	Connection
                                         between all the cellular exchanges;



 


		(D)	Connection
                                         between the Licensee's cellular exchanges and a public telecommunications system, or
                                         another cellular operator's cellular networkA16), or other systems operating
                                         lawfully.



 


		(E)	Connection
                                         between the mobile telephony communications system component exclusively owned by the
                                         License Owner and the joint mobile telephony communications system component.



 


		29.2	For
                                         the purpose of the connection described in Section 29.1, the Licensee may use also the
                                         cable or wireless transmission arteries of Bezeq or of another licensee or concessionaire
                                         lawfully authorized to provide aforesaid infrastructure services.



 


		29.3	To remove
                                         any doubt, it is hereby clarified that use of the transmission arteries to be set up
                                         by the Licensee is solely for operating the cellular system as stated in Section 29.1,
                                         unless the Minister permitted the Licensee in the license to make other use thereof,
                                         in accordance with the terms he laid down.



 


		30.A16)	Obligation
                                         of Interconnection



 


		30.1	The
                                         Licensee will act to effect interconnection of the network with every other public telecommunications
                                         network, operating in the territory subject to the law, jurisdiction and governance of
                                         the State of Israel (including settlements, military sites and military installations
                                         in Judah, Samaria and Gaza Strip), including with every public landline telecommunications
                                         network, international telecommunications network and cellular network of another cellular
                                         operator.



 




    33 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


		30.2	The
                                         interconnection between the network and another licensee's public telecommunications
                                         network will be effected in such manner as to enable the following:



 


		(A)	Relay
                                         of telecommunication messages between end-equipment connected to the network and end-equipment
                                         connected to the other public telecommunications network;



 


		(B)	Proper,
                                         regular provision of services by the Licensee to the other licensee's subscribers, and
                                         the provision of services by the other licensee to the Licensee's subscribers.



 


		30.3	Interconnection
                                         may be effected either directly or indirectly, via a public telecommunications network
                                         of another general license holder, provided it enables that stated in Section 30.2.



 


		30.4	As regards
                                         the interconnection between the network and public landline telecommunications network,
                                         the Licensee will act to set up interface points between the two networks, for each type
                                         of service (infrastructure, data transmission and communication, telephony), with at
                                         least three transition switches, unless the Director has decided otherwise at the written
                                         request of the Licensee. Setup of the interface points will be done under an agreement
                                         between the Licensee and the domestic operator licensee. Such an agreement will include,
                                         inter alia, the technical, operational and business details of the connection, the number
                                         of connections and their location.



 


		30.5	As regards
                                         the interconnection between the network and an international telecommunications network,
                                         the Licensee will act in compliance with the provisions of Addendum J to the license.



 


		30A.A16)	Rules
                                         Concerning the Implementation of Interconnection



 


The
Licensee will act to implement interconnection in accordance with all the following:


 


		(A)	The Licensee
                                         will verify that the network's technical and operational standards comply wit the requirements
                                         for linkup with the public telecommunications network of the domestic operators, the
                                         other cellphone operators, and the international operators (hereinafter – other
                                         operator), that the network's activities will mesh properly with the activities of
                                         the other operator's public telecommunications network, and that the interconnection
                                         will not adversely affect the proper functioning of these networks and the normal service
                                         to their subscribers;



 


		(B)	The Licensee
                                         will provide the interconnection service under equal conditions for every other operator
                                         and avoid any discrimination in actuating the interconnection, including with regard
                                         to the following:



 


		(1)	Supply
                                         of infrastructure facilities and network linkup services;






		(2)	Availability
                                         of linkup facilities;






		(3)	Linkup
                                         method, quality and survival;






		(4)	Alterations
                                         and adaptations in the switching in the facilities, in the protocols and at the network
                                         interface points;






		(5)	Payments
                                         for interconnection;






		(6)	Debiting
                                         and collection arrangements, and the transfer of information regarding subscribers;






		(7)	Commercial
                                         terms for effecting interconnection;






		(8)	Submission
                                         of information regarding the network and alteration therein relating to interconnection;



 


		(C)	The Licensee
                                         will place at the disposal of the other operator any essential information the other
                                         operator needs for providing its services via the Licensee's facilities. Said information
                                         will be given subject to any law concerning the protection of privacy or commercial confidentiality.
                                         In the event the parties fail to reach an agreement regarding the nature and scope of
                                         the essential information, the Minister will decide in the matter;



 


		(D)	The Licensee
                                         will give the other operator information regarding alterations planned in its network,
                                         which may affect the interconnection with the other operator's public telecommunications'
                                         network, or the interconnection between the public telecommunications networks of the
                                         other operators. The Licensee will provide the aforesaid information in such manner as
                                         to enable the other operator to prepare reasonably for the implementation of said alterations;



 




    34 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


		(E)	As regards
                                         Subsections (C) and (D), the Licensee may stipulate the provision of information to the
                                         other operator on signing a reasonable privacy protection agreement, intended to safeguard
                                         the Licensee's rights under any law, including trade secrets, intellectual property rights
                                         and the like, pertaining to information regarding modification of the network meant to
                                         be given to the other operator;



 


		(F)	The terms
                                         in respect of interconnection between the network and the other operator's public telecommunications
                                         network will be formalized in an agreement between the Licensee and the other operator.
                                         If the parties fail to reach an agreement, the Minister will decide in the matter.



 


		(G)	(1)The
                                         Licensee will allow its subscribers to receive all the services offered to them by another
                                         operator, The Licensee may also allow another operator's subscribers to receive services
                                         from the Licensee, provided that said receipt of services is possible under any law.



 


		(2)	The
                                         Director may order the Licensee to allow the other operator's subscribers to receive
                                         services provided by the Licensee, provided that such receipt of services is possible
                                         technically and under any law.



 


		(3)	Notwithstanding
                                         that stated in Subsection (1), the Director may, at the written request of the Licensee,
                                         exempt the Licensee from the obligation of allowing its subscribers the possibility of
                                         receiving services from another operator, for technical, economic reasons or for other
                                         justified reasons.



 


		(H)	The Licensee
                                         will forward to the Director a signed copy of every agreement between it and the other
                                         operator concerning interconnection;



 


		(I)	The Licensee
                                         will forward to the Director on demand, any information given to the other operator under
                                         Subsections (C) and (D), as well as a copy of every confidentiality agreement under Subsection
                                         (E);



 


		(J)	The Licensee
                                         will act in compliance with additional provisions the Minister will prescribe.



 


		30B.A16)	Payment
                                         for Traffic Completion and Interconnection



 


In
the event the Minister did not determine payment for interconnection or payment deriving from interconnection, the Licensee may
demand in respect thereof reasonable and non-discriminatory payment.


 


		30C.A16)	Prohibition
                                         on Delaying Interconnection



 


The
Minister will give the Licensee a reasonable opportunity to voice his position in all pertaining to the Minister's intention to
order it regarding the manner of effecting interconnection and its scope, regarding the actions, services and arrangements incidental
to effecting interconnection, and regarding payments in respect of interconnection. Once the Minister has instructed the Licensee
on said matters, the Licensee will not delay in any way interconnection with the network, and will fulfill its obligations in
accordance with the Minister's provisions, properly and in good faith, on the date set therefor and with full cooperation.


 


		30D.A16)	Providing
                                         the Possibility of Utilization



 


		30.1D	The
                                         Minister may order the Licensee to provide the possibility of utilizing its telecommunications
                                         facility, by virtue of his authority under Section 5 of the Law.



 




    35 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


		30.2D	The
                                         Licensee will enable another licensee, by the Minister's order, to provide value added
                                         services via the Licensee's network. The Licensee will ensure reasonable and equal terms
                                         for any other licensee, in all pertaining to the provision of value added services by
                                         the latter to the Licensee's subscribers.



 


		30.3D	As
                                         regards providing the possibility of utilization, the provisions of Sections 30A to 30C
                                         will apply, mutatis mutandis.



 


		30E.A16)	Infrastructure
                                         Services for an Interested Company



 


		30.1E	The
                                         Licensee will not give preference, in providing infrastructure services, to a licensee
                                         that is an interested company over another licensee, whether in payment for the service,
                                         in service conditions, in service availability or in any other way.



 


	30.2E	(A)	Pursuant
                                         to a written request from the Licensee, the Director may permit the Licensee limitations
                                         on the provisions of Section 30.1E, in all pertaining to another licensee or a broadcasting
                                         licensee that is an interested company, provided the following conditions are fulfilled:



 


		(1)	The
                                         other licensee or the concessionaire is not a material operator:



 


		(2)	The
                                         Director is of the opinion that giving such permission does not materially harm competition
                                         in the field of telecommunications.



 


		(B)	As
                                         regards the limitations stated in Subsection (A), these may allow the Licensee to offer
                                         an interested company the use of its telecommunications facilities under preferred conditions,
                                         and these may be limited in time or by another condition.



 


		(C)	When
                                         considering a permit under this section, the Director will take into account the existence
                                         of a valid agreement, which was signed prior to Amendment No. 16 to this license, between
                                         the Licensee and the interested company, concerning, inter alia, the restriction of the
                                         permit in time or by other conditions.



 


		30.3E	In
                                         this section – "interested company," "subsidiary,"
                                         and "material operator" – as these terms are defined in the Telecommunications
                                         Regulations (Procedures and Conditions for Obtaining a General License for Providing
                                         Domestic Landline Telecommunications Services), 2000.



 


		30F.A16)	Numbering
                                         Program



 


		30.1F	The
                                         Licensee will act in accordance with the numbering program, and in compliance with the
                                         Director's provisions regarding the activation and implementation of the numbering program.



 


		30.2F	The
                                         Director ordered the activation of number portability, so that every subscriber of another
                                         cellular system licensee will be able to switch over to and be a subscriber of the Licensee
                                         or receive services from the Licensee without any change in his telephone number, and
                                         vice versa – the Licensee will incorporate into its public telecommunications network
                                         devices enabling the application of this property, on the date and using the method laid
                                         down in the Director's provision.



 




    36 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    

 


		31.	Reports
                                         on the Setup Works



 


		31.1	The
                                         Licensee will submit to the Director, throughout the cellular system setup period, quarterly
                                         reports describing the setup works carried out during the period of each report, according
                                         to the milestones and timetables in the engineering plan. As regards this section, "the
                                         setup period" denotes 15 months from the date the license was granted or until the
                                         date of the completion of the network's setup in full deployment, according to the engineering
                                         plan, whichever the earlier. A72In the setup period, this report shall
                                         be integrated into the engineering system report, as stated in Section 104.1(e)



 


		31.2	The
                                         reports will include a comparison of the plans' execution versus the plan for each report's
                                         period, as well as explanations for any deviation or alteration that occurred in the
                                         execution compared with the plan.



 


		31.3	Each
                                         report will be submitted in triplicate in a format to be instructed by the Director,
                                         and will bear a date and be signed by the Licensee or whoever it empowered especially
                                         for this purpose.



 


		31.4	The
                                         Director may demand that the Licensee prepare special reports, and also that it draw
                                         up a new or supplement a report submitted to him.



 


		32.	Handover
                                         of Information and Documents



 


The
Licensee will furnish to the Director, on demand, any information or document regarding the execution of cellular system setup
works, at the time, in the format, and in the manner instructed by the Director.


 


		33.	Supervision of Setup
Works



 


		33.1	The
                                         Director may supervise, by himself or through a designee, the Licensee's actions connected
                                         with the execution of the setup works. To this end, the Director may enter at any reasonable
                                         time, the Licensee's work sites, cellular system facilities and offices, for the purpose
                                         of making measurements, performing inspections and perusing any plan or document pertaining
                                         to the execution of the setup works.



 


		33.2	The
                                         Licensee will cooperate with the Director in all pertaining to the supervision of the
                                         setup works, and without derogating from the generality of the foregoing, will enable
                                         him to enter the work site and its facilities, enable the perusal of any document, plan
                                         and specification, and provide him with any information he requests.



 


		34.	Correction of Deficiencies
and Defects



 


		34.1	The
                                         Director may notify the Licensee in writing about deficiencies, defects and deviations
                                         he found in the cellular system setup operations, based on reports submitted by the Licensee,
                                         documents and information it furnished him, or based on measurements and inspections
                                         he made.



 


		A72	Amendment No. 72 (Inception:
This amendment will come into force on the day of signing the Amendment)



 


		34.2	In
                                         the event the Licensee receives a notice as stated in Section 34.1, it will notify the
                                         Director, within fourteen days of the date of receiving the notice, regarding its response
                                         to that stated therein and the measures it took or plans to take, in order to correct
                                         the deficiencies, defects or deviations.



 


		35.	Safety Precautions and
Prevention of Hazards



 


		35.1	The
                                         Licensee will execute the setup works, taking adequate safety precautions to prevent
                                         personal accidents and property damage, will prevent the causation of nuisances and hazards
                                         to the public in the work areas, and if required to do excavations at the spot, will
                                         do everything to prevent damages to underground systems, including telecommunications
                                         networks, and to this end will make sure to obtain every permit required by any law,
                                         including an excavation works permit under Section 53B of the Law.



 




    37 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


		35.2	Upon
                                         completion of the setup works, the Licensee will make sure to clean up the work sites
                                         and restore them to their previous condition.



 


		36.	Void.(A2)



 


		37.	Intersections with Electricity
and Telecommunications Lines



 


In
a place where there are electricity lines or electricity facilities prior to the installation of the cellular system, the Licensee
is subject to the obligations imposed under the Telecommunications and Electricity Regulations (Convergence and Intersection between
Telecommunications Lines and Electricity Lines), 1986.


 


		38.	Discovery of Antiquities
and Site Preservation



 


		38.1	Antiquities,
                                         as defined in the Antiquities Law, 1978, which are discovered at a setup work site, are
                                         state assets, and the Licensee will take the appropriate precautions to prevent damage
                                         thereto.



 


		38.2	The
                                         Licensee will notify the director of the antiquities authority regarding the discovery
                                         of an antiquity within 15 days of the date of the antiquity's discovery and will follow
                                         the instructions of the authority's director in all pertaining to the manner of handling
                                         the antiquity.



 


		38.3	In the
                                         course of the setup works, the Licensee will avoid, inasmuch as possible, damaging sites
                                         of historical or national value, tourist sites and landscape.



 


		38.4	The
                                         Licensee will avoid, insofar as possible, damaging buildings and trees found in the places
                                         where setup works are being carried out.



 


		39.	Land-Related Powers



 


		39.1	The
                                         Minister may, at the Licensee's request, grant it all or some of the powers prescribed
                                         in Chapter F of the Law, subject to that stated in Section 39.2.



 


		39.2	The
                                         Licensee will specify in its request the sites at which it requires the aforesaid powers,
                                         the scope of the required powers and the reasons therefor, including the steps it took
                                         to find alternative sites, without having to use the power under Chapter F of the Law.



 


		39.3	In the
                                         event the Minister is convinced of the need to grant the Licensee powers under Chapter
                                         F of the Law, the Minister will publish his decision in the Reshumot (Official
                                         Announcements and Advertisements Gazette).



 




    38 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    

 


Part B: Equipment Checks
and Installation Certifications


 


		40.	Compliance Check



 


The
Director may determine which items of equipment should not be installed in the Cellular System before undergoing a compliance
check. "Compliance" as regards this section – as emerges from that stated in Section 41. If the Director has decided
as aforesaid, the items will not be installed before undergoing a compliance check.


 


		41.	Responsibility for Compliance



 


It
is the responsibility of the Licensee to see to it that the equipment installed in the Cellular System is, at least, technically
compliant with the properties detailed in the manufacturer's specifications relating to the specific item of equipment, and attached
to the engineering plan.


 


		42.	Performance Testing
Program and Its Approval



 


		42.1	The
                                         Licensee will furnish the Director, no later than 30 days before giving notice of the
                                         completion of installation under Section 43, with an up-to-date, detailed testing program
                                         for carrying out the performance check, relating to that part of the Cellular System
                                         it wishes to operate (hereinafter – detailed testing program).



 


		42.2	The
                                         Licensee will present the detailed testing program to the Director. The Director may
                                         demand within 15 days of the aforesaid presentation that the Licensee make changes in
                                         the detailed testing program or complete it, if he deems it necessary for the full and
                                         accurate execution of the performance check, and the Licensee will carry out the checks
                                         according to the Director's request.



 


		43.	Notice of Setup Completion



 


Once
the Licensee has completed setting up a Switchboard or Cellular Radio Center in some region, so that it is possible to start providing
cellular services through it, the Licensee will notify the Director in writing thereof, in the format it was instructed by the
Director, along with the results of the detailed check indicating successful installation and operation.


 


		44.	Terms of Fitness and
Operation



 


		44.1	Prior
                                         to operating the network, the Licensee must meet the requirements and conditions detailed
                                         below:



 


		(A)	Entering
                                         into an Agreement with an Equipment Manufacturer






The
Licensee must have agreements in force for the entire operation period planned, with a Cellular System manufacturer, comprising
the following:





		(1)	Know-how
                                         agreement;






		(2)	An
                                         agreement guaranteeing the supply of parts for the network's equipment for a period of
                                         at least 7 years;






		(3)	An
                                         agreement guaranteeing the supply of technical literature and full documentation of the
                                         network's equipment, including updates.



 


		(B)	Lab
                                         and Testing Equipment



 


The
Licensee must operate a lab, or have a valid agreement with a competent lab. The lab should include professional testing equipment
for performing the checks and making the repairs on the Cellular System equipment, including mobile testing equipment.


 


		(C)	Parts



 


The
Licensee must maintain and run a spare parts warehouse for Cellular System equipment according to the recommendations of the equipment
manufacturers.


 




    39 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


		(D)	Maintenance
                                         System



 


The
Licensee must maintain, on its own or through another, an efficient maintenance system, consisting of maintenance personnel, service
vans and communication means, ensuring the proper, ongoing operation of the network and enabling the handling of any malfunction
within the response time required under this license, and also enabling, in any case of a serious problem with the Cellular System
causing radio interferences, large-scale disconnection of subscribers or posing a safety risk, repair of the malfunction within
4 hours.


 


		(E)	Communication
                                         Means



 


Means
of communication, such as a walkie-talkie, telephone or cellphone, should be installed in the operation exchanges and centers,
as well as in the service and maintenance centers.


 


		44.2	The
                                         Licensee must present to the Director, seven days before setting the network in operation
                                         for the first time, certifications and documents regarding compliance with the requirements
                                         and conditions specified in Section 44.1. In the event the Director fails to respond
                                         within five days of the date of delivery of said documents, the Licensee may operate
                                         the Cellular System and connect subscribers thereto. If the Director orders the Licensee,
                                         based on the documents' findings, to alter or fix the network, the Licensee must make
                                         the required alteration or correction and present a certification of execution to the
                                         Director, and if the Director fails to respond within 3 days, the Licensee may operate
                                         the system.



 


		Part C: 	Use of Frequencies



 


		45.	Allocation of FrequenciesA16)



 


		45.1	The
                                         Licensee may operate the Cellular Radio centers of the Cellular System, using the frequency
                                         bands allocated for its exclusive use, as detailed below:



 


		(A) A35)
                                         	835
to 845 MHz and corresponding range 880 to 890 MHz;



 


		(A1)A35)	 1710 to
1712 MHz and corresponding range 1805 to 1807 MHz;






That
stated in this subsection in no way derogates from the Director's authority to allocate an alternative frequency band with identical
bandwidth for the Licensee's use, instead of the frequency band specified in this subsection.


 


		(B)	Starting
                                         from February 1, 2002 to January 1, 2004 the following bands will be allocated:






1710
to 1715.4 MHz and corresponding range 1805 to 1810.4 MHz;





1716.6
to 1721.2 MHz and corresponding range 1811.6 to 1816 MHz;





1962
to 1967 MHz and corresponding range 2152 to 2157 MHz;


 


		(C)	Starting
                                         from January 1, 2004 the following bands will be allocated:






1720
to 1730 MHz and corresponding range 1815 to 1825 MHz;





1960
to 1970 MHz and corresponding range 2150 to 2160 MHz;





as
well as the frequency range 1905 to 1910 MHz.


 


(C1)
A2A26) Starting from April 4, 2004 the following frequency bands will be allocated:





1715
to 1720 MHz and corresponding range 1810 to 1815 MHz.


 


		(D)	Notwithstanding
                                         the foregoing, in the event the Licensee asks to postpone the usage commencement date
                                         for the frequencies specified in subsections (B) and (C), or a part thereof, to a later
                                         date, the Director may suspend the allocation of frequencies to a date he decides on.



 


		45.2	The
                                         Licensee may select a narrower frequency band than that stated above in the framework
                                         of the frequency bands specified in Section 45.1.



 




    40 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


		45.3	In the
                                         event of detection of electromagnetic interferences from other radiants that can harm
                                         the proper functioning of the Cellular System, the Director must, at the Licensee's request,
                                         take any reasonable action to find an appropriate solution or stop the aforesaid interferences.



 


		46.	Restriction on Use of
Frequencies



 


		46.1	The
                                         Licensee will make use of the frequencies allocated to it as stated in Section 45 only
                                         for providing the services under this license.



 


		46.2	Without
                                         derogating from the aforementioned in Clauses 45 and 46.1, and in accordance with the
                                         terms of the allotment provided to the other mobile telephony communications license
                                         owner, the License Owner may make use of the frequencies allotted to the other mobile
                                         telephony communications license owner in addition to the aforementioned in Clause 45,
                                         provided that the frequencies serve as cellular radio centers of the License Owner through
                                         the cellular radio infrastructure license owner that provides it with its services.



 


		47.	Prevention of Interferences



 


		47.1	The
                                         Licensee will set up the Cellular System and operate it in such manner so that no part
                                         of its parts will emit radiation prohibited under the provisions of the Pharmacists'
                                         Regulations (Radioactive Elements and Their Products), 1980, and do everything required,
                                         if required, to obtain a permit in accordance with the aforesaid regulations.



 


		47.2	The
                                         Licensee will coordinate the use of the frequencies with the Director, who will base
                                         his directives, inter alia, on the program derived from the preparation for a national
                                         emergency crisis.



 


		47.3	The
                                         Licensee will submit to the Director, or anyone appointed for this purpose on its behalf,
                                         a detailed, up-to-date plan for the operation of Cellular Radio Centersand for the expected
                                         use of the frequencies at least 60 days before the operation, and will report to the
                                         Director regarding the actual execution, within 7 days of the operation date.



 


		47.4	The
                                         Licensee will set up and operate the Cellular System in such a manner as to prevent interferences
                                         with other Bezeq and wireless systems operating lawfully. Prior to the activation of
                                         any Cellular System, the Licensee will perform tests and measurements for the purpose
                                         of preventing electromagnetic interferences. If found that electromagnetic interferences
                                         can be expected or interferences have been detected during operation, the Licensee will
                                         act to find a solution that will prevent these interferences and also prevent their recurrence,
                                         and in the absence of a solution it will turn in writing to the Director or to anyone
                                         appointed for this purpose on its behalf, in order to find a reasonable solution in this
                                         regard. The Director may demand that each of the parties make changes in the operation
                                         of the equipment or in the use of the frequencies or that they stop broadcasting over
                                         certain frequencies, throughout the country or in a certain region.



 


		47.5	The
                                         granting of this license, including the approval of the engineering plan, in no way provides
                                         protection against harmonies from other radiants operating lawfully, or other radiants
                                         operating outside state territory; however, the Director must make every reasonable effort
                                         to find an appropriate solution providing the necessary protection.



 


		48.	Preparing to ensure
continuity of operations in emergencies



 


		48.1	The License Holder will
appoint a functionary (including a first deputy and a second deputy) who will be responsible in emergencies for maintaining contact
with the Ministry; the License Holder will provide to the Director, once a year, on January 1st, the details of the functionary
and his deputies, as well as their contact details.



 


		48.2	The License Holder will
be prepared to ensure continuity of operations in emergencies, as specified in Annex D – “Preparing to Ensure Continuity
of Operations in Emergencies”.







 



    41 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    

 


		Part D:	Inspections and MaintenanceA43)



 


		49.	Definitions



 


"Periodical
inspection" – An inspection of the network or any part thereof performed according to the license's provisions,
at fixed time intervals and at least once every half year;


 


"Special
inspection" – An inspection of the network or any part thereof performed due to a maintenance action or repair,
following electromagnetic interferences, a malfunction, clarification of a complaint, a technological modification, an alteration
in the engineering plan or the like;


 


"Regular
inspection" – An inspection of the network or any part thereof, done on a regular, ongoing basis.


 


		50.	Performance of Inspections



 


		50.1	The
                                         Licensee will carry out periodical inspections on the Cellular System and will submit
                                         the results of the inspection, at the Director’s request, within 30 days of the
                                         day of the request.



 


		50.2	The
                                         Licensee will set up and operate a control system for continual monitoring of the performance
                                         and functionality of the network, and will perform, on an ongoing basis, regular inspections
                                         of the network or any part thereof, as necessary.



 


		50.3	The
                                         Licensee will perform a regular inspection for quality of the service as detailed in
                                         Addendum E, including compliance with relevant ITU-T standards, and will submit the results
                                         of the inspection, at the Director’s request, within 30 days of the day of the
                                         request.



 


		50.4	The
                                         Director may instruct the Licensee to perform a special inspection; The Licensee will
                                         perform such inspection in the format and at the time specified by the Director and will
                                         submit its results to him.



 


		50.5	The
                                         Director or anyone so authorized by him will be allowed to carry out inspections himself,
                                         where he deems this to be necessary; The Licensee will permit the Director or anyone
                                         so authorized by him access to the installations and the equipment, subject to prior
                                         coordination, and will place at his disposal testing equipment used by it or professional
                                         manpower employed by it.



 


		51.	Inspections, Malfunctions
and Maintenance Log



 


		51.1	The
                                         Licensee will manage an inspections, malfunctions and maintenance log (hereinafter –
                                         maintenance log), in which details of the malfunctions in and inspections of the network
                                         are recorded.



 


		51.2	The
                                         Licensee will keep the maintenance log and enable the Director or a representative authorized
                                         by him to peruse it at any time, to examine it or copy it in any manner, and will submit
                                         it for inspection by the Director at his request.



 




    42 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    

 


		52.	Repair of Deficiencies
and Defects



 


		52.1	The
                                         Director may, after giving the Licensee sufficient opportunity in the circumstances of
                                         the case to present its case to him, notify the Licensee in writing of deficiencies and
                                         defects he found that are affecting the level of the service to Subscribers, the level
                                         of survivability and backup of the network or the safety level or interfering with other
                                         lawfully operating systems, based on a follow-up of the network’s performance,
                                         including by means of Subscribers’ complaints or inspections carried out by him
                                         or on the basis of inspection reports, documents and information provided to him by the
                                         Licensee.



 


		52.2	The
                                         Director may instruct the Licensee regarding the times by which it must correct the deficiencies
                                         and defects.



 


		52.3	In the
                                         event the Licensee received such a notice, it will notify the Director, within the time
                                         set for this purpose in the Director's notice, of the correction of the deficiencies
                                         and defects, at the level of detail requested by the Director.



 


		53.	Void.



 


		54.	Void.



 


Chapter E: Providing
Cellular Services to Subscribers


 


		Part A:	Entering into an Agreement
with Subscribers



 


		55.A43)	The Contract



 


		55.1	The
                                         Licensee will prepare a wording for the contract that it intends to offer its subscribers,
                                         and will submit it for the Director’s perusal at his request.



 


		55.2	The
                                         terms of the contract shall not contradict, explicitly or implicitly, the provisions
                                         of any law or the provisions of the license: The aforesaid shall not prevent the stipulation
                                         of various provisions in the contract that benefit the subscriber compared to the provisions
                                         of the law or the license.



 


		55.3	The
                                         contract will be in writing and laid out in a clear manner conducive to reading and comprehension
                                         and specifying prominently any term or limitation on the subscriber’s right to
                                         cancel the contract or on the Licensee's liability toward the subscriber; Any stipulation
                                         in the contract shall be stated explicitly and not by way of reference.



 


For
purposes of this section, “writing” – including an electronic document that can be saved and retrieved by the
subscriber.


 


		55.4	The
                                         contract will include, inter alia, in a clear manner, the following:



 


		(a)	The first part of the contracting
agreement shall clearly and accurately specify the main points of the fees and services plan according to the contracting agreement
(hereinafter – the "Main Points of the Plan"). Should the contracting agreement include one type of services,
the license owner may specify the Main Points of the Plan over no more than two pages. Should the agreement include a number of
service types (landline, mobile phone, international services, internet, etc.), subject to the aforementioned, the license owner
may add one page for each type of additional service. The Main Points of the Plan document shall be printed, without handwritten
amendments or addenda, with the exception of that stated in Section (1), and as specified below:



 




    43 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


(1)
Licensee's name or logo, details of the Licensee's representative who executed the contract, Date and method of contracting executionc,
subscriber's details including name, identity number, subscriber type, address, electronic mail, telephone number to which the
contract relates, additional telephone number of the subscriber for sending notices from the license owner concerning the rate
of utilization of the service package as stated in section 75D and regarding the disconnection of a dormant subscriber, as stated
in Section 72A and a description of the goods, if included in the contract. Notwithstanding that stated at the beginning of section
(a), the details mentioned in this subsection, other than the Licensee's name or logo, can be written in handwriting.


 


(2)
The duration of the commitment period, if any, and its expiry date. For purposes of this subsection, "commitment" –
as this term is defined in section 56.1A.


 


(3)
All rates, according to which the license owner charges the subscriber for the services he requested to receive during the performance
of the contract, including video call services and multimedia messages, and the rate of each fixed payment or one-time payment,
including fixed payment of one-time payment which is not a Bezeq service, including connection fees, as defined in Section 74.1(a),
smart card fees, as defined in Section 74.1(a1) and plan transfer fees.


 


If
the license owner does not charge for connection fees or smart card fees or plan transfer fees, it shall be noted accordingly.


 


If
the contracting agreement includes international services in the form of a package or plan of call minutes abroad, the license
owner shall state its rates, the quota of the allotted minutes therein, the three-digit international access code which needs
to be dialed, the countries included therein, the type of destinations in those countries (landline, mobile), and rate for deviating
therefrom.


 


(3A)With
respect to a surfing package, as this term is defined in section 75D – the service unit rate outside the package will be
presented in the same values as in the package.


 


(3b)
The quota of the service units determined by the license owner for the service or the service package ("Units Quota"),
and the maximum length of a call, if any.


 


(3c)
If the license owner provides the subscriber with a service provided at a discount or for free for a fixed period ("Benefit"),
and thereafter for full pay or the subscriber receives a credit for the end equipment which the subscriber provided to the license
owner, the license owner shall specify the Main Points of the Plan as follows:


 


		(1)	The
                                         monthly amount of the benefit / credit;






		(2)	The
                                         duration for providing the benefit / credit;






		(3)	Type
                                         of term from which the benefit / credit period begins being counted;






		(4)	Service
                                         rate after the termination of providing the benefit.



 


The
abovementioned shall apply also when the benefit is provided in the framework of a rate plan, and not only for a specific service
included in the plan.


 


(3d)
If the subscriber transfers from one rate plan to another, and the license owner provided the subscriber with the main points
of the new plan, the Main Points of the Plan shall also include the date of entry into force of the new plan.


 


(3e)
The manner in which the online service is provided after exhausting the entire volume of the browsing package – termination
of service or slowing down of pace, without payment and without an additional charge, until the end of the bill term or the allotment
of additional packages for pay, according to the choice of the subscriber at the time of performing the contract. Should the license
owner choose to slow down the pace, it shall state in the Main Points of the plan what the maximum pace is for downloading.


 


______________________


 

		c	Transaction at a service
station of the license owner or a transaction in peddling, as defined in the Consumer Protection Law, 5741-1981 or a transaction
by way of a telephone call or a internet transaction.




 




    44 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    

 


(3f)
The manner in which speech service and text messages are provided after exhausting the entire monthly Units Quota for these services
– termination of service until the end of the bill period or the continued supply of the services and charging the subscriber
according to rates set forth by the license owner in the framework of the plan.


 


(4)
Description of all goods purchased or leased during the performance of the contract and their overall price, and if agreed between
the subscriber and the license owner as to the installment payment for the goods – the rate of each payment. If the goods
were provided as a gift, it shall be explicitly stated.


 


(5)
Information regarding the cancelation of any benefit as a result of transferring to another rate plan.


 


(6)
The method of calculation of the amount the subscriber will be required to pay for a breach of the commitment, as this term is
defined in section 56A.1.


 


(7)
With respect to a business subscriber – information on rate increases during the commitment period, if this possibility
exists under the terms of the contract, including the date and amount of such increase.


 


(8)
Information on the balance of any payment for end-equipment that was purchased from the Licensee in a previous contract.


 


(9)
The Licensee's undertaking to pay to a subscriber of another cellular licensee who has become a subscriber of the Licensee, the
payment such subscriber will be required to make to the other cellular licensee for the breach of his commitment to that cellular
licensee, and the manner of spreading such payment.


 


In
this regard, "commitment" – as this term is defined in section 56A.1.


 


(10)
The declaration of a subscriber, according to which he read the Main Points of the Agreement document, and he received it at the
time of the execution of the agreement. The declaration shall state the details of the representatives on behalf of the license
owner who executed the contract and the original signature of the subscriber shall appear at the end of the Main Points of the
Plan.


 


(11)
Respecting subsection (a)(1) to (10) – "Subscriber" is any person who entered into an agreement with the Licensee
for receipt of cellular mobile radio telephone services for up to twenty five telephone numbers, excluding a Pre-Paid Subscriber.A59


 


(12)
A Split Business Subscriber" shall sign the Main Points of the Plan.


 


(13)
A license owner shall not include in the Main Points of the Plan information or additional details beyond those listed in this
Section, unless they are data in NIS or NIS per consumption unit, which may directly affect the monthly account limit of the subscriber.


 


(14)
The rates of all services and payments, as specified in sub-section (3), (3b), (3c) (4) and (5) shall be presented in a chart
with two columns – "Description of the Service / Benefit / Credit / Goods / Payment" and "Rate for the Service
/ Amount of Benefit / Credit / Payment."


 


 


		(a1)A58	(1)A separate,
printed page, on which the subscriber will be required to mark his choice as to the accessibility of any telephone number to which
the contract relates, to services as set out in Appendix E2 (hereinafter – the Access to Services Form or the
form) and to sign at the bottom of the form A59 The form will be adjacent to the Main Points of the Plan.



 


_________________________



 

A59
Amendment No. 59


 


A58
Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).


 




    45 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    




(2)A
new subscriber who did not mark his choice regarding a certain service, blocked or open, in the place intended therefor on the
form, his receipt of that service shall be blocked. A new subscriber who did not sign at the bottom of the form shall be blocked
of all services appearing on the form.


 


In
this section, "New Subscriber" – a subscriber who contracted with the license owner after 15 Tevet, 5777 (May
11, 2017).


 


(3)
A subscriber may request the Licensee at any time, orally in a human respond only or in writing, to change his accessibility to
services specified in the form (hereinafter in this section – the subscriber's request). A first change will be made
free of charge. The Licensee will implement the subscriber's request only after it has identified the subscriber. The license
owner shall keep the application, as stated, and make it available for delivery or transfer to the manager, at his request, within
five (5) business days from the application submission date.


 


The
subscriber's request must be implemented within one working dayA59 from the date of the request.


 


(4)The
Licensee will include in the next telephone bill after the date of the subscriber's request a notice concerning the implementation
of the request and the date of implementation. The license owner shall keep the telephone bill, as stated, and make it available
for delivery or transfer to the manager, at his request, within five (5) business days from the bill preparation date.


 


(5)
The Licensee shall attach to the form two (2) immediate telephone statements sent after September 13, 2011 (14 Ellul, 5771) to
a Subscriber who is not a new SubscriberA59.


 


		(5)	(A)
                                         A Subscriber who is not a new Subscriber who failed to transfer to the Licensee his comments
                                         on the form by December 13, 2011 (17 Kislev, 5772) will be blocked from receiving the
                                         services set forth in section 3 of the form within seven (7) working days of the aforesaid
                                         date; 



 


(B)
Notwithstanding that stated, where a non-new subscriber has not used the services set out in Section 3 of the form starting November
1, 2011 (4 Heshvan 5772) and has not submitted to the Licensee a response to the form by December 1, 2011 (5 Kislev 5772), the
Licensee may block his access to said services as of December 1, 2011 (5 Kislev 5772)A64; 


 


(C)
A non-new subscriber who has submitted to the Licensee a response to the form, will have his access to services blocked or opened
in accordance with his request in the form, within one workday of the request's receiptA62; 


 


(D)
A Subscriber who transferred to the Licensee his comments on the form and failed to mark his Selection and signed alongside the
service appearing on the form as stated in subsection (1) shall be blocked from receiving such serviceA59.


 


(E)
The license owner shall block the access to services provided according to Section 2(e) on the form for access to services from
any existing subscriber who did not choose it explicitly by completing the form, in the "open" option for these services
within seven (7) business days after 15 Tevet, 5777 (May 11, 2017).


 


(6A)
The Licensee will notify the subscriber about the block in the next telephone bill after the block. The license owner shall keep
the telephone bill, as stated, and make it available for delivery or transfer to the manager, at his request, within five (5)
business days from the bill preparation date.


 


(6B)Should
the subscriber state his choices on the form for access to services, the license owner shall act in accordance with the choices
of the subscriber immediately after the form was delivered to it.


 


(6C)
A subscriber shall be required to complete a new form for access to services for any transfer from one rate plan to another only
if his existing form is not the format of the form presented in Appendix E'2.


 


______________________


 

A59
Amendment No. 59


 


A59
Amendment No. 59


 


A59
Amendment No. 59


 


A64
Amendment No. 64


 


A62
Amendment No. 62


 


A59 Amendment
No. 59


 


 




    46 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


		(7)	The
                                         Licensee will publish the form on its website, within seven (7) work days from September
                                         13, 2011 (14 Ellul, 5771)A59.



 


		(7a)	Should the Manager instruct
to amend the version of the form for access to services, the License Owner shall publish the updated form for access to services
on its website within the time period set forth by the Manager from the date of signing the amendment to the license.



 


		(8)	Respecting
                                         subsection (a1)(1) to (6) – "Subscriber" - excluding a Pre-Paid Subscriber.
                                         Notwithstanding the above, the Licensee shall block services at the request of a Pre-Paid
                                         Subscriber, to the extent that it comes from a telephone number to which the request
                                         refers, or such Subscriber presented before it the end-equipment serving the telephone
                                         number forming the subject matter of the request, or in any other manner to the Licensee's
                                         satisfaction A59.



 


		(9)	If
                                         it is a Split Business Subscriber, only he shall complete the form for access to services
                                         and sign it, and only he may amend it.



 


		(a2)	Terms of the service to
the subscriber, including quality measures for customer and subscriber service as detailed in section 2 in Addendum E;



 


		(b)	Terms
                                         for disconnecting from the Licensee’s services or discontinuation of all service
                                         A58
                                         terms;



 


		(c)	Licensee’s
                                         rates for the services for which the subscriber registered, as of the day of the agreement,
                                         including the date and terms for termination of the rates program;



 


		(d)	Limitation
                                         on the rate of arrears interest, linkage differences and collection expenses, as stated
                                         in section 80.3;



 


		(e)	Condition
                                         for changing the rate for the service for which the subscriber registered, as stated
                                         in section 78.1;



 


		(f)	The
                                         details set out in sections 61 and 61A regarding the public ombudsman and umpire.



 


		(g)	Condition
                                         specifying that in case of a contradiction between the provisions relating to the rates
                                         and to the basket of services detailed in the contract, and the provisions of the license
                                         in this regard, the provisions of the license shall prevail;



 


		(h)	Notice concerning the Director’s
authority to instruct the Licensee to modify the contract, and a clarification that the subscriber’s engagement with the
Licensee under the contract constitutes agreement to such modification.



 


55.5
A58Where
a contract is executed in the presence of the Licensee's representative and the subscriber, the Licensee will act as follows:


 


(A)
The license owner's representative shall perform a reliable identification of the applicant according to the procedure set forth
by the license owner. The license owner shall keep a copy of the identification card of the applicant and a copy of the identification
card of the payer of the bill, which was provided to the license owner's representative when the contract was executed.


 


_________________________


 

A59
Amendment No. 59


 


A59
Amendment No. 59


 


A58
Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).


 


A58
Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).


 


 




    47 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    




(A1)Prior
to executing the contract, the Licensee's representative will present to the person requesting to be a subscriber a printed copy
of the contract, and will allow him to peruse the contract.


 


(b)
When executing the contract, the applicant and the Licensee's representative must affix their original signature to the contract
that was given to the applicant for perusal. Following such signature, the Licensee's representative will give the subscriber
a copy of the contract bearing the original signatures of the Licensee's representative and the subscriber.


 


(c)
After that stated in subsections (a) and (b) has been done, the Licensee's representative may require the subscriber to sign an
identical contract to the one signed with original signatures, by electronic means.


 


(d)
The Licensee must keep in its possession a signed copy of the contract and make it available for delivery or transfer to the Manager,
at his request, within five (5) business days from the contracting date.


 


(e)
Should the subscriber request to make a change in the terms of the contract, including a request to replace the existing plan
with a new plan, to receive an additional service, to expand a service, or to join a service package – he will be given,
at the time of the request for the change, a printed notice bearing the Licensee's name or logo, noting the time of submitting
the application, the details of the change that was made, its effective date and the full name of the Licensee's representative
and the subscriber together with their original signatures. The license owner may not amend, as stated, including replacing an
existing plan with a new plan without receiving the explicit consent of the subscriber as detailed above.


 


The
license owner shall keep the signed notice, as stated, and make it available for delivery or transfer to the manager, at his request,
within five (5) business days from the submission of the application.


 


		55.6	cancelled.



 


55.7
A70Notwithstanding
the provisions of Section 55.5, the Licensee may have a subscriber sign an engagement agreement also through an Electronic Graphic
Signature, in lieu of an original signature, and the provisions of appendix E shall apply in this regard in lieu of the provisions
of Section 55.5.


 


For
this purpose, "Electronic Graphic Signature" – A signature which is saved electronically as a graphic file."


 


		55A. A58	Remote
                                         Sales Transaction



 


		55.1a	In
                                         a remote sales transaction, as defined in Section 14c to the Consumer Protection Law,
                                         5741-1981, executed over the telephone, the license owner shall act as follows:



 


		(a)	The
                                         license owner shall record the telephone conversation that took place between the applicant
                                         and the license owner's representative;



 


		(b)	During
                                         the sales call and before the applicant consented to contract with the license owner,
                                         the representative of the license owner shall request the consent of the applicant to
                                         send by email or text message or facsimile, the Main Points of the Plan and the form
                                         for access to services, and shall state to him that he will be requested to confirm in
                                         writing that he accepts the terms of the contract agreement as a condition for its entering
                                         into force. If the applicant explicitly states that he is not interested in receiving
                                         said documents by one of the said three methods during the sales call, the license owner
                                         shall be exempt from sending them to the applicant during the sales call, and they shall
                                         be sent to him together with other instructions of the contract terms document on the
                                         date the transaction was executed. If the applicant requests to receive the said documents
                                         my one of the methods mentioned above, the representative of the license owner shall
                                         send them to him by way of the method he requested during the sales call.



 


 


_________________________


 

A58
Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).


 


A58
Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).


 


A69
Amendment No. 69


 


 




    48 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


		(c)	On
                                         the form for access to services sent by email or text message, every service shall be
                                         marked in a computerized manner as 'blocked" or as "open", as the applicant
                                         chose during said telephone call.



 


		(d)	In
                                         the email or text message, the applicant shall be requested to confirm the execution
                                         of the transaction and the markings as presented in the form for access to service. The
                                         applicant shall explicitly confirm the terms of the transaction, without any handwritten
                                         conditions or reservations or modifications regarding the terms of the contract terms
                                         document by way of return email or return text message, which shall include his full
                                         name and identification number. 



 


		(e)	If
                                         the applicant requested to receive the Main Points of the Plan and the form for access
                                         to services by facsimile, the license owner's representative shall send said documents
                                         by facsimile, whose number shall be provided to the license owner's representative during
                                         the call.



 


The
applicant shall explicitly confirm the terms of the transaction, without any handwriting conditions or reservations or modifications
regarding the terms of said documents, in his handwriting on the markings and signatures on the Main Points of the Plan and on
the form for access to services, and shall send the said two documents by facsimile to the facsimile number which the license
owner's representative provided to him during their conversation.


 


The
license owner shall send the other instructions of the contract terms document by regular mail on the date the transaction was
executed.


 


		(f)	The
                                         remotes sales transaction shall be completed and shall enter into force, and the license
                                         owner may charge the applicant in accordance with its terms only after the license owner
                                         receives the return notice of the applicant by email or text message, confirming the
                                         execution of the contract agreement or the said documents by facsimile, marked and signed
                                         as required.



 


		(g)	The
                                         license owner shall keep the following in his possession:



 


		(1)	The
                                         telephone conversation recording between the applicant and the license owner's representative;



 


		(2)	The
                                         email or text message which the license owner sent the applicant, including the Main
                                         Points of the Plan and the form for access to services attached thereto;



 


		(3)	The
                                         email or text message confirming the execution of the transaction, which the applicant
                                         send to the license owner in reply to the email or text message sent by the license owner
                                         to the applicant, when they are presented in a row;



 


		(4)	If
                                         the transaction was executed by facsimile, it shall keep the Main Points of the Plan,
                                         bearing the handwritten signature of the applicant and the form for access to services,
                                         bearing the handwritten markings and signature of the applicant;



 


		(5)	The
                                         other instructions of the contract terms document, updated to the date of the execution
                                         of the contract with the applicant.



 


		(h)	The
                                         license owner shall make the recording and the documents specified in Section (g) available
                                         for delivery or transfer to the manager, at his request, and within five (5) business
                                         days from the entry of the transaction into force.



 


		(i)	The
                                         rules specified in this section shall also apply in regards to a modification in the
                                         existing plan or replacement of the existing plan with a new plan.



 




    49 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    

 


In
regards to this section, "Modification" – receipt of an additional service, expansion of service, joining a service
package.


 


The
license owner may not modify, including replacing an existing plan with a new plan, without receiving the explicit consent of
the subscriber in a manner specified in Section 60.6(b).


 


		(j)	Notwithstanding
                                         the above, where a Subscriber requested to make a change which does not involve an extension
                                         of the term of undertaking of the Subscriber or the creation of such a term, the Licensee
                                         shall include in the immediate telephone statement to the date of the request a notice
                                         in which the particulars specified in subsection (b) shall be noted, except for the name
                                         of the Licensee's representative. For the purpose of this subsection, "undertaking"
                                         is within the meaning in section 56.1A of the License.



 


		55.2a	In
                                         a remote sales transaction, as defined in Section 14c of the Consumer Protection Law,
                                         5741-1981, executed over the internet, the license owner shall act as follows:



 


		(a)	In
                                         the publication of the rate plan on its website, the license owner shall explicitly include
                                         all details specified in sub-section 55.4(a2) to 55.4(h) and the Main Points of the Plan
                                         and form for access to services.



 


		(b)	In
                                         the registration process for rate plan, as stated, the license owner shall include a
                                         presentation of the Main Points of the Plan to the applicant as well as a box which the
                                         applicant shall be required to mark prior to the completion of the registration, as stated,
                                         and its marking shall constitute a declaration that he had read the information included
                                         in the Main Points of the Plan. If the marking is not made, as stated. the registration
                                         will not be able to be completed.



 


		(c)	In
                                         the registration process for rate plan, as stated, the license owner shall include the
                                         online form for access to services, which the applicant shall be able to mark and to
                                         retrieve it at any time, and to modify its markings as he wishes.



 


		(d)	The
                                         license owner shall send a copy of the contract terms document to the subscriber who
                                         executed the "remote sales" transaction by internet immediately after the completion
                                         of the performance of the transaction. A copy of the contracting agreement executed between
                                         the subscriber and the license owner shall be sent to the subscriber by email, which
                                         shall include the contracting agreement as an attached file.



 


		(e)	The
                                         license owner shall keep the contacting terms document, as stated, and shall make it
                                         available for delivery or transfer to the manager, at his request, within five (5) business
                                         days from the date of completion of the transaction by the subscriber.



 


		(f)	The
                                         rules specified in this section shall also apply in regards to a modification in the
                                         existing plan or replacement of the existing plan with a new plan.



 


In
regards to this section, "Modification" – receipt of an additional service, expansion of service, joining a service
package.


 


The
license owner may not modify, including replacing an existing plan with a new plan, without receiving the explicit consent of
the subscriber in a manner specified in Section 60.6(b).


 


		56. A43)	Modification of Contract



 


		56.1	The
                                         Director may instruct the Licensee to modify the contract, after giving the Licensee
                                         sufficient opportunity to present its case.



 


		56.2	If the
                                         contract was amended pursuant to the Director’s instructions or pursuant to a decision
                                         of the Standard Contracts Court, in the event that the contract was submitted for its
                                         approval, the engagement between the Licensee and the subscriber will be in accordance
                                         with the amended contract, as from the date of the amendment.



 


		56.3	The
                                         provisions of section 55 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to an amendment of the
                                         wording of the contract by the Licensee.



 




    50 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


		56A.T47)	Period of Commitment
under a Contract



 


		56A.1	Where
                                         the Licensee entered with a subscriber who is not a business subscriber into a contract
                                         that includes a commitment, the period of the commitment may not exceed eighteen (18)
                                         months.



 


In
this regard, "commitment," – the subscriber's commitment to comply with conditions relating to the scope
of consumption of services, the amount of the payment or the payment terms, during a defined period, where noncompliance with
such conditions during such period entails a payment, including the return of a benefit or an exit fee.


 


		56A.2	Where
                                         the Licensee proposed to a subscriber who is not a business subscriber to enter into
                                         a contract that includes a commitment, the Licensee will present to such subscriber a
                                         proposal to enter into a contract that does not include a commitment, as a reasonable
                                         alternative to contracts that include a commitment. In this regard, a contract containing
                                         a "prepaid" plan will not be deemed a reasonable alternative to a plan that
                                         includes a commitment. The Licensee will publish on its website the contract that does
                                         not include a commitment, including the Plan Summary Page of such contract A58.



 


		56A.3	If the
                                         Director finds that the Licensee has violated Section 56A.2, he may direct the Licensee
                                         to modify conditions in a contract that does not include a commitment, without thereby
                                         derogating from any other power established in the License or in any law. In this regard,
                                         the Director will consider, inter alia, the number of subscribers of the Licensee
                                         who are signed on contracts that do not include a commitment.



 


		57. A43)	Void.



 


		58. A43)	Void.



 


		59.	Obligation of Connecting
Applicants and Prohibition on Stipulation



 


		59.1	If
                                         the Licensee has met the terms for operating a Cellular System as stated in Section 44.2,
                                         the Licensee will connect any applicant to the cellular network no later than the date
                                         set in the contract with the subscriber, unless the Director has authorized the Licensee
                                         not to connect the applicant, under circumstances he deems justified. A2)



 


		59.2	The
                                         Licensee may not stipulate the connection of an applicant on unreasonable, discriminatory
                                         or unfair terms, and without derogating from the generality of the foregoing:



 


The
Licensee may not require a subscriber to purchase end-user equipment from it or from its designee;


 


The
Licensee may not require the subscriber to receive maintenance services from it for the end-user equipment in the subscriber's
possession;


 


The
Licensee may not stipulate or condition cellular services, service conditions or a rate on the purchase of cellular end-user equipment
from it or from any other.


 


		59.3	Void. A1)



 


		Part B:	Service Level for Subscribers



 


		60.A16)	Obligation of Maintaining
the Service



 


_________________________


 

T47)
Amendment No. 47.


 


A58
Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).


 



    51 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


		60.1	The
                                         Licensee will put at the disposal of its subscribers all the services detailed in the
                                         First Schedule, in accordance with the terms detailed in the schedule, and will maintain
                                         all its services all year round, around the clock, both in times of calm and in times
                                         of an emergency, subject to Section 48, in accordance with the technical requirements
                                         and service quality requirements, in a proper and regular fashion, and of a quality no
                                         lower than that indicated by the service quality indexes specified in the first schedule
                                         to the license and in Addendum E to the Second Schedule to the license. In the event
                                         of a contradiction between the First Schedule and Addendum E to the license's Second
                                         Schedule, the provisions of Addendum E to the Second Schedule will prevail.



 


		60.2	Without
                                         derogating from that stated in Section 75.3, the Licensee will provide cellular services
                                         and a service package, as this term is defined in Section 73A, to every applicant, under
                                         equal and non-discriminatory terms and at a non-discriminatory rate.



 


		60.3	If the
                                         Director has found that the service package is liable to harm competition or the consumers,
                                         he will notify the Licensee thereof, indicating the date by which the Licensee must stop
                                         offering its subscribers the service package.



 


		60.4	If the
                                         Licensee provides any cellular service to any person or organization, for payment, the
                                         service must be available to any subscriber throughout the network coverage area, complying
                                         with the minimal requirements as regards service quality, without discrimination, within
                                         24 months of the date of commencing provision of the service for payment.



 


		60.5	The
                                         Director may, at the written request of the Licensee, allow the Licensee limitations
                                         on the provision of Section 60.4, after being convinced that there is a real difficulty
                                         in providing the service to anyone that requests it, and that the specific features of
                                         the service possess a unique and exceptional flavor justifying this.



 


60.6A43)





		(a)	The license owner shall
not supply or expand, with or without consideration, any of its services which the subscriber did not explicitly request to receive
or expand, with the exception of a services provided free of charge to all subscribers, and shall not all the supply or expansion
of services of a service provider that the subscriber did not explicit request the receipt or expansion thereof from the license
owner.



 


In
regards to this section, "Service Provider" – whomever provides a service by way of the network, and the payment
for the service is made by the telephone bill.


 


		(b)	A58
                                         An explicit request may be made by one of the following ways:



 


		(1)	By a document signed by
the subscriber and sent to the Licensee;



 


		(2)	By
                                         an email message sent by the subscriber to the Licensee;



 


		(3)	In
                                         a phone call between the subscriber and the Licensee's representative;



 


		(4)	By
                                         an SMS message sent from the subscriber to the Licensee;



 


		(5)	By
                                         ordering a service on the website of the Licensee or a service provider. Ordering of
                                         the service shall be done in accordance with the provisions of Appendix F to the License.A61



 


		(6)	A session with the representative
of the license owner by way of the internet ("CHAT");



 


		(c)	The
                                         Licensee will keep documentation on the subscriber's explicit request. The documentation
                                         must be kept available by the License owner for presenting to the Director within five
                                         (5) work days from the day of the subscriber's explicit request.



 


In
this regard – "documentation": 


For
purposes of subsection (b)(1) – a copy of the document; 


For
purposes of subsection (b)(2) – a printout of the email message;


 


 


_________________________ 


 

A58
Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).


 


A61
Amendment No. 61



 


 




    52 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    

 


For
purposes of subsection (b)(3) – a recording of the phone call;


 


For
purposes of subjection (b)(4) – a copy of the subscriber's telephone bill in which the details of the SMS and a printout
of its content as received by the system of the license owner sent by the subscriber appear in the "itemized list of calls."


 


For
purposes of subsection (b)(5) – a log printout from the Licensee's short message service center (SMSCd), detailing
the fact of the sending of the two SMS messages from the Licensee to the subscriber during the service ordering process. If the
service was ordered on the Licensee's website or on its cellular portal by means of a user code and password as stated in section
1.3 in Appendix F to the License – a log printout from the SMSC testifying to the execution of the service ordering process,
and a log printout of the log-in of the user code and password by the subscriberA61.


 


For
purposes of subsection (b)(6) - printout of the internet chat;


 


A
memorandum entered by the Licensee's representative in the Licensee's information systems does not constitute documentation.


 


		60.7A63	Without derogating from
that stated in section 26.3, the Licensee may not discontinue the provision of cellular services through a system that has become
technologically obsolete, until after that stated in Appendix K-1 is fulfilled.



 


		60.7A58	The Licensee may not collect
payment from a subscriber for a service or its increase, unless it has documentation on the subscriber's explicit request to receive
the service or its increase.



 


		60.8A58	A subscriber who was debited
for a service or for its increase and notifies the Licensee that he did not request to receive or to increase the service, will
be refunded the full amount collected from him as payment for the service or for the increase, where the Licensee has no documentation
on the subscriber's explicit request to receive or to increase the service. The subscriber's contestations and the refund will
be handled in accordance with the provisions on "excess charges" in section 83A of the License.



 


		61.A43)	Public Ombudsman



 


		61.1	The ombudsman shall be
directly subordinate to the CEO of the license owner or the Board of Directors, including one of the committees of the Board of
Directors.



 


		61.2	Subject to the provisions
of Section 61a regarding "dispute resolution", the roles and authorities of the ombudsman are:



 


		(a)	To
                                         review complaints of subscribers and applicants regarding the services of the license
                                         owner; 



 


		(b)	To
                                         review complaints of subscribers regarding bills which the license owner submitted to
                                         them and to make a decision in their regard;



 


		(c)	To
                                         review differences of opinion which arose between the license owner and a subscriber
                                         regarding the interpretation or performance of the contracting agreement and to make
                                         a decision in their regard;



 


		61.3	The license owner shall
place on its website in a prominent place and in a prominent manner a link named "ombudsman"e.
Clicking on said link shall lead to a landing page in which the roles and authorities of the ombudsman shall be specified, as
well as the four (4) options for sending a complaint thereto as follows:



 


		(a)	Regular
                                         mail;



 


 


_________________________


 

d
 Short Message Service Center.


 


A61
Amendment No. 61


 


A63
Amendment No. 63 - Mistake in the original language


 


A58
Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).


 


A58
Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).


 

e
A link named "Contact Us" shall not be considered a replacement for said link.


 



    53 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


		(b)	Email;



 


		(c)	Online
                                         form on the website of the license owner, to which various files can be attached;



 


		(d)	Facsimile.



 


		61.4	The license owner shall
specify in each bill it submits to the subscriber the roles and authorities of the ombudsman and the address, facsimile number
and email, by which the subscriber way send a written complaint to it.



 


		61.5	The license owner shall
notify in its website and on each bill its submits to the subscriber, in regards to each of the four (4) options specified above,
the details which the subscriber is required to complete in the framework of the complaint he intends to send.



 


		61.6	Once a complaint is sent
to the ombudsman by email or by online form, an automatic conformation notice regarding its acceptance shall be sent to the subscriber
immediately after the receipt of the complaint. The confirmation notice shall include the number which the license owner's system
gave the complaint, the date of receipt of the complaint, the content of the complaint as sent by the subscriber and the time
period no later thereof a written response to the complaint shall be provided.



 


		61.7	The license owner shall
keep a copy of the complaint and the written response sent to the subscriber, and shall make them available for delivery or transfer
to the manager, at his request, within five (5) business days from the date of receipt of the complaint and from the date of delivery
of the response.



 


		61A.	Umpiring of Disputes



 


		61A.1	The
                                         contract will stipulate that any disagreements arising between the Licensee and a subscriber
                                         in connection with the interpretation or performance of the contract, shall be submitted
                                         for clarification to the Licensee’s Public Ombudsman.



 


		61A.2	The
                                         contract will specify that an application to the Public Ombudsman under section 61A.1
                                         shall not:



 


		(a)	Prevent
                                         the subscriber a priori from bringing his case before a competent court;



 


		(b)	Derogate
                                         from the Licensee’s authority to act in accordance with the provisions of section
                                         72 regarding the discontinuation of all service A58
                                         or disconnection of a service owing to a breach of the contract.



 


		62.	Obligation of Maintenance



 


		62.1	The
                                         Licensee is responsible for the maintenance of the Cellular System.



 


		62.2	If
                                         a subscriber purchased cellular end-user equipment from the Licensee or from its designee,
                                         and the purchase agreement included maintenance services, the LicenseeA43)
                                         will be responsible for the maintenance of said purchased end-user equipment, however
                                         the LicenseeA43) will not be responsible for the maintenance of said purchased
                                         end-user equipment beyond the maintenance period undertaken by the manufacturer, unless
                                         agreed otherwise between it and the subscriber.A2)



 


If,
in order to receive cellular services, the subscriber used cellular end-user equipment not purchased from the Licensee or from
its designee, the Licensee is not obligated to look out for the maintenance of this end-user equipment, but may enter into an
agreement with the subscriber for providing maintenance services also for said equipment.


 


		63.A56	Call Center



 


 


_________________________



 

A58
Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).


 




    54 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


		63.1	The
                                         Licensee will operate a manned call center for receiving calls of its subscribers. The
                                         Licensee will also operate additional means that allow its subscribers to turn to it
                                         for information and inquiries, all as set forth in Appendix E to the License.



 


		63.2	The
                                         call center will be manned by skilled and professional personnel, having the appropriate
                                         competence for handling calls, and if a complaint has been received regarding a malfunction
                                         that led to termination of all cellular services to a subscriber, said personnel will
                                         act immediately to localize the malfunction and start taking steps to immediately correct
                                         it.



 


		63.3	The
                                         Licensee will specify in the maintenance log the details of the malfunction, as stated
                                         in section 63.2, and the steps taken to correct it, all as stated in section 51



 


		64.	End-user equipment –
Selling and Renting



 


The
Licensee may sell or rent out to its subscribers cellular end-user equipment for the purpose of linkup to the Cellular System,
provided it complies with the following:


 


		(a)	The
                                         Licensee has notified the subscriber that he may purchase cellular end-user equipment
                                         from any licensed marketer and that he does not have to buy the equipment from the Licensee
                                         in order to receive cellular services;



 


		(b)	The
                                         Licensee will not stipulate the provision of maintenance services for cellular end-user
                                         equipment on the very receipt of cellular services from the Licensee, and will notify
                                         the subscriber that he may receive maintenance service for end-user equipment, from any
                                         person, including the end-user equipment purchased or rented from the Licensee.



 


		(c)	During
                                         the sales call by telephone call for the purchase or lease of MTS end user equipment,
                                         without executing a transaction for the purchase of MTS services (hereinafter –
                                         "Purchase Agreement") with the applicant, and before the applicant expresses
                                         his consent to enter into a Purchase Agreement with the license owner, the license owner's
                                         representative shall request the approval of the applicant to send him by email or text
                                         message or facsimile, a printed Purchase Agreement, without handwritten modifications,
                                         with the logo of the license owner, specifying the description of the end user equipment
                                         and its overall price, and if it was agreed between the purchase and the license owner
                                         in regards to payment in installments for the end user equipment – the number of
                                         payments and the rate of each payment, including the date of the sales call and the details
                                         of the purchase and the license owner's representative, and shall inform him that he
                                         shall be required to confirm in writing that he accepts the terms of the Purchase Agreement
                                         as a condition of its entry into force. If the applicant explicitly states that he is
                                         not interested in received said document by one of the said three methods during the
                                         sales call, the license owner shall be exempt from sending them to the applicant during
                                         the sales call, and it shall be sent on the date the transaction was executed. If the
                                         applicant requests to receive the said documents my one of the methods mentioned above,
                                         the representative of the license owner shall send them to him by way of the method he
                                         requested.



 


The
license owner shall keep a copy of the Purchase Agreement and make it available for delivery or transfer to the manager, at his
request, and within five (5) business days from the date the transaction was executed.


 


The
license owner shall also record the telephone conversation which took place with the applicant, and shall make the recording available
for delivery or transfer to the manager, at his request, and within five (5) business days from the date the transaction was executed.


 


 


______________________


 

A56
Amendment No. 56



 


 




    55 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


		(d)	In
                                         a notice that shall be sent to the applicant, he shall be requested to confirm the execution
                                         of the transaction. The applicant shall explicitly confirm the terms of the transaction
                                         without any handwriting conditions or reservations or modifications regarding the terms
                                         of the Purchasing Agreement by way of a return email or return text message or facsimile,
                                         which shall include his full name and his identification number.



 


The
license owner shall keep a copy the purchaser's confirmation and make it available for delivery or transfer to the manager, at
his request, and within five (5) business days from the date the transaction was executed.


 


		(e)	Immediately
                                         after the delivery of confirmation by the applicant, as stated, the license owner shall
                                         send him in the manner in which the Purchase Agreement was sent, a document by lawf.



 


		(f)	When
                                         executing a transaction in the presence of two parties for the purchase of MTS end user
                                         equipment, without executing a transaction for the purchase of MTS services, and before
                                         the applicant expresses his consent to execute a Purchase Agreement with the license
                                         owner, the license owner's representative shall forward to the applicant a printed copy
                                         of the Purchase Agreement prior to the purchase, and shall allow him to review it.



 


Upon
the execution of the transaction, the applicant and the license owner's representative shall sign the Purchase Agreement, which
was forwarded to the applicant for his review, with original signatures.


 


After
signing, as stated, the license owner's representative shall deliver the Purchase Agreement to the applicant, on which the original
signatures of the license owner's representative and the applicant appear, as well as the document stated in sub-section (e).


 


After
performing the aforementioned in this sub-section, the license owner's representative may have the applicant sign an identical
Purchase Agreement to the one signed with original signatures while using electronic means.


 


The
license owner shall keep the Purchase Agreement and the document stated in sub-section (e), and shall make it available for delivery
or transfer to the manager, at his request, and within five (5) business days from the date the transaction was executed.


 


The
license owner's representative shall perform a reliable identification of the applicant according to the procedure set forth by
the license owner. The license owner shall keep a copy of the identification card of the applicant and a copy of the identification
card of the payer of the bill, which was provided to the license owner's representative when the contract was executed.


 


		(g)	If
                                         the subscriber and the license owner agreed on payment in installments for goods the
                                         subscriber purchased or leased from it, and the subscriber breached the contract agreement
                                         before all payments were made for the said goods, however the breach was remedied within
                                         forty five (45) days from the date the license owner informed the subscriber of the breach,
                                         the license owner may not charge the subscriber the remaining payments for the goods
                                         in one payment, and the payment in installments shall continue as agreed between the
                                         subscriber and the license owner from the start.



 


		65.	Public Emergency Services



 


65.1A21)The
Licensee will enable, anytime and at no charge, for all its subscribers, free and rapid access to public emergency services such
as: Magen David Adom, the Israel Police and the Fire Station.


 


65.2A42)Starting
from April 5, 2007 (“the inception day”) the Licensee will enable the call centers of the public emergency systemsg
to identify the telephone number of a subscriber calling themh, anytime and at no charge, including a subscriber
with a confidential telephone number, a subscriber who blocked his number before the call and a subscriber calling from a private
exchange.


 


 


______________________


 

f
Tax invoice / receipt


 


g
Israel Police – 100, Magen David Adom – 101, Fire Station - 102


 




    56 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    

 


The
Licensee may do the aforesaid through a licensee that routes the call to the public emergency system.


 


Not
later than two days before the inception dayA44) the Licensee will notify all its subscribers, clearly, in writing,
that starting from the inception day it will be possible for the call centers of the public emergency systems to identify the
subscriber’s telephone number, and it will notify in writing any subscriber requesting a “confidential number”
– that the number is not confidential with respect to calls to the call centers of the public emergency systems.


 


		65AA21)	Blocking Service to
a Nuisance Subscriber



 


		65.1A	Notwithstanding
                                         that stated in Section 65.1, the Licensee will block a nuisance subscriber's access to
                                         the public emergency service. If blockage of public emergency service alone is not technically
                                         possible, then the Licensee will block the nuisance subscriber's access to all the cellular
                                         services. As regards this section, a "nuisance subscriber" denotes a
                                         subscriber who has contacted a certain emergency center, for no justifiable reason, more
                                         than 10 times during one whole day, using the end-user equipment in his possession.



 


		65.2A	A notice
                                         regarding a nuisance subscriber will be submitted in writing to the Licensee by a senior
                                         employee in the public emergency service (hereinafter – the employee) and will
                                         be corroborated by an affidavit signed by the employee (hereinafter – the complaint).
                                         The complaint will include, inter alia, the name of the nuisance subscriber, his telephone
                                         number, insofar as these are known to the complainant, as well as a specification of
                                         the contact times of the nuisance subscriber, and the content of the call showing that
                                         the contact was made without any justifiable reason. If the complaint does not include
                                         the telephone number of the nuisance subscriber, the Licensee will act in a reasonable
                                         fashion, to identify the nuisance subscriber based on the data provided in the complaint.



 


		65.3A	The
                                         Licensee will block the nuisance subscriber's access to the emergency service as stated
                                         in Section 65.1A, after giving the nuisance subscriber advance warning. The notice will
                                         be given 3 workdays before the date of service blockage, in one of the following ways:



 


		A.	A
                                         phone call from a service center of the Licensee to the cellphone end-equipment of the
                                         subscriber;



 


		B.	An
                                         SMS message sent to the cellphone end-equipment of the subscriber;



 


		C.	Delivery
                                         of a registered letter to the subscriber, except for one who is a prepaid subscriber
                                         and his address is unknown.



 


		65.4A	Blockage
                                         of service to a nuisance subscriber who is a prepaid subscriber whose address is unknown
                                         will be done no later than one full day from the time of receiving a complaint or identification
                                         as stated in Section 65.2A.



 


		65.5A	Notwithstanding
                                         that stated in Section 65.1A, the Licensee will not block the public emergency service
                                         to a subscriber, if the circumstances of contacting, as these emerge from the explanation
                                         given by the subscriber to the Licensee, show that the contacting was justified and that
                                         he should not be deemed a nuisance subscriber. The Licensee will forward to the Director,
                                         within 10 workdays from the date of receiving the complaint or the identification as
                                         stated in Section 65.2A, the arguments for not blocking the nuisance subscriber.



 


		65.6A	In
                                         the event it blocked the nuisance subscriber's access to emergency calls, the Licensee
                                         may collect from the subscriber all his debts, and may also collect payment from him
                                         for removing the block.



 


_________________________ 


 

h
Excluding a subscriber that his end user equipment permits dialing only to the call centers of the public emergency systems, such
as a non SIM card cellphone in a GSM network


 




    57 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


		65.7A	The
                                         Licensee may remove the block once the nuisance subscriber has given it a written undertaking
                                         not to repeat his nuisance calls in the future.



 


		65.8A	The
                                         Licensee will keep records of how the nuisance subscriber was identified, how the notice
                                         was given to the nuisance subscriber, or, alternatively, in a case where a notice was
                                         not given the nuisance subscriber, the reasoning for not giving the notice. Likewise,
                                         a record will be kept concerning the removal of the block.



 


		65.9A	The
                                         Licensee will specify, in the framework of the nuisance subscribers report as stated
                                         in Section 104(B)A43), the number of nuisance subscribers whose access to
                                         the public emergency service or to all the cellular services was blocked under this section,
                                         and the subscribers for whom said block was removed, as well as the number of subscribers
                                         that were not blocked under this section and the reasons for this.






 


		65.B	“Personal Message”
Service A75



 


		65.1B	The
                                         license holder will provide a personal message service (in this section: the “Service”),
                                         at any time and free of charge, to all of its subscribers, including to subscribers of
                                         another license holder, owners of end equipment which supports the Service (in this section:
                                         “Subscribers”), and in accordance with the “personal message”
                                         service file.



 


For
purposes of this section:


 


“Another
License Holder” – another Cellular license holder who receives service through national roaming or a cellular
license holder on another network which receives service through a hosting agreement on the license holder’s network;


 


“Personal
Message” – A short instruction, notification and warning of the Defense Agencies, sent immediately, selectively
and in a focused manner to subscribers with CMR end equipment which supports use of cell broadcast (“CB”) technology.


 


“Defense
Agencies” – Representatives of the Ministry of Defense and the Home Front Command which are responsible for the
personal message system;


 


““Personal
Message” Service File” – A service file approved by the Director, including amendments that shall be made
to the service file.


 


		65.2B	For
                                         the purpose of performance of the provisions of Section 65.1B, the license holder shall
                                         act as stated in the First Schedule and in the service file regarding this Service and
                                         as follows:



 


		(a)	Adaptation
                                         of the network and its components so as to support the provision of a personal message
                                         service, with the exception of the network components operating with iDEN or CDMA technology;



 


		(b)	Assistance
                                         and allocation of resources for the performance of work to connect the Defense Agencies’
                                         personal message system to the network;



 


		(c)	Operation
                                         and maintenance of the components of the Service on the network, according to written
                                         instructions that shall be presented to the Defense Agencies; without derogating from
                                         the aforesaid, the Defense Agencies may instruct the license holder to modify such instructions,
                                         but the same does not derogate from the license holder’s responsibility for the
                                         repair and connection of the network;



 


		(d)	Performance
                                         of technical trials to examine the integration between the system and the network and
                                         carrying out drills of the operation of the network and the system, in accordance with
                                         the instructions of the Ministry and the Defense Agencies.



 


		65.3B	The
                                         license holder shall report to the Defense Agencies on any gap in the capability to provide
                                         the Service, and will act to restore capability as soon as possible, in accordance with
                                         written operation procedures that shall be formulated thereby and presented to the Defense
                                         Agencies.



 


Without
derogating from the aforesaid, the Defense Agencies may instruct the license holders to modify the operation procedures, should
it find them lacking, although such an instruction does not derogate from the license holder’s responsibility as stated
above.


 




    58 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


		65.4B	The
                                         license holder shall notify the Defense Agencies in advance of any change in the network
                                         which may affect availability to provide the Service.



 


		65.5B	The
                                         license holder shall not make commercial use of the CB function without the Defense Agencies’
                                         knowledge, at least 30 days in advance before operation of the Service, and the Defense
                                         Agencies may notify it, in writing, within 15 days, of its objection to provision of
                                         the Service or conditions to provision of the Service as aforesaid, in which case, the
                                         license holder will not operate the Service, or may operate the same only according to
                                         the conditions determined by the Defense Agencies, as the case may be.



 


The
aforesaid does not obviate the license holder’s obligation to receive the Director’s approval for the Service as aforesaid.


 


		65.6B	The license holder will
assist in launching the Service to its subscribers in all of the following ways:



 


		(a)	By written
                                         information on the company’s website;



 


		(b)	By direct
                                         marketing to subscribers through the monthly invoice upon the launch of the Service;



 


		(c)	By responding
                                         to subscribers’ requests to select the definitions required in his cellular end
                                         equipment. With respect to cellular end equipment models which were not marketed by the
                                         license holder, the license holder will make a reasonable effort to provide a solution
                                         for such subscribers;



 


		(d)	The
                                         license holder will allow the Defense Agencies to make reasonable use of its existing
                                         distribution channels for the purpose of informing the subscribers of the Service.



 


		66.A16)	Protecting Subscriber
Privacy



 


		66.1	Without
                                         derogating from the provisions of the Law, The Wiretapping Law, 1979, The Privacy Protection
                                         Law, 1981, or any other law concerning the safeguarding of an individual's privacy, the
                                         Licensee may not wiretap the telephone or any other communication of the subscriber without
                                         the written permission of the subscriber, except for the purpose of controlling the quality
                                         and standard of the service or for preventing frauds.



 


		66.2	Subject
                                         to that stated in Section 66A, the Licensee, its workers, agents and designees may not
                                         disclose lists or documents containing the name and address of a subscriber or any other
                                         information pertaining to him, including account details, phone call traffic, call durations
                                         and destinations, to any person whatsoever except to the subscriber or to anyone empowered
                                         by the subscriber for this purpose.



 


		66.3	Notwithstanding
                                         that stated in Section 66.2, the Licensee may do the following:



 


		(A)	To
                                         give the subscriber's details to another licensee for the purpose of collecting monies
                                         owed him by the subscriber in respect of services it provided him through the network,
                                         provided that the information relayed is necessary fro collecting monies and preparing
                                         bills, and the other licensee has undertaken to safeguard the subscribers' privacy;



 


		(B)	To
                                         transfer a subscribers' details to another, insofar as the particulars are in its possession,
                                         by lawful authority.



 


		66A.T3)	Special Services for
the Security Forces



 


		(A)	The
                                         Licensee will provide special services to the security forces as detailed in the classified
                                         security addendum attached to the license as Addendum I and in the classified security
                                         addendum attached to the license as Addendum LA12).



 


(A1)A12)
The Licensee will enable the security forces, regarding which the Director informed in writing, to realize, subject to any
law, their powers with respect to any telecommunications activity in the framework of the license, and will be responsible for
the maintenance, proper functioning, and technological adaptation of the equipment and infrastructure required for realizing said
execution capability, all in coordination with the security forces, as detailed in Addenda I and L. The security forces will bear
the payment under the provisions of Section 13 of the Law.


 


_________________________ 


 

T3)
Amendment No. 3


 




    59 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    

		(B)	The
                                         Licensee will see to it that Addenda I and L are guarded A12) in accordance
                                         with the provisions of the procedure for safeguarding records to be laid down by the
                                         Licensee in conjunction with the security officer of the "General Security Service."



 


		(C)	The
                                         Licensee will be exempt from the duty of indemnification toward the State, by virtue
                                         of the provisions of Section 91.2 of the general license and/or by virtue of any law,
                                         in respect of the very execution of the special services for the security forces.



 


		66B.A12)	Security Provisions



 


		(A)	The
                                         Licensee will appoint a security supervisor in accordance with the provisions of the
                                         Security Arrangement in Public Bodies Law, 1998, and rigorously follow the security provisions
                                         detailed in the Addendum M to the license.



 


		(B)	The
                                         Licensee will establish appropriate provisions in the incorporation documents and in
                                         its regulations, and will act in such manner so that only a person who meets the conditions
                                         set out below will be appointed and serve in a position or function enumerated in Addendum
                                         M to the license:



 


		(1)	An
                                         Israeli citizen, as this term is defined in the Citizenship Law, 1952, and a resident
                                         of Israel;



 


		(2)	Was
                                         given security clearance by the General Security Service, by which there is no prevention
                                         to his serving as stated.



 


		(C)	The
                                         Licensee will act to safeguard the secrecy of the security forces' operations, and act
                                         according to the security directives of those same security forces, including in the
                                         matter of the appropriate security classification for officers and holders of important
                                         functions working for the Licensee, and compartmentalization of knowledge pertaining
                                         to activities involving the security forces.



 


		(D)	The
                                         Licensee will take the measures necessary to protect the network, its components and
                                         the databases used for providing services, and for operating and controlling the network
                                         in the face of activities carried out by unauthorized entities, according to the provisions
                                         detailed in Addendum M to the license.



 


		67.	Bills to Subscribers



 


67.1A16)A
bill that the Licensee submits to the subscriber should be clear, succinct, readable and understandable. The bill should contain
an accurate breakdown of the components of the payment required according to the types of payments and the rules specified in
Chapter F.


 


		67.2	Void
                                         A58.



 


		67.3	The
                                         Licensee may collect payments for his services from the subscriber through another, including
                                         through Bezeq.



 


_________________________


 

A58
Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).


 




    60 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    

 


		67.4A34)	(A)Without derogating
from the rest of the license provisions pertaining to the manner of preparing the bill for the subscriber and to the manner of
debiting, the Licensee will act in compliance with Israel Standard 5262, concerning debiting credibility and due disclosure in
telephone bills (hereinafter – "the Standard").



 


		(B)	cancelled.



 


		(C)	Notwithstanding
                                         that stated in subsection (A) -



 


		(1)	Regarding
                                         the provision in Section 2.2.2 of the Standard, the rounding off method will apply as
                                         follows:



 


		(a)	An
                                         amount in the bill will be rounded off to the nearest amount ending in two digits after
                                         the decimal point of the shekel, with an amount ending in five tenths of an agora (three
                                         digits after the decimal point) to be rounded up.



 


		(b)	An
                                         amount to be paid for a single call will be rounded off to the nearest amount ending
                                         in two digits after the decimal point of the shekel, with an amount ending in five tenths
                                         of an agora (three digits after the decimal point) to be rounded up.



 


		(2)	cancelled.



 


		(3)	The
                                         price of a phone call (voice) that includes a changing rate, will be presented in the
                                         bill submitted to the subscriber as an average price per minute, computed by dividing
                                         the payment amount for that same call by the its total number of minutes.



 


In
this paragraph, "changing rate" denotes a rate that varies in the course of the call according to various criteria,
such as a rate that diminishes with increasing consumption, or a rate that varies due to a transition from a "peak period"
to a "slack period" in the course of the call or vice versa.


 


		(4)	In
                                         addition to that stated in the provision of the last part of Section 2.2.4 of the Standard
                                         regarding service packages, the bill will contain a breakdown of the services included
                                         in the package, along with the overall rate paid for the package as a whole.



 


In
this paragraph, "service package" denotes several services marketed to the subscriber as a single package, in return
for an overall rate (and without a breakdown of the payment for each component separately).


 


	(D)       	(1)	Chapter
                                         B in the Standard concerning due disclosure in telephone bills will come into effect
                                         no later than Friday, October 14, 2005.



 


		(2)	Chapter
                                         C in the Standard regarding debiting credibility will come into effect no later than
                                         Sunday, January 14, 2006.



 


		67.5T52	A bill submitted to a private
subscriber and a split Business Subscriber shall also be drawn up according to the provisions of Appendix E 1 (hereinafter referred
to in this section as the “Private Subscriber Billing Format”).



 


		67A.5A58	A bill submitted to a business
subscriber will include the same details as in subsections 9b(1) to 9b(4) in Appendix E1 to the License.



 


In
this section, 'business subscriber' – excluding the subscribers specified in subsections (b) and (d) of the definition
of 'business subscriber' in section 1 of the License.


 





_________________________ 


 

T52) Amendment
No. 52.


 


A58
Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).


 




    61 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    

 


67.6 T52


 


A
business subscriber may request that the licensee furnish him with a telephone bill in Private Subscriber Billing Format (hereinafter
referred to in this section as a “Request”). Where a subscriber has requested as aforesaid, the licensee shall
begin to send him the bill according to the aforesaid format by no later than the expiration of two billing periods after the
date of the Request. The licensee shall publish once every six months a notice in the telephone bill submitted to the business
subscriber according to which the business subscriber may demand that the licensee draw up the telephone bill submitted to him
according to the Private Subscriber Billing Format. A business subscriber may also request from the Licensee a written explanation
regarding the method of calculating a 'onetime debit.' The Licensee will submit to the business subscriber such written explanation
regarding a 'onetime debit' within thirty (30) days from when the subscriber submitted a request in the matter to the customer
service center or to the public ombudsman A58.


 


		67.7	The subscriber shall receive
a bill, at his choice, by one of the following methods:



 


		(a)	Regular
                                         mail;



 


		(b)	Email
                                         with an attached file;



 


		(c)	Text
                                         message with an attached link;



 


		(d)	The
                                         website of the license owner;



 


		(e)	Other
                                         electronic means at the choice of the license owner.



 


The
license owner shall present the said five (5) methods for the choice of the subscriber in the framework of the form for access
to services. If the subscriber does not choose one of the methods, the bill shall be sent to him by regular mail. The subscriber
may, at any time, modify the method in which he shall receive the bill by oral or written request.


 


The
license owner shall document the request of the subscriber, as stated, and shall make this documentation available for delivery
or transfer to the manager, at his request, and within five (5) business days from the date of submission of the request.


 


If
the subscriber submits the request during the first half of the bill period, the license owner shall send him the bill following
the date of the request in the manner the subscriber requested. Otherwise, the license owner shall send the bill to the subscriber
after the following bill in the manner the subscriber requested.


 


The license owner may
not request from the subscriber any payment for the issuance of the bill, including a "call details" from any date,
which was sent to the subscriber at his request regularly or on a one-time basis, only in the event that the bill was received
by the subscriber as specified in sub-section (a).


 


		67.8A58	If the payment specified
in the telephone bill is made by standing order or credit card, the payment will not be executed before the expiry of ten (10)
days from the day on which the telephone bill was sent to the subscriber.



 


		67.9	The license owner may act,
in regards to sending the bill to a subscriber who receives the bill by regular mail, as specified below:



 


_________________________ 


 

T52) Amendment
No. 52.


 


A58
Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).


 


A58
Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).


 




    62 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


		(A)	The
                                         license owner shall send each subscriber, as stated, a separate letter by regular mail
                                         or message by email, in which he shall be required to choose, within thirty (30) days
                                         from the date of delivery of the letter or the message, the manner in which the monthly
                                         bill shall be sent to him from the following methods:



 


		(1)	Regular
                                         mail;






		(2)	Email
                                         with an attached file;






		(3)	Text
                                         message with an attached link;






		(4)	The
                                         website of the license owner;






		(5)	Other
                                         electronic means at the choice of the license owner.



 


		(B)	The
                                         license owner shall allow each subscriber, as stated, to reply to the request addressed
                                         to him by regular mail, free of charge, and by email and facsimile.






		(C)	The
                                         license owner is obligated to use at least two electronic means from those specified
                                         in sub-section (a) above.






		(D)	The
                                         license owner shall make reference to the business subscriber and to the Split Business
                                         Subscriber in a framed message in bold and with a 16 font size at least, and if he does
                                         not choose the method in which to receive the bill, the bill shall be sent to him by
                                         the method set forth by the license owner, and without derogating from the provisions
                                         of section 13b(a) of the Consumer Protection Law, 5741-1981.






		(E)	The
                                         license owner shall state in the reference to the Private Subscriber in bold and with
                                         a 16 font size at least, that if he shall not choose a method to receive the bill, the
                                         bill shall be delivered to him by regular mail.






		(F)	The
                                         license owner may not deliver the bill by text message to end user equipment that is
                                         blocked from receiving text messages and to end user equipment that is not a smartphone.






		(G)	The
                                         license owner may not modify the method in which to deliver the bill to a Private Subscriber
                                         who did not respond to the reference which the license owner sent to him.






		(H)	If
                                         the method of delivery of the bill to the subscriber is modified, the license owner shall
                                         send notice to the subscriber before sending the first bill by the new method by way
                                         of a text message, informing him of the modification details. A subscriber who is blocked
                                         from receiving text messages shall receive said notice in the bill following the modification.



 


67A.A16)
Information Service for Clarifying Telephone NumbersT39)


 


		67.1A	Without
                                         derogating from the provisions of Section 66, the Licensee will provide, by itself or
                                         through another on its behalf, an information service for clarifying the telephone number
                                         of anyone who is a subscriber of a NDO or of a Cellular System operator, excluding an
                                         ID-restricted subscriber (hereinafter – "information service"), as follows:



 


		(A)	For
                                         the general public and at no charge, via a website through which the service will be
                                         provided;



 


		(B)	For
                                         its subscribers, at a reasonable price, via a phone center, the access to which will
                                         be effected by means of a network access code set by the Director;



 


		(C)	The
                                         information service will be given through each of the aforesaid means based on the same
                                         information characteristics to be provided by the subscriber applying to receive the
                                         service.



 


		67.2A	cancelled.



 


		67.3A	In
                                         addition to that stated in Section 67.1A, the Licensee may offer, at a reasonable price,
                                         by itself or through another on its behalf, an information service, by any other means,
                                         including by means of a national access code or by means of an SMS.



 


		67.4A	In
                                         order to execute that stated in Subsections 67.1A and 67.3A:



 


_________________________ 


 

A39)
Amendment No. 39


 




    63 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


		(A)	The
                                         Licensee may send a query on its behalf to any database of a NDO or cellular system operator
                                         (hereinafter – "another licensee"), or to receive information from the
                                         database of another licensee by any other method and with the consent of the other licensee,
                                         all subject to the duty of safeguarding the subscriber's privacy;



 


		(B)	In
                                         order for an information service to be provided by another licensee under its general
                                         license, the Licensee will enable any other licensee access to the Licensee's database;



 


		(C)	The
                                         Licensee will update the database on a regular basis, so that each name, address or telephone
                                         number of a subscriber that was added, altered or removed, will be updated in the database
                                         within one workday following execution of the update in the Licensee's system being used
                                         to provide telephony services.



 


As
regards this section –


 


"Database"
denotes a collection of data including the name, address and telephone number of any subscriber that is not ID-restricted, including
a subscriber that is a business.


 


	67.5A	(A)	The
                                         Licensee will request the consent of each new subscriber for including his details in
                                         the database. If the subscriber gives his consent, the Licensee will include his details
                                         in the database.



 


		(B)	The
                                         Licensee will grant the first request of any subscriber who wishes to remain ID-restricted,
                                         free of charge.



 


In
this subsection, a "new subscriber" denotes a subscriber who has signed a contract with the Licensee after the commencement
date as stated in Section 67.7A.


 


	67.6A	(A)	The
                                         terms for providing an information service for clarifying telephone numbers, given under
                                         Section 67A, will be established by the Licensee, provided they are fair and non-discriminatory,
                                         including as regards the order of the data presented to the user of the service. The
                                         service will be given twenty four (24) hours a day, all year round, except for Yom Kippur.
                                         In this subsection, "order of the data presented" – Insofar as the answer
                                         to the service user's query comprises several different data, the requested data will
                                         be presented to the service user in random order.



 


		(B)	cancelled.



 


		(C)	An
                                         information service for clarifying telephone numbers as stated in Section 67.1A(B) and
                                         an information service using a phone center, the access to which is effected by means
                                         of a national access code as stated in Section 67.3A, will comply with the service indexes
                                         specified below:






		(1)	At
                                         any time, in the event of a heavy service call load6,
                                         the number of inquirers receiving service should not be less than 90%;






		(2)	The
                                         average waiting period of a caller until the start of receiving service7
                                         should not exceed 30 seconds;






		(3)	The
                                         maximum waiting period for a caller until the start of receiving the service should not
                                         exceed 60 seconds.



 


		67.7A	Section
                                         67A will go into effect on February 8, 2007, except for Subsection 67.1A(a), which will
                                         go into effect on March 15, 2007 (“the commencement date”), and except for
                                         Section 67.2AA45), which will go into effect at the time of signing this amendment.



 


		67.8A	The
                                         Licensee, by itself or through another, including together with another licensee, will
                                         advertise the information service for clarifying telephone numbers given free of charge
                                         by the Licensee ("Free Information Service"). The advertising should include
                                         at least the following:



 


		(A)	The
                                         Licensee's website;



 


_________________________ 


 

6
 Busy Hour Call Attempts


 


7
 Start of receiving service – the beginning of the response by a center operator or of an IVR system, which ask the inquirer
for the information needed to find the requested phone number and the like.


 




    64 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


		(B)	Each
                                         telephone bill of the subscriber.



 


		(C)	At
                                         least four (4) times during the first year following the commencement date, the Licensee
                                         will run large, prominent ads in at least the 3 largest Hebrew language newspapers, and
                                         in the largest newspaper in Arabic, in English and in Russian, as well as in the largest
                                         economic newspaper. These ads will include no other information. The first ad in all
                                         the aforesaid newspapers, except for the economic newspaper, will be on the first Friday
                                         after the commencement date or on the following one, and in the economic newspaper it
                                         will run on the first Tuesday after the commencement date or on the following one, regarding
                                         the free information services.



 


Without
derogating from the foregoing, the Director may instruct the Licensee regarding the manner and format for advertising the information
services.


 


67B.A43)Void.


 


67C.A16)Service
Dossier


 


		67C.1	If
                                         the Licensee wishes to operate a service included in the list of services in the First
                                         Schedule and marked “future”, it must notify the Director of this in writing
                                         not later than thirty (30) days before the date on which it plans to begin providing
                                         the service.



 


		67C.2	If
                                         the Licensee wishes to operate a service not included in the list of services in the
                                         First Schedule which it intends to provide to any recipient of its services, it must
                                         notify the Director of this in writing not later than thirty (30) days before the intended
                                         date for commencement of provision of the new service.



 


		67C.3	The
                                         Director will notify the Licensee within thirty (30) days of the date of receipt of the
                                         Licensee’s notice as stated in sections 67C.1 and 67C.2, whether it is allowed
                                         to commence provision of the service or whether it must submit a service dossier for
                                         the Director’s approval, as a condition for commencement of the service.



 


		67C.4	The
                                         Licensee will submit a service dossier for the Director’s approval, at his request;
                                         If the Licensee fails to submit a service dossier as instructed by the Director, or if
                                         the Director does not approve the service dossier, the Licensee shall not commence provision
                                         of the service.



 


		67C.5	The
                                         Director will give a decision regarding the service dossier that was submitted to him
                                         within sixty (60) days from when the Licensee has submitted to the Director all the documents
                                         and information requested by him for the purpose of approving the service dossier. In
                                         special cases, the Director may extend the times set in this section, by a written, explanatory
                                         notice to be given to the Licensee.



 


		67C.6	The
                                         Director may require the Licensee to submit for his approval a service dossier for an
                                         existing service regarding which no service dossier was previously required, and he may
                                         require the Licensee to submit for his approval a new service dossier for a service regarding
                                         which a service dossier was approved in the past.



 


		67C.7	The
                                         service dossier will be submitted to the Director in the format and at the time specified
                                         by the Director and will include, inter alia, the following: the name of the service;
                                         a detailed description of the service and the manner in which it is provided; the service
                                         rate, and an engineering description, all as set out in the First Schedule; The Director
                                         may give instructions on additional matters which are to be included in the service dossier.



 


		67C.8	If
                                         the service dossier is approved, the Licensee will provide the service according to the
                                         terms of the approved dossier, and the approved service dossier will be deemed an integral
                                         part of the license.



 


		67C.9	The
                                         Licensee will advertise an approved service dossier, with details and in the manner specified
                                         by the Director, and the Director may advertise it himself, provided he does not do so
                                         until after the Licensee has begun providing the service. The advertising will not include
                                         information comprising a trade secret, which was identified as such by the Licensee and
                                         attached to the service dossier as a separate addendum marked as a trade secret.



 




    65 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


		67C.10	Any
                                         new service which the Licensee begins to provide pursuant to this section will be deemed
                                         a part of the First Schedule; The Director will update the First Schedule from time to
                                         time.



 


		67C.11	The
                                         provisions of this section will apply, mutatis mutandis, to a trial using the
                                         Licensee’s network.



 


67D.A24)Erotic
Service


 


An
erotic service provided through the network, will be provided in accordance with the provisions of Addendum O in the Second Schedule.


 


As
regards this section –


 


"Erotic
service" – as defined in Section 1 of Addendum O in the Second Schedule.


 


		67D1	Premium Service A81



 


		67.1D1	The license holder may
provide premium services in one of the following two ways:



 


		(1)	A premium service, the
payment for which is charged according to a premium tariff and is collected through the telephone bill, shall be provided according
to the provisions of Annex P;



 


		(2)	A premium service, the
payment for which is charged according to a regular tariff (in this subsection: the “Service”), will be provided
as follows:



 


		(a)	As an inter-network service
through a network access code;



 


		(b)	By dialing a landline number,
access to which will be enabled for every subscriber of a general license holder's subscriber.



 


For purposes of this section:  


 


“Landline Number” – A numbering format of geographic numbers and landline national numbers or a numbering format of an asterisk and four digits (*XXXX), as defined in the numbering plan.  


 


“Premium Service” and “Regular Tariff” as defined in Annex P.”


 



		67E.T60)	Domestic Roaming



 


		67E.1	The
                                         Licensee provide by means of its network to a roaming licensee a domestic roaming service
                                         for the subscribers of the roaming to the network of the host operator, as set forth
                                         below.



 


		67E.2	Licensee's preparations



 


_________________________ 


 

A60)
Amendment No. 60


 


A81 Amendment
No. 81


 




    66 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    

 


The
Licensee shall prepare for the implementation of domestic roaming in accordance with all of the following:


 


		(a)	The provisions of Appendix
C, in the Second Schedule.



 


		(b)	The
                                         provisions of the Law and the License concerning provision of the possibility of utilization
                                         of its network, and specifically sections 30 to 30C of the License, mutatis mutandis.



 


		67E.3	Operating
                                         arrangement



 


		(a)	If
                                         a roaming licensee notifies the Licensee, after notifying the Minister of its failure
                                         to reach agreement with any existing licensees on the conditions for the provision of
                                         roaming services as stated in section 5B(b)(1) of the Law, that it has chosen the Licensee
                                         for the receipt of domestic roaming services (in this subsection "notice"),
                                         the Licensee and the roaming operator shall forward to the Director the engineering and
                                         operating details agreed between them with respect to the implementation of domestic
                                         roaming ("operating arrangement"), within three months from the date
                                         of sending of the notice. In addition, said operators shall include engineering or operating
                                         details as required for maintaining domestic roaming, which were not included in the
                                         operating arrangement due to disagreements, should any arise.



 


		(b)	Matters
                                         in disagreement as stated in paragraph (a) above, should there be any, shall be decided
                                         by the Director. The Director's instructions in this regard shall form an integral part
                                         of the operating arrangement.



 


		67E.4	Starting
                                         date for implementation of domestic roaming



 


A
host licensee shall begin providing domestic roaming services in accordance with the operating arrangement no later than three
months after the date on which the roaming licensee presented to the host licensee the Minister's approval as stated in section
5B(b)(2) of the Law.


 


		67F. A66	International roaming
service through a network of a mobile phone operator in a neighboring country



 


67F.1The
license holder will act so as that in an area in which there is reception which allows an proper call to be made, both from the
network and from a network of a mobile phone operator in a neighboring country, the subscriber will receive mobile phone service
through the network. The license holder will perform the action itself, without the need for any action on the part of the subscriber.


 


67F.2The
license holder will block the possibility of a subscriber receiving international roaming service through a network of a mobile
phone operator in a neighboring country (the "Service"), unless the subscriber shall have explicitly requested
to receive the Service, and after it shall have been explained to him that in the framework of receipt of the Service, the terminal
equipment in his possession may unintentionally roam near the border with a neighboring country, to a mobile phone network in
a neighboring country, and he shall have been given information regarding the Service tariffs; if a subscriber requests to receive
the Service as aforesaid:


 


		(a)	The
                                         license holder will explain to him how he is able to choose, manually, through the terminal
                                         equipment in his possession, the mobile phone network from which he shall receive the
                                         Service;



 


		(b)	The
                                         license holder will allow the subscriber to choose whether to block access to receipt
                                         of a data communications service through a mobile phone network of a neighboring country.



 


_________________________ 


 

A66
Amendment No. 66


 





    67 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


		67F.3	In
                                         this section, "Neighboring Country" -Jordan and Egypt;



 


"Proper
Call" -A call made according to the minimum reception definitions set forth in international standards according
to which the network operates.


 


		67G.A67	Offensive content and
sites



 


		67G.1	The
                                         license holder will notify its subscribers of offensive sites and offensive content,
                                         as defined in Section 4.i of the law, as stated in Section 4.i(b)(1) of the law; such
                                         notice shall be given in the manner set forth in Section 4.i(c) of the law.



 


		67G.2	The
                                         license holder will notify its subscribers of the existence of content on the internet
                                         which is inappropriate for children and youth (for example pornographic sites), and will
                                         include a specification of the ways in which the access of children and youth to such
                                         content may be blocked; such notice shall be given in all of the ways listed in Section
                                         4.i(c) of the law.



 


		67G.3	The license holder will
offer its subscribers, in all of the ways listed in Section 4.i(c) of the law, an effective service to filter offensive sites
and offensive content, for no charge additional to the payment it collects from him for the internet access service, all as stated
in Section 4.i(d) of the law, provided that such service shall be based on an analysis of the information and not according to
a "black list" of sites only.



 


Part C: Termination Of Service
Or Its Disconnection Or Termination Of The Contract


 


		68.	Definitions



 


In
this part –


 


	"Cancelation of Service"
    -	permanent disconnection of one
    of the services of the license owner for all subscribers"
	"Discontinuation of Service"
    -	temporary termination of one of the services
    of the license owner or of all services of the license owner provided to the subscriber;
	"Disconnection of Service"
    -	permanent disconnection of one of the services
    of the license owner provided to the subscriber;
	"Termination of Service" -	Disconnection of all services of the license
    owner provided to the subscriber, and cancelation of the contracting agreement with him."


 


		69.	Prohibition on the Termination
or Disconnection of Service



 


The
Licensee may not terminate or disconnect cellular system services and other services, which the Licensee must provide under this
license, unless that stated in this part is fulfilled, or that stated in Section 48.


 


		69a.	Prohibition on Termination
of Service



 


The
license owner is not allowed to terminate mobile telephone services or other services, that The license owner is obligated to
provide under this License, unless the following in this part or in section 48 occurs.


 


		69b.	Discontinuation of
Service at the Request of the Subscriber



 


_________________________ 


 

A67
Amendment No. 67



 




    68 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


		69.1b	A
                                         subscriber may request from the license owner to discontinue any one of the services
                                         of the license owner, once per year, for a period of not less than thirty (30) days,
                                         and which shall not exceed ninety (90) days.



 


		69.2b	A
                                         subscriber may submit a request to discontinue service by the following methods:



 


		(a)	In
                                         writing, including by regular mail, facsimile, email or online form on the website of
                                         the license owner, to which various files may be attached, and the license owner may
                                         permit the submission of requests by online chat.



 


		(b)	Orally,
                                         by calling the call center or at the service station of the license owner;



 


		69.3b	The
                                         license owner shall document the request of the subscriber and shall make this documentation
                                         available for delivery or transfer to the manager, at his request, and within five (5)
                                         business days from the date of submission of the request.



 


		69.4b	The
                                         license owner shall discontinue services, disconnect services or terminate services no
                                         later than the business day following the date in which the request was submitted; if
                                         the subscriber stated a future date from the discontinuation of service, disconnection
                                         of service or termination of contract, the license owner shall fulfill the request on
                                         the date stated by the subscriber.



 


		69.5b	The
                                         license owner shall document the date (date and time) in which the subscriber's request
                                         was made in its information systems.



 


		69.6b	Once
                                         service is discontinued for a subscriber, the license owner shall renew the provision
                                         of the service no later than the business day following the date in which the request
                                         was submitted unless the subscriber requested a later date for the renewal of the provision
                                         of the service.



 


		69.7b	if
                                         the subscriber requests to discontinue any of the services of the license owner, the
                                         license owner shall preserve the telephone number for the subscriber for the entire discontinuation
                                         period, and shall not transfer it to another.



 


		69.8b	The
                                         license owner may not charge the subscriber payment for the discontinuation of service,
                                         for its renewal, and may not charge the subscriber payment for the discontinuation period
                                         of all of its services.



 


		69.9b	Following
                                         the renewal of the provision of the service to the subscriber, the license owner shall
                                         charge the subscriber according to the rates of the plan and its terms, according to
                                         which the subscriber was charged prior to the discontinuation of the service unless the
                                         rates for the plan and its terms were modified during the discontinuation period for
                                         all of the subscribers of that plan.



 


		69c.	Disconnection of Service
at the Request of the Subscriber



 


		69.1c	A
                                         subscriber may request the license owner to disconnect a service; the subscriber may
                                         make his request in writing or orally, as stated in Section 69.2b.



 


		69.2c	The
                                         provisions of Sections 69.3b until 69.5b above shall apply to the disconnection at the
                                         request of the subscriber, and the license owner may not charge the subscriber for the
                                         disconnection of the service.



 


		69d.	Termination of Contract
at the Request of the Subscriber



 




    69 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


		69.1d	A
                                         subscriber may notify the license owner of the termination of the contract between them;
                                         the subscriber may make his notice in writing or orally, as stated in Section 69.2b.



 


		69.2d	The
                                         provisions of Sections 69.3b until 69.5b above shall apply to the termination of the
                                         contract at the request of the subscriber.



 


		69.3d	The
                                         license owner shall send the subscriber notice regarding the termination of the contract
                                         within two business days from the date the subscriber requested the termination of the
                                         contract. The notice shall include, inter alia, the date on which the termination of
                                         the contract was made and the last date of delivery of the last final bill, referring
                                         to the last bill period of his subscription with the license owner ("Final Bill").



 


		69.4d	A
                                         subscriber who terminated his contract with the license owner shall receive a Final Bill
                                         as soon as possible, and no later than two months from the date of termination of the
                                         contract.



 


The
Final Bill shall state the date on which the termination of the contract was made, and it shall be titled "Final Bill".


 


		69.5d	Nothing
                                         in the provisions of this section may derogate from the termination of the contract by
                                         way of the mobility of numbers in accordance with the numbering plan regarding mobility
                                         of numbers – combine version dated August 22, 2005, and its amendments.



 


		69e.	Preserving a Telephone
Number upon the Termination of Contract



 


		69.1e	Once
                                         a contract is terminated between the license owner and a subscriber, whether initiated
                                         by the license owner or by the subscriber, the license owner shall preserve, free of
                                         charge and without conditions or restrictions, the telephone number for the subscriber,
                                         shall not transfer it to another and shall not return it to the number database intended
                                         for allotment for a period of fourteen (14) days from the date of termination of the
                                         contract.



 


		69.2e	If
                                         the subscriber requests to receive back his telephone number within the said time period,
                                         the license owner shall immediately fulfill the request of the subscriber, and may charge
                                         the subscriber for the time period between the termination and the renewal of that telephone
                                         number that was returned to him according to the rate plan which the subscriber had before
                                         the termination of the contract, and continue charging him according to said rate plan.



 


		69f.	Discontinuation of Service
or its Disconnection or Termination of Contract – General Provisions



 


		69.1f	The
                                         license owner shall set forth in his website, in a prominent place and in a prominent
                                         manner, a link named "Discontinuation / Disconnection of Service"i,
                                         clicking thereon shall refer to the three following options:



 


		(a)	Discontinuation
                                         of service;



 


		(b)	Disconnection
                                         of service;



 


		(c)	Termination
                                         of contract.



 


		69.2f	The
                                         license owner shall present the following details in each one of the three options:



 


		(a)	A
                                         short explanation regarding the option chosen;



 


_________________________ 


 

i
A link named "Contact Us" shall not be considered a replacement for said link.


 




    70 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


		(b)	Methods
                                         of contact regarding the submission of a request in each of the said methods, including
                                         telephone number, address, facsimile number, email address, online form and internet
                                         chat, if the license owner chooses this methods, in which the subscriber may submit the
                                         request as stated;



 


		(c)	The
                                         details which the subscriber is required to state in the framework of his request, including
                                         the telephone number, subject of the request, the identification number of the subscriber,
                                         the last four (4) digits of the method of payment, email address, provided that the subscriber
                                         makes use of email to submit his request, and the date which the subscriber determined
                                         for the performance of his request;



 


		(d)	The
                                         date on which the request of the subscriber shall be fulfilled, the date on which the
                                         billing on the phone bill shall terminate and the date on which the Final Bill shall
                                         be sent to the subscriber in the event of termination of the contract.



 


		69.3f	The
                                         license owner shall publish in each telephone bill the telephone number, address, facsimile
                                         number and email address, by which the subscriber may submit said requests.



 


		69.4f	If
                                         the subscriber submitted his request by way of email, the license owner shall send a
                                         return email immediately upon the receipt of the request, confirming the receipt of the
                                         request. The email shall include the number determined for the request of the subscriber
                                         in the system of the license owner, the date of receipt of the request and the content
                                         of the request, as was sent by the subscriber.



 


		69.5f	If
                                         the subscriber submitted his request by way of an online form, the license owner shall
                                         present on the screen of the equipment through which the online form was sent (computer
                                         or appropriate MTS end user equipment), notice confirming the receipt of the request;
                                         the notice shall include the details specified in Section 69.4f.



 


		69.6f	If
                                         the request of the subscriber, which was submitted by way of an online form, included
                                         any detail of those specified in subsection 69.2(c) being incorrect, the license owner
                                         shall mark the incorrect detail on the online form and the subscriber shall be requested
                                         to re-deliver the request with the correct detail.



 


		70.	cancelled



 


		71.	cancelled.



 


		71A.T48)	Blocking of Cellular
End-User Equipment



 


		71A.1	The
                                         license owner shall maintain in its MTS system the identification number of the end user
                                         equipment (IMEI – International Mobile Equipment Identity) that the subscriber
                                         made use of, with the exception of the MTS end user equipment operating with IDEN technology
                                         (hereinafter in this Section – "End User Equipment").



 


		(a)	On
                                         the date of delivery of the cellular end-user equipment to the subscriber, on the date
                                         of contracting with the subscriber or on the date of renewal of the contract, including
                                         on the date of replacement, upgrading or repair of the cellular end-user equipment.



 


		(b)	In
                                         the case of cellular end-user equipment that was not provided to the subscriber by the
                                         Licensee, the Licensee will make reasonable efforts to bring to the subscriber's attention
                                         the possibility available to him of registering with the Licensee the identification
                                         number of such aforesaid cellular end-user equipment.



 


_________________________ 


 

T48)
Amendment No. 48 (inception: this amendment will come into force on October 2, 2008).


 




    71 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


		(c)	At
                                         the subscriber's request from the Licensee; the subscriber's request may be via the telephone,
                                         after the Licensee has verified the reliability of the request.



 


		71A.2	If the
                                         subscriber notified the license owner that his End User Equipment was stolen or lost,
                                         the license owner shall do as follows:



 


		(a)	During
                                         the call with the subscriber when his delivers his message, as stated, the license owner
                                         shall authenticate the identity of the subscriber.



 


		(b)	The
                                         license owner shall raise before the subscriber the option of submitting a complaint
                                         at the police station for theft or loss of the End User Equipment.



 


		(c)	The
                                         license owner shall request from the subscriber an alternate telephone number with which
                                         he can be contacted.



 


		(d)	The
                                         license owner shall immediately and free of charge "discontinue the service"
                                         for all services provided for use, including international services, by blocking the
                                         smartcard of the subscriber, with the exception of incoming calls if the subscriber requested
                                         not to block these calls, immediately upon receipt of the notice regarding the theft
                                         or loss of the End User Equipment, and shall inform the subscriber in this regard.



 


		(e)	Despite
                                         the aforementioned, the license owner shall "discontinue the service" free
                                         of charge for all MTS services provided to the subscriber, including incoming calls,
                                         after three (3) days from the date of receipt of the notice regarding theft or loss of
                                         the End User Equipment.



 


		(f)	If
                                         the subscriber notified of theft or loss of the End User Equipment while he is abroad
                                         and receiving international roaming services, the license owner shall immediately and
                                         free of charge "discontinue the service" for all MTS services provided to the
                                         subscriber by blocking the smartcard of the subscriber, including incoming calls, unless
                                         the subscriber requested not to block these calls.



 


		(g)	The
                                         license owner shall block the End User Equipment free of charge by blocking the identification
                                         number of said End User Equipment, as recently recorded on the MTS system of the license
                                         owner, immediately after twelve (12) hours had passed from the time of the subscriber's
                                         notice of the theft or loss of the End User Equipment. The license owner shall make it
                                         clear to the subscriber that upon receive of his notice of the theft or loss of the End
                                         User Equipment, blocking the End User Equipment by blocking his identification number
                                         shall be performed at that time.



 


		(h)	The
                                         license owner shall immediately and free of charge remove the blockage of the End User
                                         Equipment upon demand of an authorized factor. "Authorized Factor" for
                                         this Section is a police officer who obtained authority from a police officer with a
                                         Brigadier General ranking to contact the license owner and instruct it as to the removal
                                         of the blockage. The license owner shall make a special marking in its information system
                                         of the End User Equipment regarding which the "Authorized Factor" requested
                                         to remove the blockage, however it shall not provide any information regarding the removal
                                         of the blockage, as stated.



 




    72 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


		(i)	The
                                         license owner shall re-block the End User Equipment after receiving the approval of the
                                         Authorized Factor.



 


		(j)	The
                                         license owner shall renew the supply of all services to the subscriber immediately upon
                                         delivery of a new smartcard to the subscriber.



 


		(k)	The
                                         license owner shall state on the telephone bill of the subscriber, following the date
                                         on which the subscriber's notice regarding the theft or loss of the End User Equipment
                                         was provided, or the telephone bill following that, the date and time of the subscriber's
                                         report, date and time of the discontinuation of the MTS services to said End User Equipment,
                                         as specified in Sections 71.2a(d) until 71.2a(f), and the date and time of performing
                                         the blockage of the End User Equipment, if the Equipment is not located.



 


		(l)	The
                                         license owner shall preserve documentation of the telephone bill, which includes said
                                         notices, and shall make the documentation available for delivery or transfer to the manager,
                                         at his request, within five (5) business days from the issuance of the bill.



 


		(m)	A license holder shall
transfer daily to all the mobile phone operators, including the mobile phone operators in another network, and the licensed entity,
a computerized file, which will include information with respect to all end equipment, the identification number of which has
been blocked by it on the same day, all end equipment for which the blocked identification number was removed that day at the
request of a subscriber, all end equipment for which the blocked identification number was removed that day at the request of
a licensed entity, as well as all end equipment whose identification number was blocked anew with the authorization of the licensed
entity, after the blocking was removed earlier at its request. The license holder shall send the aforesaid computerized file daily
up to 11 p.m. with respect to all end equipment that has been blocked or that has had the blocking removed, as aforesaid, up until
the time 11 p.m.



 


		(n)	The license holder shall
update in his information system on a daily basis up to the hour of 12 a.m. (midnight) the list of end equipment, which was blocked
by the license holder that day and, in addition, shall update by 12 a.m. (midnight) of the same day the list of end equipment
that was blocked by other mobile phone operators on that day, and with regard to which a report was delivered thereto by means
of the computerized files that were sent thereto by the other mobile phone operators. The list shall include the following details
with respect to all end equipment:



 


(1)       Identification
No. (IMEI);


 


(2)       Name
of manufacturer;


 


(3)       End
equipment model;


 


(4)       Time
at which blocking was implemented;


 


(5)       Name
of license holder that ordered the blocking to be implemented;


 


		(o)	The license holder shall
allow at any time the performance of a search on its Internet site in accordance with the Identification No. of the end equipment,
whose Identification numbers were blocked due to a notice of theft or loss.



 




    73 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    

 


		(p)	The license holder shall
retain in his possession an updated list with the details as specified in sub-section (n) of all end equipment that has been blocked,
and shall deliver it or transfer it to the manager on demand. The said list must be identical for all mobile phone operators.



 


		(q)	The license holder shall
publicize on its Internet website the following information:



 


(1)
Recommendations with respect to actions that the subscriber must take in the event that his end equipment is stolen or lost, including:


 


((a))
determination of a password for the prevention of use of the End User Equipment by anyone who is not authorized;


 


((b))
installation of applications on End User Equipment if it is a smartphone, with which the location of the End User Equipment can
be located and which allow remote blocking of access to information on it or erasing it;


 


((c))
backing up on a computer or by way of cloud services of necessary information, such as: pictures, movies, list of contacts and
email messages.


 


(2)
The actions which the subscriber must take once he becomes aware of the theft or loss of the End User Equipment.


 


		71A.3	The
                                         Licensee will provide details of end-user equipment that was blocked by it to any other
                                         cellular licensee, not later than the workday after implementing that stated in Section
                                         71A.2.



 


	71A.4	(a)T50)	The
                                         Licensee may not provide cellular services to end-user equipment that was blocked by
                                         it or by another cellular licensee.



 


		(b)T50)	Notwithstanding that stated
in Section 71A.2 and Subsection (a), if it is found that blocking the identification number will cause the discontinuation of
service to other end-user equipment having the same identification number, the Licensee may abstain from implementing the block
as stated.



 


		71A.5	The
                                         Licensee will remove the block on end-user equipment that was blocked by it, after receiving
                                         a request T50) from the subscriber. Removal of the block will be done not
                                         later than one workday after the Licensee has verified the reliability of the request,
                                         unless the subscriber has specified a later date in his request T50).



 


		71A.6	The
                                         Licensee will publish to all its subscribers its obligations with respect to the possibility
                                         of blocking cellular end-user equipment, the procedure for registration of the identification
                                         number of cellular end-user equipment with the Licensee and the ways of communicating
                                         with it for the purpose of implementing the block. The publication will be made in at
                                         least the following ways:



 


		(a)	In the contract;



 


		(b)	On the Licensee's website;



 


_________________________ 


 

T50)
Amendment No. 50.


 


T50)
Amendment No. 50


 


T50)
Amendment No. 50


 


T50)
Amendment No. 50


 


 




    74 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


		(c)	In
                                         a separate information sheet to be enclosed with the bill submitted to the subscriber,
                                         by January 30, 2009T50).



 


		71A.7T50)	The Licensee will detail,
in a half yearly report, the number of identification numbers that were blocked and the number of identification numbers in respect
of which such block was removed, as well as the number of identification numbers that were not blocked pursuant to this section
and the reasons therefor.



 


		72.	Termination or Disconnection
of Service Due to Breach of Agreement



 


		72.1	The
                                         LicenseeA16) may terminate or disconnect the service to a subscriber if one
                                         of the following is fulfilled:



 


		(A)	The
                                         subscriber did not pay a payment he owes in respect of service he received, on the date
                                         set for its defrayal in his contract with the Licensee;



 


		(B)	The
                                         subscriber breached a condition in the contract between him and the Licensee, which was
                                         established as a material condition;



 


		(C)	The
                                         subscriber used unlawfully or allowed another to use as aforesaid the end-user equipment
                                         in his possession.



 


		72.2	Service
                                         to a subscriber will not be terminated or disconnected in the cases detailed in Section
                                         72.1(A) and (B), except after the Licensee gives the subscriber a notice in writing at
                                         least 10 days prior to the expected termination or disconnection date. The notice will
                                         state that the subscriber is being given an opportunity, within the time set in the notice,
                                         to rectify the act or default, in respect of which the service will be terminated or
                                         disconnected.



 


		72.3T2)	Notwithstanding that stated
in Section 72.2, the Licensee may terminate service to a subscriber without prior notice, if one of the following is fulfilled:



 


		(a)	The
                                         subscriber did not pay, for the third time during the same year, the bill in respect
                                         of the payments he was charged for cellular services, on the date set therefor in the
                                         payment notice. In this paragraph, "year" – the period from January 1
                                         to December 31;



 


		(b)	There
                                         is a reasonable suspicion of a fraudulent act being committed through the subscriber's
                                         end-user equipment or using the features of the end-user equipment;



 


		72.4T2)	The Licensee may disconnect
service to a subscriber if it has found that the end-user equipment in the subscriber's possession, through which the subscriber
receives cellular services, causes interference with the provision of cellular services to other subscribers or interference with
the cellular system activity, provided that the Licensee gave the subscriber notice in writing at least 21 days prior to the expected
disconnection date. The notice will specify the reason for the expected disconnection and state that the subscriber is being given
an opportunity, within an amount of time to be set in the notice, to repair the end-user equipment in such manner as to prevent
said interference.



 


		72.5	If the license owner terminated
all of its services due to a breach of agreement by the subscriber, the monthly or other fixed periodic payment collection from
the subscriber shall discontinue on the date of discontinuation of service, as stated, until the date of renewal of supply of
all services; during the bill period in which the discontinuation of service was made, as stated, the license owner shall charge
the subscriber a fixed payment as specified in Section 74.3(c) or according to that specified in Section 74.3(d), as applicable.



 


_________________________ 


 

T50)
Amendment No. 50


 


T50)
Amendment No. 50


 


T2)
Amendment No. 2 (due to a clerical error in the amendment, appeared as Section 71.3 instead of 72.3).


 


T2)
Amendment No. 2 (due to a clerical error in the amendment, appeared as Section 71.4 instead of 72.4).


 




    75 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    

 


		72A.T48)	Discontinuation of Service
to a Dormant Subscriber



 


		72A.1	The License Owner may disconnect
service for a dormant subscriber If the Licensee wishes to discontinue service to a dormant subscriber, it must give the dormant
subscriber prior notice of such intention, in the manner set out below (hereinafter in this section "the notice").
The time of discontinuation of the service may not be less than thirty (30) days after the date of sending of the notice.



 


		72A.2	The
                                         Licensee will specify in the notice the telephone number in respect of which it intends
                                         to discontinue the service.



 


		72A.3	The
                                         sending of a notice to a dormant subscriber will be done:



 


		(a)	With respect to a subscriber
whose name and address are known to the Licensee, in each of the following ways:



 


		(1)	By a letter via regular
post;



 


		(2)	By two SMS messages to
be sent to the dormant subscriber at a difference of at least two weeks between the messages.



 


		(b)	With
                                         respect to a subscriber whose name and address are not known to the Licensee –
                                         by four SMS messages to be sent at a difference of at least one week between the messages.



 


		(c)	Notwithstanding
                                         that stated in Subsections (a)(2) and (b), if the subscriber's end-user equipment does
                                         not support the receipt of SMS messages, the Licensee will send the subscriber voice
                                         messages instead of SMS messages, insofar as the subscriber's end-user equipment supports
                                         the receipt of voice messages.



 


		(d)	The license owner shall
preserve documentation regarding delivery of notice to a dormant subscriber as follows:



 


		(1)	A
                                         copy of the letter sent by regular mail;



 


		(2)	Printout
                                         from notebook server of message delivery, as specified in Section 60.6(c).



 


		72A.4	The
                                         Licensee may not discontinue service to a dormant subscriber to whom a notice was sent,
                                         where the dormant subscriber has notified the Licensee that he does not wish the service
                                         to be discontinued. The subscriber may deliver such a message via the telephone or in
                                         writing, including by fax or by email.



 


Notwithstanding
the aforesaid, the Licensee may discontinue service to a dormant subscriber who has notified it that he does not wish the service
to be discontinued, after the subscriber was sent at least two notices, as stated in Section 72A.3 and 72A.5, and where in the
second notice the Licensee has notified the subscriber that if within one year from the date of the second notice the subscriber
does not make use of the cellular service, the subscription to the service will be discontinued, without delivery of further notice
to the subscriber.


 


______________________ 


 

T48)
Amendment No. 48 (inception: this amendment will come into force on October 2, 2008).


 




    76 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


		72A.5	The
                                         Licensee may not send the subscriber further notice concerning its wish to discontinue
                                         the service after one year has passed from the date on which the subscriber was sent
                                         the previous notice in that regard.



 


		72A.6	The
                                         Licensee will keep the telephone number of a dormant subscriber to whom service was discontinued,
                                         during at least four months, without payment, from the date of discontinuation of the
                                         service, before the number is returned to the pool of telephone numbers of the Licensee
                                         itself or to another cellular licensee who originally allocated the number to the dormant
                                         subscriber. If during this period a written request is received from the subscriber to
                                         renew the service, the Licensee will renew the service upon the same terms as those that
                                         applied prior to the discontinuation of the service, free of charge.



 


		72A.7	Where
                                         service was discontinued to a dormant prepaid subscriber who has a balance of the payment
                                         remaining to his credit, the Licensee will refund the appropriate balance within 30 days
                                         after receiving a written request from the subscriber who has proven that he is the owner
                                         of the line to which the service was discontinued, provided such request is received
                                         by the Licensee not later than six months after the date of discontinuation of the service.



 


		72B.A68	Disconnection of service
due to recovery of the network in a fault event



 


		72B.1	The
                                         license holder may temporarily disconnect or limit services that it is obligated to provide
                                         due to the need to allow speedy recovery of the networkin a material fault event.



 


For
this purpose, "Material Fault" – a fault which causes disconnection of service for 10% of the subscribers,
or for 100,000 subscribers at least, whichever is lower.


 


In
this section, "Subscriber" – including a subscriber of a mobile phone license holder on another network
and a subscriber of a roaming license holder using the network.


 


		72B.2	The
                                         license holder will submit a detailed engineering procedure and process for recovery
                                         of the network in the event of a Material Fault (the "Procedure"), for
                                         the Director's approval, within 15 days from the date of signing of this Amendment.



 


		72B.3	During
                                         a Material Fault, the license holder will act according to the Procedure that was submitted
                                         to the Director or which was approved by the Director, whichever is later.



 


		72B.4	The
                                         Procedure will include, inter alia, initiated disconnection of service for subscribers
                                         who were not directly affected by the Material Fault, which shall begin two hours at
                                         most after the identification of a Material Fault, for the purpose of reduction of the
                                         load and controlled restoration of proper and regular service.



 


		72B.5	Insofar
                                         as possible, the Procedure will allow preference to be given to the provision of proper
                                         and regular services to the armed forces, public emergency services and hospitals, as
                                         the Director shall determine."



 


_________________________


 

A68
Amendment No. 68


 




    77 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    

 


		73.	Disconnection of Service
Due to Maintenance Operations



 


		73.1	The
                                         Licensee may temporarily disconnect or restrict services that it is obligated to provide
                                         (hereinafter – disconnection due to maintenance), if the need to carry out vital
                                         cellular system maintenance or setup operations necessitates this, provided the following
                                         are fulfilled:



 


		(A)	The
                                         duration of the disconnection due to maintenance does not exceed twelve (12) consecutive
                                         hours;



 


		(B)	The
                                         number of disconnections due to maintenance does not exceed two (2) during a single year;



 


		(C)	Void.A2)



 


		73.2	The
                                         Director may ask the Licensee for a detailed explanation regarding the circumstances
                                         necessitating disconnection due to maintenance, and may ask the Licensee to postpone
                                         said disconnection if he came to the realization, after considering the Licensee's contentions,
                                         that a vital public interest necessitates such a postponement.



 


		73.3	If
                                         due to the need to carry out vital maintenance or setup operations in the cellular system
                                         requires disconnection of service exceeding 12 hours, the Licensee will ask in advance
                                         for the Director's approval. The request will specify the maintenance operations required
                                         and the actions taken by the Licensee to speed up these operations and reduce, inasmuch
                                         as possible, the duration of the service disconnection.



 


		73.4	Void.
                                         A2)



 


		73.5	If
                                         disconnection or restriction of service is required urgently for the purpose of carrying
                                         out immediate, vital operations, the Licensee will notify the Director forthwith, including
                                         by phone, cable or fax, regarding the urgent disconnection or restriction. The Licensee
                                         will notify its subscribers about the aforesaid urgent disconnection or restriction,
                                         as early as possible, including via the public address system operating through the cellular
                                         system, insofar as this is possible, as well as through the public media.



 


		73.6	Notwithstanding
                                         that stated in Sections 73.1 and 73.4, the Licensee does not have to notify the Director
                                         or the subscribers about disconnection due to maintenance, when the following are fulfilled:



 


		(A)	The
                                         duration of the disconnection due to maintenance does not exceed half an hour;



 


		(B)	Disconnection
                                         due to maintenance is being done between 24:00 Saturday night and 05:00 Sunday morning
                                         the following day.



 


Such
a disconnection will not be counted in the number of disconnections as required under Section 73.1(B).


 


CHAPTER F – PAYMENT
FOR SERVICESA8)


 


Part A – General


 


		73A.	Definitions



 


In
this chapter –


 


	“Licensee”	–	Anyone to whom the Minister has
    granted, in accordance with the Law, a general or special license;
	 	 	 
	“Airtime” 	–	Duration of the time in which a subscriber
    receives cellular services, whether the connection is initiated by the subscriber or by someone else;


 



    78 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


	“Airtime unit”A31A31)-	–	Time unit of 12 seconds at the
    most, but starting from Thursday, 1 January 2009, a time unit of 1 second.
	 	 	 
	“Package of services”-	–	Several services sold to a subscriber as a
    package, for which a rate has been set as specified in section 75.2.
	 	 	 
	“Public telecommunications -

    network”	–	Including an international telecommunications
    system.
	 	 	 
	“Payment for completion-

    of a call”	–	Payment made by the initiator of a call which
    began on end-user equipment connected to one public telecommunications network and ended on another public telecommunications
    network, or on end-user equipment connected to such a public telecommunications network, for completing the call on the other
    public telecommunications network.


 


		74.	Payment Categories



 


		74.1A57	The Licensee may collect
from its subscribers payments for Cellular services, as follows:



 


		(a)	A
                                         onetime installation fee for connecting mobile or portable end-user equipment held by
                                         the subscriber to the Cellular system (hereinafter – connection fee);



 


		(a1)	Smartcard fee – one-time
payment for a smartcard (SIM).



 


		(b)	A
                                         fixed monthly A57
                                         payment;



 


		(c)	Payment
                                         for airtime as specified in section 75A;



 


		(d)	Payment
                                         for completion of a call as specified in section 75A;



 


		(e)	Payment
                                         for basic telephone services, related services and value added services, detailed in
                                         the First Schedule to the License;



 


		74.2 A57	The Licensee may not collect
from a subscriber:



 


		(a)	Payment for establishing
a call;



 


		(b)	A minimum price
for a call.



 


		74.3	The license owner shall
collect payments from the subscriber according with the following:



 


		a)	in a One-Time Transaction,
the payment for the services that are supposed to be provided in the framework thereof shall be Pre-Paid; the license owner may
collect the entire payment in a transaction of this kind retroactively.



 


		b)	in an Ongoing Transaction,
the payment for the services provided in the framework thereof shall be Post-Paid, however the license holder may collect in an
Ongoing Transaction Pre-Paid at the request of the subscriber, provided that the payment is made in cash by way of vouchers that
will be issued to the subscriber by the license owner.



 


_________________________ 


 

A57
Amendment No. 57 (Inception: This amendment will come into force on the day of signing the Amendment)


 


A57
Amendment No. 57 (Inception: This amendment will come into force on the day of signing the Amendment)


 


A57
Amendment No. 57 (Inception: This amendment will come into force on the day of signing the Amendment)


 


 




    79 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    

 


		c)	In a transaction as specified
in sub-section (b), in the framework of which a monthly or other periodic payment was collected from the subscriber, as stated,
for the Bill Period, during which the request of the subscriber to terminate the contract or discontinue all of its services,
including during the performance of the mobility of the telephone number, the highest of the following:



 


		(1)	The
                                         ratio between the number of days from the date of commencement of the Bill Period until
                                         the date of termination of the contract or the discontinuation date, as stated, at the
                                         time set forth by the subscriber in his request, or until one business day at the latest
                                         after the date of submission of the request for termination of the contract or discontinuation
                                         of all services of the license owner, if the subscriber did not set a date for the termination
                                         of the contract or the discontinuation, as stated, and between the number of days included
                                         in the Bill Period;



 


		(2)	The
                                         higher ratio between the services including in the service package between the amount
                                         of service units consumed from the date of commencement of the Bill Period until the
                                         date of termination of the contract or the date of discontinuation, as stated, or until
                                         one business day at the latest after the date of submission of the request for termination
                                         of the contract or discontinuation of all services of the license owner, if the subscriber
                                         did not set a date for the termination of the contract or the discontinuation, as stated,
                                         and between the number of units allotted for the Bill Period.



 


		(d)	In
                                         a transaction as specified in sub-section (b), in the framework of which a monthly or
                                         other periodic payment was collected from the subscriber without a service package, the
                                         license owner shall charge the subscriber the fixed payment, as stated, for the Bill
                                         Period, during which the request of the subscriber to terminate the contract or discontinue
                                         its services, including during the performance of the mobility of the telephone number,
                                         as specified in Section 74.3(c)(1).



 


		(e)	In
                                         a transaction as specified in sub-section (b), in the framework of which a monthly or
                                         other periodic payment was collected from the subscriber, the license owner may not collect
                                         any payment from the subscriber for the time period before the performance of the activation
                                         of the smartcard.



 


		(f)	In
                                         a transaction as specified in sub-section (b), in the framework of which a monthly or
                                         other periodic payment was collected from the subscriber, following the transfer of a
                                         subscriber from one rate plan to another rate plan, the license owner shall charge the
                                         subscriber a fixed payment, as stated, for the period from the commencement of the Bill
                                         Period until the date of performance of the transaction, in accordance with the rate
                                         of the former rate plan, according to that specified in Section 74.3(c) or according
                                         to that specified in Section 74.3(d), as applicable, and for the period following the
                                         date of performance of the transaction until the date of completion of the Bill Period,
                                         based on the ratio between the number of days from the date following the date of performance
                                         of the transaction until the date of completion of the Bill Period and between the overall
                                         number of days in the Bill Period, according to the rate of the new rate plan.



 




    80 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    

 


Part
B – Setting and Publication of Rates


 


Part
B1 – Package Services in Israel


 


		75.	Setting the Rates and
Their Amount



 


		75.1	The
                                         Licensee shall fix a rate for every service and package of services provided by it to
                                         its subscribers, and it may determine the manner of linkage of the rate to the index.
                                         The Licensee shall notify the Director of the amount of each rate, before the rate comes
                                         into effect.



 


		75.2	The
                                         Licensee may designate packages of services according to types of services included in
                                         the package or time periods or by any other method. The Licensee may set a separate rate
                                         for each of the services included in the package or set a general rate for the package.



 


		75.3	The
                                         Licensee shall offer each package of services at equal terms and at a uniform rate according
                                         to categories of subscribers; For purposes of this section, “category of subscribers”
                                         – A16)a group of subscribers whose attributes provide reasonable justification
                                         for distinguishing it from another group.



 


		75.4	The
                                         Licensee shall allow any subscriber, without discrimination, to switch from one package
                                         of services to another that is being offered by it at the time. The Licensee shall include
                                         such a provision in the contract with its subscribers. In the framework of this provision
                                         it may set times when it is permissible to make such a switch and it may set conditions,
                                         including payment terms, for implementing the switch.



 


		75.5T49)	If the Licensee contracts
with the subscriber in regard to a certain service or package of services, and the contract includes a commitment as defined in
Section 56A.1 ("commitment period"), the following provisions will apply, with the exception of a business subscriber:



 


		(a)	The terms of the contract,
excluding the contract rates, will be final, known and fixed in advance for the entire commitment period.



 


		(b)	The rate for each service
will be fixed on the date of the contract and will be uniform and specified in shekels for the entire commitment period.



 


For
purposes of this section, "uniform" – any rate before VAT which the subscriber is required to pay, as determined
on the date of the contract, may not be increased during the commitment period.


 


Notwithstanding
the aforesaid, the Licensee may provide its subscriber services at lower rates than those fixed in advance in the contract, during
a limited time period, to all the subscribers or to a certain type of subscriber.


 


		(c)	The Licensee will include
provisions as stated above in the contract with the subscriber.



 


		75.6	The
                                         Licensee may not condition a contract with a subscriber or a subscriber’s switch
                                         from one package of service to another on the purchase of value added services or end-user
                                         equipment from the Licensee.



 


		75.7	cancelled.



 


_________________________ 


 

T49)
Amendment No. 49 (Inception: This amendment will come into force on December 31, 2008).


 




    81 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


	75.8	(a)	The
                                         Licensee may not collect from a subscriber payment for a call when the call was not initiated
                                         by the subscriber (hereinafter – uninitiated call).



 


		(b)	Notwithstanding
                                         that stated in subsection (a), the Licensee may collect from a subscriber payment for
                                         an uninitiated call in the following cases:



 


		(1)	Call
                                         transferred to the subscriber by means of a roaming service;



 


		(2)	Collect
                                         call to which the subscriber has given his agreement;



 


		(3)	A
                                         call created by dialing a special prefix for a toll-free service that was allocated to
                                         the subscriber under an agreement with himA55;



 


		(4)	VoidA51



 


		(c)	The
                                         licensee may collect from a subscriber initiating a call by dialing the following services
                                         or access codes, payment not exceeding the tariff collected by the licensee from a subscriber
                                         for a call whose destination is on a domestic operator network: A51



 


		(1)	Split charge call service1;



 


		(2)	Short number service for
businesses2;



 


		(d)	For
                                         a call to an international destination, the Licensee may receive only the payment imposed
                                         on the international operator, as determined in the Interconnection Regulations."
                                         A54



 


75.9A18)
Inception


 


Void
A55


 


		75.10	The
                                         payment for airtime will be determined in the manner set out below:



 


		(a)	The
                                         payment for airtime will be determined according to an airtime unitA31); For
                                         the purpose of calculating the payment, a part of an airtime unit shall be deemed the
                                         same as a whole airtime unit.



 


		(b)	The
                                         payment for each airtime unit, at least during the first minute of contact, will be fixed.A57



 


_________________________ 


 


A55
Amendment No. 55 (Inception: This amendment will come into force on the day the relevant amendments to the Payment Regulations
and to the Interconnection Regulations come into force, or on March 28, 2010 – whichever the later)


 


A51
Amendment No. 51 (Inception: This amendment will come into force on March 31, 2009)


 


A51
Amendment No. 51 (Inception: This amendment will come into force on March 31, 2009)


 


1
Pursuant to the "split charge call" service file (1-700 service).


 


2
Pursuant to the Administration Direction on "Short Form Dial for Businesses - Star  (*) Plus Four Digits" dated
May 4, 2008


 


A54
Amendment No. 54 (Inception: This amendment will come into force on the day the amendment to the Interconnection Regulations concerning
a call from a cellular network to an international telecommunications network comes into force) Inception The
inception of section 75.9 is on December 15, 2002.


 


A55
Amendment No. 55 (Inception: This amendment will come into force on the day the relevant amendments to the Payment Regulations
and to the Interconnection Regulations come into force, or on March 28, 2010 – whichever the later)


 


A57
Amendment No. 57 (Inception: This amendment will come into force on the day of signing the Amendment)



 


 




    82 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


		(c)	The
                                         duration of the call for payment purposes is from the moment the connection is established
                                         between the subscriber who initiated the connection (hereinafter – the calling
                                         subscriber) and the subscriber receiving the call, until the moment when the call is
                                         terminated, which is the moment when an instruction to terminate the connection is received
                                         from the calling subscriber or from the subscriber receiving the call; The duration of
                                         the connection setup time, until the moment the connection is established, and the duration
                                         of the disconnection time, from the moment the instruction to terminate the connection
                                         is received until it is actually implemented, is not included in the count of the duration
                                         of the call.



 


In
this regard, subscriber receiving the call – including a voice mailbox.


 


“Voice
mailbox” – an installation or device forming part of the cellular system, designed to enable the calling subscriber
to leave a voice message for the called subscriberA40).


 


		(d)	A40)
                                         Regarding a call that is transferred to a voice mailbox, the Licensee shall play
                                         to the calling subscriber an introductory voice message, lasting at least 2 seconds (in
                                         this subsection – “message”), and will enable the calling subscriber,
                                         at his option, to disconnect the call without any debit, in the course of the message,
                                         or within a reasonable time being not less than one second after the end of the message
                                         (“reasonable time”). In such case, the moment of establishing the
                                         connection with the subscriber receiving the call, within the meaning of subsection (c)
                                         above, will be deemed to occur at the end of the reasonable time.



 


The
wording of the message will be: “The call is being transferred to a voice mailbox,” and it will be articulated clearly
and at a reasonable speed. In this subsection, “call transferred to a voice mailbox” – excluding a call
originating in an international telecommunications system.


 




    83 


    	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

    
 


75.11(a) (A71)     In this section –   


 


"Limited Plan" – A minute plan which is limited to a number of minutes according to the subscriber engagement plan.  


 


"Unlimited Plan" – An unlimited minute plan, for which the subscriber pays.  


 


"Toll-Free Number" – A telephone number, a call to which from any network has been determined to be free of charge for the caller;  


 


"Special Telephone Number at a Composite Rate" – A national or network telephone number in an Irregular Number Pattern, the rate of a call to which is a Composite Rate;  


 


"Special
Telephone Number at a Regular Rate" – A national10 or network11 telephone number in an Irregular
Number Pattern, the rate of a call to which does not exceed the Regular Rate;  


 


"Irregular Number Pattern" – A number pattern which is not a regular number pattern;  


 


"Regular
Number Pattern" – A number pattern of geographical numbers and national numbers, as defined in the number plan12;
 


 


"Composite Rate" – A rate comprising a Regular Rate plus a rate for a service that is provided by a Licensee or anyone on its behalf or a service provider;  


 


"Regular Rate" – A rate per call minute to telephone numbers in a Regular Number Pattern, in accordance with the subscriber's tariff plan.  




 


		(b)	The Licensee shall not
charge a subscriber calling destinations with Toll-Free Numbers and will not count the calling minutes to such destinations in
a Limited Plan.



 


		(c)	The Licensee may charge
a subscriber calling destinations with Special Telephone Numbers at a Regular Rate, and shall count the calling minutes to the
said destinations in a Limited Plan or in an Unlimited Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, the Licensee may not charge a subscriber
calling destinations with Special Telephone Numbers at a Regular Rate any extra fee over the fixed payment that he pays for the
minute plan, insofar as the subscriber shall not have exceeded the minute quota in the plan. If the subscriber exceeds the minute
quota in the plan, the Licensee may charge him for calling the said destinations according to a rate no higher than the Regular
Rate. In addition to the aforesaid, the Licensee may not make any distinction in the rate, according to which it charges the subscriber,
between calling telephone numbers with a Regular Number Pattern and calling Special Telephone Numbers at a Regular Rate, including
by determining separate call minute plans.



 


		(d)	If the charge for calls
to destinations with Special Telephone Numbers is made according to a Composite Rate, the Licensee shall count the calling minutes
to the said destinations in the framework of the Limited Plan or the Unlimited Plan for which the subscriber pays.



 


The
Licensee may charge the subscriber for the services provided in the framework of calling telephone numbers which are charged according
to a Composite Rate, whether the charge is made according to a call minute or the charge is fixed per call, in addition to the
fixed payment for the minute plan.


 


______________________ 


 

A54
Amendment No. 71 (Inception: Sections 75.11(a)-(c) will take effect no later than September 3, 2013; Sections 75.11(d) will
take effect no later than December 3, 2013).


 


[10]
A telephone number, access to which is possible from any network.


 


11
A telephone number, access to which is possible only from the license holder's network.


 


12
For example, numbers in the pattern 03-XXXXXXX, 05Y-XXXXXXX and 07Z-XXXXXXX.


 





    
First Schedule – 1
 



     
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





    
 


		2.	Sections 75.11(a)-(c) will
take effect no later than Elul 28, 5773 (September 3, 2013).



 


Section 75.11(d) will take effect no later than Kislev 30, 5774 (December 3, 2013).  



 


		75A.	A25)Completion
of a Call in Another Public Telecommunications Network



 


The
payment for completion of a call to be collected by the Licensee shall not exceed the interconnection rate specified in the Telecommunications
Regulations (Payments for Interconnection), 2000.


 


		75B.	A2A25)Completion
of an SMS on Another Public Telecommunications Network



 


The
Licensee may collect from a subscriber for the transfer of an SMS which is being transferred from end-user equipment that is connected
to the network to end-user equipment that is connected to a  cellular system of another  cellular licensee, a payment not exceeding
the payment which the Licensee collects from the subscriber for the transfer of an SMS which is transferred from end-user equipment
that is connected to the network to end-user equipment that is connected to the network, plus a payment not exceeding the rate
for the transfer of an SMS specified in the Communications Regulations (Telecommunications and Transmissions) (Payments for Interconnection),
2000.


 


For
purposes of this section –


 


“SMS”
– telecommunications messages comprised of writing, including signs or symbols, transferred from end-user equipment that
is connected to the network, to end-user equipment that is connected to the network or to a  cellular system of another  cellular
licensee.


 


		75C.	A27)Temporary
Order



 


Notwithstanding
that stated in section 75B, for the period beginning May 9, 2004 and ending February 9, 2005A29), the following provisions
shall apply:


 


		(a)	The
                                         Licensee may collect from a subscriber for the transfer of an SMS which is destined for
                                         end-user equipment that is connected to a cellular system of another cellular licensee
                                         (hereinafter – “inter-network SMS”) a payment not exceeding the payment
                                         which the Licensee collects from the subscriber for the transfer of an SMS which is transferred
                                         from end-user equipment that is connected to the network to end-user equipment that is
                                         connected to the network, plus a payment not exceeding the rate for the transfer of an
                                         SMS specified in the Communications Regulations (Telecommunications and Transmissions)
                                         (Payments for Interconnection), 2000, less a rate of 0.7%8;



 


_________________________ 


 

8
The 0.7% reduction is based on a report received from some cellular operators concerning the rate of inter-network SMS messages
that did not reach their destination. Section 75C was enacted as an temporary order, with the cellular operators to make the necessary
adjustments in the cellular systems and in the interconnection arrangements between them to enable full implementation of section
75B of their license. To remove doubt, it is clarified that this temporary order was enacted only for a limited time, owing to
difficulties that were pointed out by the cellular operators concerning the possibility of receiving information about non-completion
of an SMS on another cellular network; However, beyond this, nothing may be inferred from this temporary arrangement concerning
permission to collect payment for an SMS that was not transferred to its destination, and said arrangement does not detract from
the Ministry’s basic position according to which, in general, no payment may be collected for a telecommunications service
that was not realized.


 




    
First Schedule – 2
 



     
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





    
 


		(b)	The
                                         Licensee may collect from a subscriber payment for an inter-network SMS as stated in
                                         subsection (a), even if its transfer to the called subscriber was not completed.



 


		75D.	A58Notice
Concerning Utilization of Service Package in Israel



 


		75D.1	cancelled.



 


		75D.2	Notices regarding Utilization
of Service Package



 


		(a)	If
                                         the subscriber purchased a service or service package for which a quota of units was
                                         set, the license owner shall notify the subscriber by text message about the rate of
                                         utilization of the unit quota when the subscriber utilized 75% and 100% of the unit quota
                                         of the service package or any one of the services included therein. The text message
                                         shall be sent to the subscriber as close as possible to the date on which the subscriber
                                         reached each of said utilization levels. The text message shall be sent to the telephone
                                         number of the subscriber and to an additional telephone number, if the subscriber set
                                         one upon when contracting with the license owner. The text message shall be sent free
                                         of charge, and shall include the rate of utilization of the package or the service, the
                                         date on which the subscriber reached said utilization while detailing the date and time
                                         on which the utilization rate of determined, the rate of deviation from the service package
                                         or any of the services included therein, if the deviation is permitted, and the date
                                         of completion of the Bill Period. Said data shall be specified in accordance with the
                                         matter according to:



 


		(1)	Call
                                         minutes;



 


		(2)	Text
                                         messages;



 


		(3)	Surfing
                                         (on MB);



 


		(4)	Combined
                                         call minutes and text messages;



 


		(5)	Combing
                                         call minutes, text messages and surfing.



 


For this
matter, "Service Package" – a number of services marketed to the subscriber as a package with a fixed monthly
payment, including service of calls in Israel, call service abroad, text message service or internet surfing service, when the
package was determined for an overall unit quota13, or a certain unit quota was determined for each of the services
included therein14, or that the subscriber determined a usage limit for usage control.


 


_________________________ 


 

A58
Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).


 


13
Thus, for example, a package including 100 units of call minutes, text messages and internet surfing (in MB) for 15 NIS, the subscriber
shall receive a text message in accordance with consumption regarding all of the above services. Thus, for example, a text message
shall be sent after 75 units were utilized, and an additional warning text message shall be sent after 100 units are utilized.


 


14
Thus, for example, a package including 100 call minutes, 100 text messages and 50MB of internet surfing for 20 NIS, the subscriber
shall receive a text message, in accordance with the consumption regarding each of the above services. Thus, for example, a text
message shall be sent after 75 call minutes were utilized, and an additional warning text message shall be sent after 100 call
minutes are utilized.


 




    
First Schedule – 3
 



     
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





    
 


		(b)	If
                                         the service pertains to call abroad, messages shall be sent to the subscriber, as stated,
                                         by the license owner, whose international system routes the calls abroad.



 


		(c)	If
                                         it is a telephone line that is blocked from receiving text messages, the subscriber shall
                                         receive voice messages instead of text messages. After hearing the message for the first
                                         time on the voice mail, the subscriber shall be given the option by way of pressing a
                                         certain key to hear it again, and the message shall be played to the subscriber again,
                                         if he so chooses.



 


		(d)	The
                                         license owner shall allow any subscriber who pays in advance (pre-paid), to receive updates
                                         from time to time, free of charge, as to the balance available to him and the date on
                                         which the validity of the budget available to him by way of dialing a designated telephone
                                         number, following which the subscriber shall receive said information by way of voice
                                         mail or by way of a text message.



 


		75.3d	Consumption of surfing
service by a subscriber who purchased surfing service



 


		(a)	If
                                         the subscriber reaches utilization of 100% of the quota determined for surfing service,
                                         the license owner shall discontinue the surfing service or shall slow down the surfing
                                         rate. The license owner shall send the subscriber a text message, free of charge, in
                                         which notice regarding the discontinuation or slowing down of the service shall be made.
                                         If the license owner allows surfing at a lower speed, he may not charge the subscriber
                                         additional payment beyond the fixed monthly payment for the surfing service.



 


		(b)	The
                                         license owner may continue providing the subscriber with surfing services for an additional
                                         payment following utilization of 100% of the quota set forth for the surfing service
                                         determined, provided that the subscriber requested to do so explicitly, as specified
                                         in Section 60.6 during the Bill Period in which he utilized 100% of the quota determined
                                         for the surfing service; the license owner shall document the explicit request of the
                                         subscriber, as stated, and shall preserve the documentation in its possession, and shall
                                         make it available for delivery or transfer to the manager, at his request, within five
                                         (5) business days from the request submission date."



 


The
subscriber may refuse, at the time of contracting with the license owner, to continue receiving surfing services for additional
payment after utilizing 100% of the quota set from for surfing services before the completion of the Bill Period.


 


This
shall be noted in a prominent place in the framework of publication of the relevant plan on the website of the license owner,
if they are published on the website, and by a representative of the license owner during the performance of the sales contract.


 


		(c)	If
                                         the subscriber purchased a package, which includes surfing, and which is comprised of
                                         a basic surfing package and of additional surfing packages for utilization after the
                                         complete utilization of the basic surfing package before the completion of the Bill Period,
                                         for each of which an amount of service units and price were determined, the subscriber
                                         may entirely cancel, at any time, in writing or orally, the purchase of the additional
                                         surfing packages he purchased, and shall not be charged more for them as of the date
                                         of the request onwards.



 




    
First Schedule – 4
 



     
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





    

 


This
shall be published in a prominent manner in the framework of publishing the relevant plans on the internet of the license owner,
provided they are published on the website, and by the representative of the license owner during the sales call.


 


		(d)	If
                                         the subscriber purchases a package which includes a basic surfing package, the subscriber
                                         may request the license owner, at any time, whether in writing or orally, to block access
                                         to the surfing service and the license owner shall reply to his request.



 


75.4d
Consumption of surfing service by a subscriber who did not purchase surfing service


 


		(a)	The
                                         license owner shall block from surfing a Private Subscriber who did not purchase a surfing
                                         package with a surfing volume set forth in the agreement between him and the license
                                         owner.



 


		(b)	If
                                         the license owner blocked the surfing service, as stated in sub-section (a), the subscriber
                                         may contact the license owner by way of a telephone call with the service representative
                                         for re-connection of the surfing service, and this obligates the subscriber in accordance
                                         with the surfing volume he shall order or consume. The representative of the license
                                         owner shall state the surfing rate to 1MB to the subscriber. The subscriber's request
                                         and its documentation shall be done in accordance with Section 60.6.



 


		(c)	



 


PART B2 - International
Roaming Service Package


 


		75E.	A73
Billing for International Roaming Service



 


Definitions


 


	75E.1	In
        this section –

         

        "Arrangement"
        – A package or plan which includes surfing or calls or text message;

         

        "Surfing
        Arrangement" – a package or plan which includes surfing.

         

        "Call
        or Text Messages Arrangement" – a package or plan which include calls or text messages.

         

        "Surfing
        Package Offer" – An offer of three different packages or plans, insofar as exist at the Licensee, which
        include Surfing Service, which were offered to the Licensee's subscribers in the month prior to the date on which the
        package offer was sent to the subscriber.

         

        "Call
or Text Messages Arrangement Offer" – an offer of three different packages or plans, if available at the license
owner, which include calls or text messages, offered to the subscribers of the license owner during the month prior to the date
on which the arrangement offer was sent to the subscriber.



 


_________________________ 


 

A58
Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).


 


A73
Amendment No. 73 (Inception: This amendment will come into force no later than February 17,2014)


 


A74 
Amendment No. 74


 



    
First Schedule – 5
 



     
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





    
 


	 	"Package"
        – A limited number of service units which may be used in a limited period of time, through an international roaming
        service Abroad, which is sold at a fixed and predetermined price, and is valid for certain Destinations;

         

        "Abroad"
        or "Destination" – A country, including a ship at sea and an aircraft;

         

        "MB"
        – One million bytes (MByte);

         

        "Blocked
        Subscriber" – a subscriber who did not request by way of a form for "access to services" to have
        permanent access to surfing services.

         

        "Open
        Subscriber" – a subscriber who requested by way of a form for "access to services" to be permanently
        accessible to surfing services.

         

        "Surfing
        Service" or "Surfing" – Cellular surfing service Abroad;

         

        "Plan"
        – A tariff plan for a limited period of time or for a specific trip overseasa74 for the consumption
        of services through an international roaming service Abroad (such as: call service, sending and receiving text messages
        and internet) for the Destinations included therein, with the payment for the services being made according to consumption;
        the rates of the services included in the plan are different to the rate for the same services for a subscriber who did
        not sign up for the plan; the plan may determine a fixed fee that does not depend on consumption.

         

        "Non-Reduced
        Rate" – a rate for call minute to a text message and to 1 MB not within the framework of the arrangement.

         

        "Reduced
        Rate" – a rate for call minute to a text message and to 1 MB within the framework of the arrangement.

         

        Notices
        regarding utilization of international roaming services and non-reduced rates for calls and text messages

         



	75E.2	(a)   
        An arrangement which the subscriber purchased shall enter into force on the date determined by the subscriber at
        the time of purchase.

         

        (b)  
        (1) The license owner shall send text messages to the subscriber who purchased the arrangement when the subscriber
        utilized 75% and 100% of each of the follows:

         

        ((a))
        The number of service units or the fixed amount of money determined for payment for the usage of the services;

         

        ((b))
        The period of validity of the arrangement.

         

        (2)
The text messages shall be sent free of charge, as close as possible to the date on which the subscriber reached the said utilization
level; the text messages shall include notice to the subscriber according to which the said utilization levels were reached, the
number of service units left, the number of days left until the end of the period of validity of the arrangement, the date of
making the utilization calculation (date and hour) and the rate for the deviation from the arrangement, as far as the deviation
is permitted.



 



    
First Schedule – 6
 



     
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





    
 


	 	(3)           In
this section, "Service Units" shall be according to these:

         

        ((a))
        calls – call minutes;

         

        ((b))
        text messages – the number of text messages sent;

         

        ((c))
        surfing – surfing volumes by MB or GB.

         

        (4)           In
packages which include combined call, text messages or surfing messages, the utilization rate of the package shall be calculated
according to the said Service Units.

         

        (5)           The
license owner shall send a text message free of charge to a subscriber who did not purchase a call or text message arrangement,
or that said arrangement purchased did not include the destination to which he arrived, immediately upon his arrival to any destination,
as stated, which shall state that making calls, receiving calls and sending text messages shall be subject to a fee according
to the non-reduced rate. Furthermore, the text message shall include the offer of a call or text message arrangement.

         

        (6)           The
license owner shall document the said text messages in this Section, as specified in Section 60.6(c), shall preserve the documentation,
and shall make it available for delivery or transfer to the manager, at his request, within five (5) business days from the date
it was sent.

                                              
 

         

        (c)
        Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 75.2E(b)(1) -

         

        (1)  
        The license holder will be exempt from sending SMSs to a subscriber in respect of use of the package to which he
        subscribed, as stated in Section 75.2E(b)(1), provided that all of the following are fulfilled:

         

        (2)  
        The subscriber purchased the package before Adar B 29, 5774 (March 31, 2014);

         

        (3)  
        The subscriber explicitly agreed in writing to waive receipt of SMSs as stated in Section 75.2E(b)(1);

         

        (4)  
        The license holder proves, to the Director’s satisfaction, that a technological restriction beyond its control
        is preventing it from receiving an indication in real time or close to real time with respect to the making of direct
        dial calls.

         

        (3)            With respect to a subscriber who makes use of Cellular end equipment which does not support an SMS service, including
        a tablet with a SIM card and a cellular modem, the license holder will demand of the subscriber, at the time of subscribing
        to the package, a means of communication as an alternative to SMS (such as Skype, Viber, Whatsapp applications, e-mail
        or voicemail) (“Alternative Means”); if the subscriber provides Alternative Means, the license holder
        will send to the subscriber the messages regarding use of the package as stated in Section 75.2E(b)(1) via the Alternative
        Means.

         



	75E.3	Blocking
the Surfing Service to a Private Subscriber, a Split Business Subscriber by International Roaming Surfing to a Blocked Business
Subscriber and a Subscriber without a Surfing Arrangement 



 



    
First Schedule – 7
 



     
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





    
 


	 	(a)            If
a Private Subscriber or a Split Business Subscriber who is charged for international roaming surfing service (hereinafter –
"Split Business Subscriber by Surfing Service in International Roaming") or a blocked business subscriber package
which includes surfing purchase a package which includes surfing, the license owner shall block the access to the surfing service
after the complete utilization of the package or after the completion of the period of validity of the package, the earlier of
the two, free of charge, and the subscriber shall not be required to make any payment for the surfing service beyond the payment
known in advance for the package he purchased. The license owner shall send the subscriber a text message, free of charge, regarding
the said blockage close to the time of the blockage. The text message shall include the surfing arrangement offer.

         

        If
        a Private Subscriber or a Split Business Subscriber in an international roaming surfing service or a blocked package business
        subscriber, which includes surfing, comprised of a basic surfing package and of additional surfing packages for utilization
        after fully utilizing the basic surfing package, for each of which Service Unit amounts and price were determined or comprised
        of a basic surfing package, after the full utilization thereof, the subscriber is charged according to a reduced rate;
        the subscriber may entirely cancel at any time, in writing or orally, the purchase of additional surfing packages he purchased
        or the additional surfing according to a reduced rate he purchased, and the license owner shall stop supplying him the
        additional surfing packages or the additional surfing at the reduced rate, and shall not charge him for surfing as of
        the date of the request onwards.

         

        The
        license owner shall document the explicit request of the subscriber, as stated, as specified in Section 60.6(c), shall
        preserve the documentation, and shall make it available for delivery or transfer to the manager, at his request, within
        five (5) business days from the date the request was submitted.

         

        If
        a Private Subscriber or a Split Business Subscriber in an international roaming surfing service or a blocked package business
        subscriber may refuse, at the time of ordering the service from the license owner, to continue receiving the surfing service
        for an additional charge after utilization of 100% of the basic package determined for the surfing service, as specified
        in Section 75.2e(b)(1). This shall me stated in a prominent place in the framework of the publication of the relevant
        plans on the website of the license owner and by the representative of the license owner during the sale call.

         

        (b)           The
license owner shall block, free of charge, the access to the surfing service of each subscriber immediately upon his arrival abroad,
unless one of the following conditions exist in a subscriber:

         

        (1)  
        The subscriber has a surfing arrangement;

         

        (2)  
        The subscriber requested to be an open subscriber15.

         

        (c)            If
one of the conditions stated in sub-section (b) does not exist in a subscriber, and the license owner did not block the surfing
service from the subscriber, the license owner shall not charge the subscriber for the surfing service. 

	 	 


_________________________ 

 

15
An "open" situation on the form for access to services, without a surfing arrangement, is relevant to a business subscriber
only; a private subscriber and a split business subscriber on international roaming surfing, without a surfing arrangement, shall
be blocked from surfing as a default.

 



    
First Schedule – 8
 



     
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





    
 


	 	(d)           The
license owner shall block, free of charge, access to surfing service, as stated in sub-section (b), and shall not charge a private
subscriber or a split business subscriber for international roaming surfing service or a block business subscriber for surfing
service, as stated in subsection (c) at any time the subscriber, as stated, who purchased a surfing arrangement, reached a destination
that is not included in the surfing arrangement. The license owner shall re-offer the subscriber, as stated, the surfing service
immediately and automatically, and without the need for the subscriber to perform any manual action at any time the subscriber
is at a destination which is included in the surfing arrangement.

         

        (e)           The
license owner shall send the subscriber, as stated, a text message, free of charge, regarding the blockage stated in subsection
(b) and (d), close to the blockage date, and shall state therein the reason for the blockage and the methods of contacting it
in order to unblock. The text message shall include an offer for a surfing arrangement.

         

        (f)            Ordering
surfing service by a blocked business subscriber while he is abroad, after his access to surfing service was blocked, to allow
him access to surfing service without purchasing a surfing arrangement, shall be performed by way of a telephone call with a representative
of the license owner, who shall state to the subscriber the non-reduced surfing rate for 1 MB. The access to the surfing service
shall open after the subscriber confirmed the non-reduced surfing rate stated to him. Section 60.6 shall apply to the documentation
of the order, and the documentation shall also include the trustworthy identification details of the subscriber and his confirmation,
as stated.

	 	 


	75E.4	Cancelled.  
	 	 
	75E.5	Blocking
surfing service from an open business subscriber 

	 	 



		(a)	The license owner shall
send an open business subscriber who did not purchase surfing service or that the surfing arrangement he purchased did not include
the country to which he arrived, a text message free of charge immediately upon his arrival abroad, which shall include a warning
regarding the possible consumption of surfing service subject to a fee, without the subscriber initiating a surfing action, and
shall include surfing charges without the purchase of a surfing arrangement. Furthermore, the text message shall include a surfing
arrangement offer.



 


The
license owner shall document the sending of said text message to the business subscriber, as specified in Section 60.6(c), shall
preserve the documentation and shall make it available for delivery or transfer to the manager, at his request, within five (5)
business days from the date the text messages were sent.


 


		(b)	The license owner shall
send the open business subscriber who purchased only a basic package, whose rate after its full utilization is a reduced or non-reduced
rate, text messages free of charge, which included notice regarding the rate of utilization of the package, as stated in Section
75.2e(b), and the rate, as stated.



 



The
license owner shall document the sending of said text messages to the subscriber and the sending of said text messages by the
subscriber to it, if any, as specified in Section 60.6(c), shall preserve the documentation, and shall make it available for delivery
or transfer to the manager, at his request, within five (5) business days from the date they were sent.


 







    
First Schedule – 9
 



     
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





    
 


	75E.6	The Licensee shall inform its subscribers,
    in the telephone bill following the date of signing of the license amendment, of their possibility to block Surfing Service
    by filling out the "Access to Services Form" which is posted on the licensee's website. The subscriber may send
    the said form to the licensee by regular mail, e-mail, facsimile or via an online form on the Licensee's website, insofar
    as the Licensee's website supports such possibility.



 


	75E.7	The Licensee shall post on its website information
    regarding the possibility available to the subscriber of blocking access to Surfing Service also through the end equipment,
    insofar as such blocking does not also block the possibility of surfing in Israel.



 


	75E.8	The Licensee shall post on its website information
    whereby there are services which consume data for a fee, also without any active action being taken by the subscriber, such
    as: automatic synchronization of e-mail and the update of various applications.



 


	75E.9	Billing for international roaming services
    according to a rate per unit, shall be made in the telephone bill retroactively, after consumption of the services, and not
    in advance. Insofar as a subscriber purchases an Arrangement which includes a predetermined payment, the billing for such
    payment shall be made in the billing period during which the transaction took effect.



 


	75E.10	Without derogating from the provisions of Section
    55A, Section 60.6 shall apply to a transaction for the "remote sale" of services via an international roaming service.



 


	75E.11	The
        Licensee shall send, free of charge, a text message to any subscriber who performed a "remote sale" transaction
        for the purchase of services via an international roaming service, which includes a summary of the transaction, as early
        as possible, and no later than the end of the day on which the "remote sale" transaction was performed. As long
        as the transaction for the purchase of calls or text messages does not include destinations abroad, it shall be noted
        in said text message that outgoing calls and sending text messages to destinations abroad shall be charged at the non-reduced
        rate.

         

        The
        license owner shall document its sending said text message, as specified in Section 60.6(c), shall preserve the documentation,
        and shall make it available for delivery or transfer to the manager, at his request, within five (5) business days from
        the date of performance of the transaction.

         

        In
        addition, the Licensee shall state information regarding the said "remote sale" transaction in the telephone
        bill following the date of performance of the transaction, in accordance with the subscriber's billing period, including
        the telephone number in respect of which the transaction was performed, the date of performance of the transaction, the
        quantity and types of the services purchased via an international roaming service, the number of days allocated for use
        of the services, the date and time of commencement of provision of the services, the price of the services purchased,
        the price according to which consumption of services over and above the Package shall be charged, insofar as a Package
        is purchased, and the manner of rounding off of any quantity that shall be consumed (the "Details of the Transaction").

         

        The
license owner shall preserve a copy of the telephone bill in which the details of the transaction shall be specified, and shall
make it available for delivery or transfer to the manager, at his request, within five (5) business days from the date the bill
was made. 



 



    
First Schedule – 10
 



     
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





    
 


	75E.12	In an engagement for the purchase
    of services via an international roaming service performed in the presence of a representative of the Licensee and the subscriber,
    printed confirmation shall be delivered to the subscriber upon performance of the transaction, including the Details of the
    Transaction. The license owner shall preserve a copy of the confirmation, as stated, and shall make it available for delivery
    or transfer to the manager, at his request, within five (5) business days from the date of execution of the transaction.
	 	 
	75E.13	The Licensee shall post on its website all
    of the marketed arrangements to private subscribers, as well as the rates of all of the international roaming services for
    a subscriber without an Arrangement, for all of the Destinations in respect of which the licensee has an international roaming
    agreement. The Licensee will not charge a subscriber for an international roaming service provided at a Destination that was
    not published thereby as aforesaid before the charge.
	 	 
	75E.14	The rate for Surfing Service shall be stated
    by the Licensee, wherever it is stated, in units of NIS per 1 MB.
	 	 
	75E.15	The internet rate per 1 MB for a subscriber
    who is not in a Surfing Arrangement will be lower than the price of the cheapest Package offered by the Licensee.
	 	 
	75E.16	The purchase of a Surfing Arrangement, in Israel
    or Abroad, does not change the default option stated in the updated services order form other than for the period of such
    Surfing Arrangement.
	 	 


		76.	Publication of Rates



 


		76.1	The
                                         Licensee shall provide to anyone so requesting, at the service offices and at the call
                                         centers, free of charge, full and detailed information concerning the up-to-date rates
                                         for all its services, including the payment for completion of a call; The Director may
                                         instruct the Licensee concerning the manner and format of publication of the rates.



 


		76.2	The
                                         Licensee shall indicate in every account sent to a subscriber the package of services
                                         according to which the subscriber is being debited.



 


		76.3	The
                                         Director may request to receive from the Licensee at any time details of the rates charged
                                         by it.



 


		77.	VoidA43)



 


		77A.	Fraud Prevention



 


		77A.1	The
                                         Licensee shall take suitable and reasonable steps to prevent fraud and shall maintain
                                         a control and follow-up system for verifying, to the extent possible, that the calls
                                         for which the subscriber is being debited were actually made from end-user equipment
                                         connected to the Licensee’s  cellular system in the subscriber’s name.



 


		77A.2	The
                                         Licensee shall disconnect the service to the subscriber’s end-user equipment after
                                         receiving at the service offices the subscriber’s notification that the end-user
                                         equipment was lost or stolen, or that there is a possibility that someone else is making
                                         calls through the end-user equipment without having received permission to do so; The
                                         subscriber may give such a notification by telephone or in writing, including by fax
                                         or email; Upon receipt of a telephone notification or immediately after receipt of a
                                         written notification, the Licensee shall verify its reliability and disconnect the service.



 




    
First Schedule – 11
 



     
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





    
 


		77A.3	The
                                         Licensee shall cooperate with other licensees in locating and preventing fraud.



 


Part C – Changes in
the Rates


 


		78.	Change in the Rates



 


78.1 Subject
to that stated in Section 75, the license owner may modify the rate or the number of service units allotted for the bill period
(hereinafter: the "Number of Units") of each service or service package (hereinafter in this section –
"Service"), which it determined, provided that:


 


		(a)	It
                                         sent the manager written notice between fourteen (14) days to twenty one (21) days prior
                                         to the date the modification entered into force, and which details the service, the rate
                                         or the new number of units and the date of their entry into force, as well as the rate
                                         or number of units prior to the modification.



 


The
duty to send the manager notice regarding the modification shall not apply to a modification determined in advance in the contracting
agreement at the time of the subscriber's joining the service or service package.


 


		(b)	It
                                         sent a written message in advance to every subscriber who joined the service, in which
                                         the name of the service shall be stated, the rate or the new number of units and the
                                         date of their entry into force, as well as the rate or the number of units prior to the
                                         modification, between fourteen (14) days to twenty one (21) days prior to the date the
                                         modification entered into force.



 


Despite
the aforementioned, regarding the rate reduction, the license owner may send the notice to the subscriber up to one month after
the reduction.


 


In reference
to this section "Modification" – any modification in the rate that may cause an increase or reduction in
payment before VAT, which the subscriber has to pay for the services of the license owner or any reduction in the allotted number
of service units to the bill period without a rate modification.


 


		(c)	The
                                         notice as stated in subsection (b) shall be sent to the subscriber who has access to
                                         the receipt of text message services by way of a text message, and to a subscriber who
                                         is blocked from receiving text message services by way of voice mail. After hearing the
                                         message for the first time on the voice mail, the subscriber shall be given the option
                                         by way of pressing a certain key to hear it again, and the message shall be played to
                                         the subscriber again, if he so chooses.



 


		(d)	The
                                         license owner shall preserve the documentation regarding sending the notice as follows:



 


		(1)	Printout
                                         from notebook server of message delivery, as specified in Section 60.6(c);



 


		(2)	Recording
                                         of the voice message as specified in Section 106a.



 


The license
owner shall make the documentation of the delivery of the message available for delivery or transfer to the manager, at his request,
within five (5) business days from the date it was sent.


 




    
First Schedule – 12
 



     
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





    
 


		(e)	The
                                         duty to send the subscriber notice regarding a modification shall apply also to a modification
                                         determined in advance in the contacting agreement at the time of joining the service
                                         or service package or the rate plan.



 


		(f)	The
                                         license owner shall state in the phone bill, that during the bill period for which the
                                         modification was made, in the framework of the "account detail", as specified
                                         in Section 9(a) of Appendix E1, the rate and the number of new units and the date of
                                         their entry into force, as well as the rate or number of units prior to the modification.



 


The
license owner shall make a copy of the telephone bill available for delivery or transfer to the manager, at his request, within
five (5) business days from the date of its issuance.


 


		(g)	If
                                         the license owner provided the subscriber a service that is not a speech service or text
                                         messages or surfing, for a discount or for free for a fixed period, including service
                                         that is not Bezeq service, the license owner shall send the subscriber a text message
                                         regarding the modification of the rate, as specified in Section 78.1(b), in which the
                                         subscriber is requested to send a return text message, which includes the digit zero
                                         (0), if he is not interested in continuing to receive the service subject to a fee. If
                                         the subscriber sent a text message which includes the digit zero (0), he may not continue
                                         or begin to charge the subscriber for said service upon the end of said term. The documentation
                                         regarding the delivery of the text message by the license owner to the subscriber shall
                                         be performed as specified in Section 60.6(c) and the content of the text message shall
                                         be documented.



 


The
license owner shall make the said documentation available for delivery or transfer to the Manager, at his request, within five
(5) business days from the date of sending the text message.


 


		79.	Start of an Increase
or Reduction in a Rate



 


In
case of an increase or reduction in any rate for  cellular services according to the provisions of the license, such increase
or reduction shall not apply to payments made for such a service prior to the starting date of the increase or the reduction;
An increase or reduction shall apply only to  cellular services provided to a subscriber after the date of the increase or reduction;
This section shall not apply to a rate adjustment ordered by the Minister under section 83(A).


 


		80.	Arrears in Payment



 


		80.1	The
                                         Licensee may debit a subscriber arrears interest, linkage differences and collection
                                         costs on payments for  cellular services which were not paid by a subscriber on their
                                         stipulated payment date, in a payment notice sent to the subscriber, according to the
                                         contract between themA33) (hereinafter – the payment date).



 


		80.2	VoidA43)



 


		80.3	The
                                         amount of the arrears interest shall not exceed the rate specified in the definition
                                         of “linkage differences and interest” in section 1 of the Adjudication of
                                         Interest and Linkage Law, 1961, plus linkage differences for the period between the stipulated
                                         payment date and the actual payment date of the specified amount.



 




    
First Schedule – 13
 



     
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





    
 


		80.4	A33)The
                                         Licensee may debit a subscriber collection costs on a payment for a service which it
                                         provided to the subscriber, which was not paid on the payment date (hereinafter –
                                         the amount of the debt), provided at least fourteen (14) days have elapsed from the payment
                                         date, excluding a case of nonpayment due to the bank’s or the credit-card company’s
                                         refusal to pay a debit for the collection of which the Licensee received an authorization;
                                         The amount of the collection costs to be collected by the Licensee shall be reasonable
                                         and in proportion to the amount of the debt and the actions which the Licensee must take
                                         in order to collect it.: In this regard, “collection costs” – including
                                         legal handling by the Licensee or someone acting on its behalf, of the collection of
                                         the amount of the debt before application is made to the courts.



 




    
First Schedule – 14
 



     
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





    

 


Part D – Miscellaneous


 


		81.	Connection Fee



 


		(a)	The
                                         connection fee and the smartcard fee shall be uniform, independent of the type or model
                                         of the end user equipment, type of smartcard, the technological generation of the network
                                         to which the end user equipment of the subscriber shall be connected, etc.



 


		(b)	If
                                         the Licensee decides to collect a connection fee as defined in section 74(A), it may
                                         debit a subscriber a connection fee only for the connection of the subscriber for the
                                         first time to the cellular network and the provision of the cellular services, or for
                                         a connection after the termination of contraction under section 69d.



 


		(c)	The
                                         license owner may not charge from the subscriber connection fee as long as the connection
                                         of the end user equipment has not been completed, including activation of the smartcard.



 


81a.
Smartcard Fees


 


		(a)	The
                                         smartcard fees shall be reasonable in relation to the cost of the smartcard for the license
                                         owner.



 


		(b)	The
                                         smartcard fees shall be uniform, independent of the type or model of the end user equipment,
                                         type of smartcard, the technological generation of the network to which the end user
                                         equipment of the subscriber shall be connected, etc.



 


		(c)	The
                                         smartcard fees shall not include the price of the end user equipment, and they shall
                                         be presented separately in the contracting agreement, in the telephone bill of the subscriber
                                         and in the publication of the rate plan on the website of the license owner, if such
                                         was published.



 


		(d)	If
                                         the license owner shall charge the subscriber with smartcard fees, it may charge the
                                         payment from him only as a one-time payment in the framework of the first telephone bill,
                                         following the date of delivery or sending of the smartcard. If the license owner did
                                         not do so, he may not charge for said payment thereafter, and it may not charge the subscriber
                                         said payment or any other payment if he does not return the smartcard following the termination
                                         of the contracting between them.



 


		(e)	The
                                         license owner may not charge from the subscriber smartcard fees for replacing the smartcard
                                         due to a malfunction discovered therein.



 


		(f)	The
                                         license owner may not discriminate a subscriber who did not purchase end user equipment
                                         from him in collecting smartcard fees.



 


		(g)	If
                                         a subscriber has a smartcard, which was issued to him by the license owner, which was
                                         used by the subscriber in the past and was disconnected as a result of the termination
                                         of the contract, and the subscriber requests to activate it in order to return to being
                                         a subscriber of the license owner, the license owner shall do so, and may not charge
                                         the subscriber smartcard fees.



 




    
First Schedule – 15
 



     
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





    

 


		82.	Collection of Connection
Fee in Installments



 


The
Licensee may collect the connection fee as stated in section 81 for connection to the  cellular system in a number of installments,
at the times agreed upon with the subscriber and in the amount specified in the contract.


 


		83.	Harm to Competition
or to Consumers



 


		(a)	If
                                         the Minister finds that any of the Licensee’s rates or any payment required to
                                         be made to or through the Licensee is contrary to the provisions of the License, the
                                         Minister shall notify the Licensee in that regard, indicating the correction that needs
                                         to be made and that if the Licensee fails to do so, the Minister will act pursuant to
                                         his power under sections 5 and 15 of the Law; The Licensee shall send the Minister a
                                         written notification setting out the corrected rate and shall act to refund the excess
                                         amount, if any, which a subscriber was debited according to the rate prior to its correction.



 


		(b)	If
                                         the Minister finds that any of the Licensee’s rates or any payment required to
                                         be made to or through the Licensee is unreasonable or is liable to harm competition or
                                         the consumers, the Minister shall notify the Licensee in that regard, indicating the
                                         correction that needs to be made and that if the Licensee fails to do so, the Minister
                                         will act pursuant to his power under sections 5 and 15 of the Law; The Licensee shall
                                         send the Minister a written notification setting out the corrected rate.



 


		83A. A58	Excess Charges



 


		(a)	The
                                         license owner may charge from a subscriber payments only in accordance with that specified
                                         in its contracting agreement with the subscriber, and in accordance with the provisions
                                         of Sections 74.3(c) – 74.3(f).



 


		(b)	If
                                         the subscriber filed a complaint with the license owner according to which the license
                                         owner charged an additional amount to the total he was entitled to collection in accordance
                                         with the contracting agreement (hereinafter – "Overcharge"), the
                                         license owner shall review the subscriber's complaint within ten (10) business days from
                                         the date of receipt of the complaint. In regards to this Section, "Complaint"
                                         – in writing or orally, including the reference of the subscriber to the license
                                         owner in order to verify the charge details; "Date of Receipt of the Complaint"
                                         – regarding a written complaint – the date of receipt of the complaint by
                                         the license owner, and regarding an oral complaint – the date on which the complaint
                                         was reported to the license owner.



 


The
license owner shall document the content of the complaint in its information system immediately upon its filing, and the results
of the review or its transfer to the manager, at its request, within five (5) business days from the completion of the review
of the complaint.


 


		(c)	If
                                         the license owner discovered that he overcharged the subscriber, the license owner shall
                                         return to the subscriber the overcharge in one payment, without determining an condition
                                         thereto, and shall return the VAT for the said amount, together with "linkage differentials
                                         and interest" as defined in Section 1 of the Interest and Linkage Law, 1961, from
                                         the date of collection until the date of the actual return (hereinafter: the "Return
                                         Amount") and this as specified below:



 


_________________________ 


 

A58
Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).


 




    
First Schedule – 16
 



     
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





    
 


		(1)	If
                                         the return amount is greater than fifty (50) NIS, the return amount shall be directly
                                         transferred to the method of payment (bank account or credit card) of the subscriber
                                         within four (4) business days after the completion of the period set forth in subsection
                                         (b). Despite the aforementioned, the license owner may return to the business subscriber
                                         the said return amount by way of a credit to the following telephone bill if the business
                                         subscriber agreed thereto.



 


		(2)	If
                                         the return amount is fifty (50) or less than that, the license owner shall return the
                                         amount by way of a credit to the telephone bill following the end of the period set forth
                                         in Section (b). If the return amount is greater than the amount to be paid in the next
                                         telephone bill, the balance shall be directly transferred to the method of payment of
                                         the subscriber within four (4) business days as of the date the telephone bill was sent
                                         to the subscriber; the offset from the telephone bill or the transfer of the return amount
                                         balance to the method of payment, shall be stated in the telephone bill pertaining to
                                         that matter;



 


		(3)	Despite
                                         the aforementioned in Clauses (1) and (2), return of the return amount to a pre-paid
                                         subscriber, shall be performed by way of increasing the balance available to the subscriber.



 


		(d)	The
                                         license owner shall provide the subscriber with a written reply regarding his complaint
                                         within twenty one (21) business days from the date of receipt of the complaint. The response
                                         to a complaint shall include the detained reasons for the denial of the complaint, and
                                         as long as the reasons refer to the terms of the contracting agreement, its attachment
                                         to the response, referral to a section therein, according to which the charge on the
                                         telephone bill was made and the method of its calculation or mention of a return amount
                                         and the manner of which it was calculated.



 


		(e)	(1) The license owner shall
document in its information system, any complaint of the subscriber regarding overcharge, which was submitted in writing or orally.



 


(2)
The license owner shall preserve a copy of the reply, as stated in subsection (d); If the license owner sent the response via
email or facsimile, the license owner may preserve a copy of the response and the copy of the confirmation of the delivery (hereinafter:
"Copy of the Response".


 


(3)
The license owner shall make the complaint and a copy of the response available for delivery or transfer to the manager, at his
request, within five (5) business days from the date the response was sent to the subscriber.


 


CHAPTER
G: PAYMENTS FROM THE LICENSEE, LIABILITY, INSURANCE AND GUARANTEE


 


Part A – Royalties
and PaymentsA16)


 


		84.	Royalties



 


		84.1	The
                                         Licensee shall pay royalties as prescribed in the Telecommunications Regulations (Royalties),
                                         2001, or in any other regulations replacing them (hereinafter – “the Royalties
                                         Regulations”).



 


		84.2	To
                                         every payment of royalties under this section the Licensee shall attach two copies of
                                         an unaudited quarterly income report, signed by the Licensee and certified by an accountant;
                                         The report shall contain a detailed calculation of the liable income according to the
                                         Royalties Regulations, and any other particular on which the Licensee based the amount
                                         of the royalties.



 




    
First Schedule – 17
 



     
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





    
 


		84.3	Upon
                                         the submission of an annual income report audited and signed by the Licensee’s
                                         accountant (hereinafter: “the audited report”), the Licensee shall
                                         submit a report, prepared by quarters, setting out the adjustment between the income
                                         on which it paid royalties, and the income appearing in the audited report (hereinafter
                                         – “the adjustment report”).



 


		84.4	If
                                         it becomes apparent that the amount of the royalties to be paid by the Licensee, according
                                         to the adjustment report, is greater than the amount paid by it for the quarter to which
                                         the audited report relates, the Licensee shall pay royalties differences, in addition
                                         to interest and linkage differences, as prescribed in the Royalties Regulations.



 


		84.5	If
                                         it becomes apparent that the amount of the royalties paid by the Licensee is greater
                                         than the amount it was required to pay for the quarter to which the audited report relates,
                                         the Licensee shall be credited with the amount of the excess payment; The excess payments
                                         to which the Licensee is entitled shall be offset, pursuant to a written approval of
                                         the Director, from the next payment of royalties, and linkage differences and interest
                                         shall be calculated according to the last index published before the date of the offset;
                                         In this regard – interest and linkage differences, as prescribed in the Royalties
                                         Regulations.



 


		85.	Arrears in the Payment
of Royalties



 


The
Licensee shall pay linkage differences, arrears interest and collection costs, as set forth in the Royalties Regulations, on royalties
that were not paid at the time stipulated therefor in the regulations.


 


		86.	Payment Method



 


Royalties
as well as linkage differences, arrears interest and collection costs in respect thereof shall be paid to the Ministry of Communication’s
accountant by a bank transfer to the ministry’s account.


 


		87.	Other Mandatory Payments



 


The
royalties under this Part shall be in addition to any other fee, tax or mandatory payment which the Licensee is required to pay
under any law.


 


Part B – Liability
and Insurance


 


		88.	Definition of Scope
of Insurance



 


In
this Part, “use of the license” – setup, installation, maintenance, upkeep or operation of the cellular system,
whether by the Licensee itself or through anyone acting on its behalf, including its employees, contractors, agents or representatives.


 


		89.	Licensee’s Liability



 


		89.1	The
                                         Licensee shall be liable at law for death, damage or loss to the body or property of
                                         any person, directly or indirectly resulting from or consequent on the use of the license.



 


		89.2	When
                                         using the license, the Licensee shall take all reasonable precautions to prevent damage
                                         or loss to the body or property of any person, and where such damage or loss was caused
                                         due to the use of the license, the Licensee shall repair the damage at its expense and
                                         compensate the aggrieved party, all subject to any law, excluding a case in respect of
                                         which the Minister granted the Licensee immunity as specified in section 90.



 


To
avoid doubt, this section shall not impose on the Licensee liability beyond the liability in torts established in the regular
law of torts.


 




    
First Schedule – 18
 



     
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





    

 


		90.	Immunity from Liability



 


		90.1	The
                                         Minister may, at the Licensee’s request, grant it all or any of the immunities
                                         enumerated in Chapter I of the Law, subject to that stated in section 90.3.



 


		90.2	The
                                         Licensee shall set out in its request the immunities which it is requesting and the reasons
                                         therefor.



 


		90.3	If
                                         the Minister is persuaded of the necessity of granting the Licensee the immunities under
                                         Chapter I of the Law, he shall publish his decision in a notice in Reshumot.



 


		91.	Making an Insurance
Contract



 


		91.1	The
                                         Licensee shall make, at its expense, an insurance contract with a licensed insurer according
                                         to the terms contained in section 92; The insurance contract shall be presented to the
                                         Director at the time of the grant of the license.



 


		91.2	The
                                         Licensee shall indemnify the State in respect of any financial liability as stated in
                                         section 89.1, for which it may be held liable towards a third party due to the use of
                                         the license; Any indemnity under this section shall be insured by the Licensee for liability
                                         insurance.



 


		91.3	The
                                         Licensee shall insure itself, including its employees and contractors, against any financial
                                         liability as stated in section 89.1, for which it may be held liable at law owing to
                                         damage caused to the body or property of a person from the use of the license, and against
                                         any loss or damage caused to all or a part of the cellular system from the use of the
                                         license, including against third party risks.



 


		91.4	The
                                         Licensee shall submit to the Director an opinion of a lawyer specializing in insurance,
                                         confirming that the insurance policy covers everything required in sections 91.2 and
                                         91.3; The Licensee shall attach to the opinion a copy of the insurance contract and its
                                         attachments; Said documents shall be submitted to the Director within 7 days of the signing
                                         of the insurance contract and shall be attached to this license as Addendum G.



 


		92.	Conditions in the Insurance
Contract



 


		92.1	The
                                         insurance contract shall specify the period of insurance and shall stipulate that at
                                         the end of the period of insurance the insurance shall be extended automatically.



 


		92.2	The
                                         Licensee shall present to the Director, once a year, the insurer’s confirmation
                                         that the insurance contract is valid, there are no arrears in the Licensee’s payments
                                         of the premiums and there are no pending notices concerning the cancellation, suspension,
                                         limitation, amendment or termination of the insurance contract.



 


		92.3	The
                                         insurance contract shall stipulate that in the event the insurer wishes to cancel the
                                         insurance contract, owing to nonpayment of the premium, it must give the Director prior
                                         notice in that regard not less than 90 days before the contract is actually due to be
                                         cancelled (hereinafter in this section – cancellation notice).



 


		92.4	If
                                         a cancellation notice has been sent as stated in section 92.3, the Licensee shall act
                                         immediately to eliminate the cause of the cancellation, or shall act immediately to obtain
                                         an alternative insurance contract as stated in section 92.6, and it shall notify the
                                         Director of the actions it took for this purpose; Where the cause of cancellation was
                                         nonpayment of the premium by the Licensee, the Director may pay the premium in the Licensee’s
                                         stead, and he may exercise the bank guarantee or any part thereof to cover amounts which
                                         he expended on payment of the premium or collect them in any other manner.



 


		92.5	If
                                         the Licensee wishes to cancel the insurance contract, it must notify the Director in
                                         that regard at least 45 days before the contract is actually due to be cancelled.



 




    
First Schedule – 19
 



     
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





    
 


		92.6	If
                                         the Licensee has agreed to the cancellation of the insurance contract by the insurer
                                         or itself wishes to cancel the insurance contract, it shall make an insurance contract
                                         with another licensed insurer, in such manner that the new insurance contract will come
                                         into effect simultaneously with the lapse of the previous contract; The new insurance
                                         contract shall be submitted for approval to the Director, together with an opinion as
                                         stated in section 91.4, 45 days before its effective date, and it shall be subject to
                                         the provisions of the sections in this Part.



 


		93.	Remedy for Breach of
Conditions with Respect to Insurance



 


If
the Licensee did not make an insurance contract, or if it becomes apparent that the insurance contract which it made was cancelled
or expired, the Director may effect insurance and pay the premium in the Licensee’s stead, and it may exercise the bank
guarantee to cover amounts expended by it on the insurance or collect them in any other manner; All the foregoing without derogating
from the authority to cancel, restrict or suspend the license owing to the Licensee’s failure to effect insurance according
to the terms of this license.


 


Part C – Guarantee
to Secure Fulfillment of the Terms of the License


 


		94.	The Guarantee and Its
Purpose



 


		94.1	The
                                         License Owner shall forward to the director an unconditional bank guarantee from an Israeli
                                         bank / autonomic insurance from an Israeli company (hereinafter – the "Guarantee")
                                         in favor of the State of Israel in NIS to ensure the fulfillment of the conditions of
                                         the License; the Guarantee amount, its phrasing and undertaking to extend the Guarantee
                                         shall be as stated in Appendix H to the Second Addition;



 


		94.2	The
                                         guarantee shall serve as security for fulfillment of the terms of the license and for
                                         compensation and indemnification of the State for any damage, payment, loss, detriment
                                         or expense caused or liable to be caused to the State – whether directly or indirectly
                                         – due to nonfulfillment of all or any of the terms of the license, fully and on
                                         time, or due to the cancellation, restriction or suspension of the license.



 


		95.	Exercise of the Guarantee



 


		95.1	Without
                                         derogating from the general purport of section 94.2, the Director may exercise the guarantee,
                                         in whole or in part, if damage is caused due to nonfulfillment of the terms of the license,
                                         including in each of the cases set out below:



 


		(a)	The
                                         State incurred a loss of income from royalties owing to a lack of revenues from subscribers’
                                         payments, including by reason of:



 


		(1)	Failure
                                         to operate the cellular services at a time stipulated therefore in the timetable determined
                                         by the Director, or as approved by the Director;



 


		(2)	Discontinuation,
                                         suspension or restriction of services;



 


		(3)	Restriction
                                         or suspension of the license;



 


		(b)	No
                                         insurance contract was made according to sections 91-92, the premium was not paid, or
                                         the insurance contract was cancelled or expired;



 


		(c)	The
                                         Licensee is debiting its subscribers for payments contrary to that stated in section
                                         75;



 




    
First Schedule – 20
 



     
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





    
 


		(d)	The
                                         Licensee is not complying with the coverage and service quality requirements as stated
                                         in Appendix B and Appendix E does not meet the requirements regarding the Passive Components
                                         and the cellular radio centers as stated in Clause 19.2C.;



 


		(e)	The
                                         Licensee does not convert the cellular system to a digital technology by the date specified
                                         in Appendix B.



 


		(f)	The
                                         Licensee consistently or willfully violates any of the provisions, terms or requirements
                                         of the license;



 


		(g)	A
                                         claim or demand was submitted against the State for payment of compensation and damages
                                         due to a violation of a condition in the license or faulty implementation of the license
                                         or due to the cancellation of the license, and where the State incurred expenses due
                                         to such claim or demand; The exercise of the guarantee for the purpose of covering the
                                         amount of a claim as stated, shall be done only after the judgment in that claim has
                                         become absolute;



 


		(h)	Royalties
                                         according to section 74 were not paid fully and on time;



 


		(i)	The
                                         State incurred costs or damage due to the cancellation of the license;



 


		(j)	The
                                         Licensee did not complete the guarantee fees as specified in sections 96.2 and 79.2.



 


		(k)	A16)The
                                         Licensee did not present the license fee on the required date, as stipulated in section
                                         40.1 of the conditions of Tender No. 1/01.



 


		(l)	A16)A
                                         monetary sanction was imposed on the Licensee in accordance with the law, and the required
                                         amount was not paid on time, provided no amount above the amount of the sanction is collected.



 


		95.2	The
                                         Director may exercise the guarantee as stated in this Part also by reason of an expected
                                         violation of the terms of the license or frustration of the terms of the license that
                                         justify, at his discretion, early exercise of the guarantee.



 


		96.	Manner of Exercise of
the Guarantee



 


		96.1	The
                                         Director may exercise the guarantee, in whole or in part, up to the amount specified
                                         therein, provided it warned the Licensee that if it does not correct the act or omission
                                         the subject of the warning within the period specified in the warning – the guarantee
                                         will be exercised, in whole or in part.



 


		96.2	If
                                         the entire amount of the guarantee or a part thereof was exercised, the Licensee shall
                                         provide a new guarantee or complete the balance up to the original amount of the guarantee
                                         immediately upon the Director’s demand; Failure to complete the amount of the guarantee
                                         as stated shall constitute a material breach of the terms of the license, and the Director
                                         may – without derogating from his authority to cancel, restrict or suspend the
                                         license – exercise any remaining balance of the guarantee.



 


		96.3	The
                                         Licensee may appeal a decision of the Director to exercise the guarantee, in whole or
                                         in part, before the Minister within 15 days of being notified of the Director’s
                                         decision.



 


		97.	Term of Validity of
the Guarantee



 


		97.1	The
                                         guarantee shall be valid throughout the term of validity of the license and for A16)two
                                         years after the end of the term of the license, or until the Licensee satisfies all its
                                         obligations under the license to the Director’s satisfaction – according
                                         to the later of these two dates.



 




    
First Schedule – 21
 



     
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





    
 


		97.2	If
                                         the Director determines that the Licensee did not satisfy all its obligations under the
                                         license, within 60 days before the expiry of the term of the guarantee, he may require
                                         the Licensee to extend the term of the guarantee or to present a new guarantee, within
                                         the period specified by the Director; The new guarantee shall be valid up to the date
                                         specified by the Director or until the Licensee satisfies, to the Director’s satisfaction,
                                         all its obligations under the licenses – according to the later of these two dates;
                                         If the Licensee fails to present a new guarantee as stated, the Director may exercise
                                         the guarantee.



 


		97.3	Where
                                         the Director confirmed receipt of a guarantee the validity of which may be extended from
                                         time to time upon his demand, the Licensee shall extend the validity of the guarantee
                                         before the expected end of its term, for a year, unless the Director exempted it from
                                         this obligation; If the Director did not grant an exemption from the obligation to extend
                                         the validity of the guarantee, and the validity of the guarantee was not extended at
                                         the specified time, the Director may exercise the guarantee in its entirety without advance
                                         warning.



 


		98.	Preservation of Remedies



 


		98.1	Exercise
                                         of the guarantee, in whole or in part, does not derogate from the authority to cancel,
                                         restrict or suspend the license.



 


		98.2	The
                                         amount of the guarantee shall not serve to limit the scope of the Licensee’s liability
                                         towards the State for payment of the full damages caused to it, where the Licensee is
                                         obligated to make such payment under the license or by law.



 


		98.3	The
                                         exercise of the guarantee, in whole or in part, shall not derogate from the Director’s
                                         right to demand from the Licensee in any other manner payment for damages which it is
                                         obligated to cover under this license or to exercise other reliefs that are available
                                         to him by law.



 


CHAPTER EIGHT –
SUPERVISION AND REPORTING


 


Part A: Supervision of Licensee’s
Activities


 


		99.	Supervisory Power



 


The
Director or anyone authorized by him for this purpose may supervise the Licensee’s activities with respect to the implementation
of the license and compliance with the provisions of the Law, the Ordinance and the Regulations pursuant thereto.


 


		100.	Preservation of Confidentiality



 


The
Director and anyone engaging on his behalf in supervising the Licensee shall not disclose any information or document coming into
their possession by virtue of their function, to a person who is not authorized to receive such information or document, unless
it was already published in public or disclosure is necessary for the performance of their function under this license or by law.


 


		101.	Entry to Premises and
Inspection of Documents



 


For
the purpose of exercising the supervision as stated in this Part, the Director may:


 


		(a)	Enter
                                         at any reasonable time any facility or office used by the Licensee to provide its services
                                         under this license.



 


		(b)	Carry
                                         out measurements and tests on the cellular system, and he may inspect any record, document,
                                         plan, account book, ledger or data base, whether regular or computerized, of the Licensee
                                         or of anyone employed by the Licensee in subjects over which the Director has supervisory
                                         power as stated; The Director may inspect them and copy them in any manner he deems fit.



 




    
First Schedule – 22
 



     
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





    

 


		102.	Cooperation



 


The
Licensee shall cooperate with the Director or with anyone authorized by him with respect to the exercise of supervision over its
activities as stated, and without derogating from the general purport of the aforesaid, it shall allow them to carry out that
stated in sections 100 and 101 and shall furnish to them, upon their demand, any information in its possession or control that
is required by them for the exercise of the supervision.


 


Part B: Reporting and Correction
of Defects


 


103.A43)Duty
of Submission of Reports


 


		103.1	The
                                         Licensee shall submit to the Director the reports specified in this license, in the format
                                         and at the times stipulated in this part.



 


		103.2	Every
                                         report shall reflect the correct facts relating to the subject thereof, updated for the
                                         period of the report.



 


		103.3	A
                                         report shall be submitted in two (2) copies, printed and prepared in an easily readable
                                         form, bearing the date of its preparation and signed by the Licensee or whoever it authorized
                                         for this purpose; The report shall be submitted in a format as directed by the Director,
                                         including with respect to its contents, structure and manner of submission.



 


		103.4	The
                                         Director may require the Licensee to prepare anew or to complete a report which it submitted,
                                         if he found it lacking in necessary details or details which, in the Director’s
                                         opinion, should have been included by the Licensee in the report.



 


104.1A43)Types
of Reports


 


The
Licensee shall submit to the Director, at his request and at least once a year, at the end of the calendar year and not later
than ninety (90) days thereafter, annual reports describing its activity in the period from January to December of the past year:


 


		(a)	Financial
                                         statement audited and signed by an accountant;



 


		(b)	Subscribers
                                         report, including the following data:



 


		(1)	Number
                                         of subscribers broken down according to business and private subscribers and according
                                         to post-paid and pre-paid;



 


		(2)	Amount
                                         of income broken down according to subsection (1), with each type of income from interconnection
                                         appearing separately, and broken down as well according to airtime and added-value services.



 


		(c)	Report
                                         on the use of frequencies according to Chapter D Part C;



 


		(d)	Addendum
                                         A – “Particulars of Licensee” updated as of the beginning of January,
                                         as detailed in section 20.1.



 


		(e)	A43The
                                         engineering system report – an engineering plan for the setup, development and
                                         upgrade of the network in the format set forth in Appendix B.



 




    
First Schedule – 23
 



     
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





    
 


		104.2	The
                                         Licensee shall submit to the Director once a quarter, not later than a month after the
                                         end of the quarter, the following reports:



 


		(a)	Unaudited
                                         quarterly financial statement signed by an accountant;



 


		(b)	Unaudited
                                         quarterly income report signed by an accountant, giving details of income on which royalties
                                         are payable;



 


		(c)	Traffic
                                         report – in a format as directed by the Director.



 


		104.3	The
                                         Licensee shall submit a report on any special occurrence, as set out in regulation 8
                                         of the Control Regulations.



 


		104.4	The
                                         Licensee shall submit to the Director the following report, at his request:



 


		(a)	VoidA72);



 


		(b)	Malfunctions
                                         report – containing a brief description and discussion of the malfunctions that
                                         occurred in the network, the number of malfunctions and the cumulative duration of malfunctions
                                         of each type, an analysis of the malfunctions and the steps taken to repair them;



 


		(c)	Service
                                         quality report – Analysis of the Licensee’s compliance with the requirements
                                         of sections 49 to 51 and Addendum E – Level of Services for Subscribers, during
                                         the period of the report;



 


		(d)	Complaints
                                         report – detailing the written service complaints that were submitted by subscribers,
                                         including the subject of the complaints, the dates on which they were received, the written
                                         response given, the manner in which they were dealt with and details of the activity
                                         of the Public Ombudsman;



 


		(e)	List
                                         of the Licensee’s rates;



 


		(f)	VoidA72);



 


		(g)	Encumbrances
                                         report – The Licensee must report to the Director immediately any case of imposition
                                         of an attachment or encumbrance on any of the Licensee’s assets or any case of
                                         an encumbrance on means of control in the Licensee, any realization of such encumbrances
                                         or voidance of any right of the Licensee in an asset; The Licensee must also submit to
                                         the Director, at his request, a report detailing all such encumbrances.



 


		(h)	Report
                                         on number of subscribers, income and minutes broken down according to private and business
                                         subscribers, and within each category – broken down according to subscribers for
                                         programs priced according to an “inclusive standard rate” and subscribers
                                         for programs priced separately for payment in respect of “airtime” and interconnection,
                                         in a format as directed by the Director;



 


		(i)	Nuisance
                                         subscribers report as detailed in section 65A.9;



 


		(j)	Any
                                         other data required for performance of control on the Licensee’s activities, and
                                         any information required by the Ministry for regulating the telecommunications sector.



 


		104.5	The
                                         Director may add or remove periodical, annual or quarterly reports, and he may request
                                         the Licensee to submit special reports as directed by him.



 




    
First Schedule – 24
 



     
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





    

 


		105.A43)	Notice Concerning a
Defect



 


		105.1	If
                                         the Manager discovered defects or impairments in the actions of the license owner, the
                                         manager shall notify it of such in writing (in this Section – "Notice of
                                         the Manager" or the "Notice").



 


		105.2	The
                                         license owner shall provide his response to the manager in writing within the time period
                                         determined by the manager in the Notice. If the manager did not determine a time period
                                         for providing the license owner's response, the license owner shall provide his response
                                         to the manager no later than thirty (30) days from the date it received the Notice of
                                         the Manager. In its response, the license owner shall specify the means taken to amend
                                         the impairments and defects specified in the Notice and to prevent their reoccurrence.



 


106.A43)Void.


 


106a
Preservation of documents and recordings


 


		(a)	The
                                         license owner shall preserve documents and recordings pertaining to the terms of the
                                         contract with the subscriber throughout the term of the contracting agreement and for
                                         one year after the termination of the contract.



 


		(b)	The
                                         license owner shall deliver or transfer to the manager, at his request, any document
                                         or recording pertaining to the terms of the contract with the subscriber, at the time,
                                         format and manner ordered by the Manager.



 


CHAPTER I – MISCELLANEOUS


 


		107.	The License as an Exhaustive
Document



 


		107.1	The
                                         Licensee’s rights, obligations and powers with respect to the setup, maintenance
                                         and operation of the cellular system and the provision of services by means thereof,
                                         originate in and derive exclusively from and according to this license.



 


		107.2	Void.A2)



 


		108.	Keeping the License
Document and Returning the License



 


		108.1	The
                                         Licensee shall keep the license documents in its office and shall allow the public to
                                         inspect their true and up-to-date copies; In case the terms of the license are modified,
                                         the Licensee shall attach the modification wording to said license documents.



 


		108.2	A16)If
                                         the license and its documents are made available for public inspection, the public shall
                                         not be allowed to inspect the following documents, which are included in the Second Schedule
                                         to the License:



 


		(a)	Appendix A – Details
of the Licensee;






		(b)	Appendix
                                         B – A72the engineering plan attached to Appendix B;






		(c)	Appendix
                                         D - Preparing to Ensure Continuity of Operations in Emergencies






		(d)	Appendix
                                         G – Insurance contract;






		(e)	Appendix
                                         H – Bank guarantee;



 




    
First Schedule – 25
 



     
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





    
 


		(f)	Appendix
                                         I – Special services for the security forces;






		(g)	Appendix
                                         L – Special services for the security forces – security addendum (confidential);






		(h)	Appendix
                                         M – Security directives;






		(i)	Appendix
                                         N – Letters of undertaking.



 


		108.3	The
                                         license documents are the property of the State and are entrusted to the Licensee for
                                         the term of validity of the license; Upon the cancellation or expiry of the license,
                                         the Licensee shall return the license with all its documents to the Director.



 


		108.4	A16)The
                                         Licensee shall allow the public to inspect the license documents via the Internet; The
                                         Licensee may do this also by way of referral to the website of the Ministry of Communications,
                                         as long as the Ministry publishes the license on its website.



 


		108.5	A16)The
                                         Ministry may publish the license, excluding the appendices indicated in section 108.2,
                                         at the time and in the manner deemed fit by it.



 


		109.	Postponement of Deadline



 


		109.1	A
                                         duty imposed on the Licensee in this license, for which a performance deadline has been
                                         set, must be performed by the Licensee within the deadline.



 


		109.2	A2)The
                                         Director, at the Licensee’s request, may postpone a deadline set as stated, if
                                         it deems it impossible to perform the duty within such deadline for reasons of force
                                         majeure.



 


		110.	Reserving of Liability



 


Any
approval or supervisory authority granted under this license to the Minister or to the Director, including the exercise of such
authority, shall not impose on them any liability which is imposed by this license on the Licensee, and shall not derogate or
detract from or void or diminish the Licensee’s liability as stated.


 


		111.	Notices



 


		111.1	A
                                         notice concerning this license or its implementation shall be in writing and shall be
                                         delivered by hand or dispatched by registered post with confirmation of delivery; A notice
                                         sent by registered post as stated shall be presumed to have reached its destination by
                                         the end of 48 hours from the time of its delivery for dispatch.



 


		111.2	Any
                                         notice of the Licensee to the Minister shall be delivered or sent through the Director.



 


		111.3	The
                                         Licensee’s address for receipt of notices under this section is: 10 Hagavish St.,
                                         Poleg Industrial Area, Netanya 42140; The Licensee shall notify the Director immediately
                                         of any changes in this address.



 


		112.	Operations
                                         in the Judea and Samaria Civil Administration Area 



 


		112.1	The
                                         License Owner shall contact the communications staff officer in the Judea and Samaria
                                         Civil Administration Area for the allotment of frequencies, the expansion of its license
                                         in the Judea and Samaria areas, for the expansion of the mobile telephony system and
                                         for the provision of Generation 4 services in the area in which the authorities in the
                                         Bezeq area are of the Civil Administration.



 




    
First Schedule – 26
 



     
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





    
 


		112.2	The
                                         License Owner shall operation in the Judea and Samaria areas in accordance with the license
                                         and frequencies allotment from the communications staff officer of the Civil Administration;
                                         the frequencies allotment and the license in the Judea and Samaria area, including the
                                         layout, minimum requirements and service level to the subscriber shall be mostly based
                                         on the allotment terms in Israel and the provisions of this license, mutatis mutandis,
                                         as shall be determined by the Civil Administration manager and in accordance with the
                                         law and the Security Legislation applicable to the Judea and Samaria areas, including
                                         the need to receive an individual approval for the establishment of each communication
                                         facility.



 


 


 


 




    
First Schedule – 27
 



     
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





    

 


First
Schedule


 


List
of Services and Measures for Quality of ServiceA16)


 


		1.	General



 


		1.1.This	Schedule
                                         includes the list of services the Licensee will provide, under the conditions set out
                                         in Section B of Chapter E – “Level of Services for Subscribers”.



 


		1.2.	The
                                         services will be provided in each of the technologies operated by the Licensee, unless
                                         otherwise noted in the License or in the Schedule to the License.



 


		1.3.Wherever	the
                                         term: “Support in Various Languages” is used, this denotes support
                                         in at least these four languages: Hebrew, Arabic, English and Russian.



 


		1.4.A43)	The
                                         Licensee must include in the service dossier at least the following details:



 


		a.	Name
                                         of the service: Name of the service, including its trade name and a general description
                                         of the service.



 


		b.	Detailed
                                         description of the service: Among other things –






Is
it a new service / expansion of an existing service / combination of services / is there any need for a pretrial;





Manner
of operating the service;





Date
on which provision of the service is to commence;





Availability
and measures for quality of service;





Support
centers;





Price
of the service;





Target
audience of the service;





How
to order the service;





Process
of connecting to the service;





Implications
or effects of this service on other services.


 


		c.	Engineering
                                         description:






Description
and block diagram of the system;





End-user
equipment – dedicated equipment for receiving the service.


 


		d.	Miscellaneous:






The
need for numbering;





Required
coordination with other licensees or entities.


 




    
First Schedule – 28
 



     
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





    
 


		2.	List
                                         of ServicesA65



 


		2.1.	Basic
                                         Telephone Services 



 


	No.	Name
    of Service	Description
    of Service	Date
    of Provision	Service
    Quality Measures	Comments
	1.	Cellular
    calls	Telephone
    calls to and from subscribers ofthe license holder to any telephone or other appropriate terminal equipment on another public
    communication network, in Israel or globally.	In
    place	Availability
    of the service 98%	 
	2.	Emergency
    calls	Free
    calls to the emergency services, to be determined by the Director (for example: Police, MDA, Fire Dept., others). The caller
    will be routed to the emergency center according to the service provider's definition in reference to the subscriber's location.	In
    place	Availability
    of the service 98%	According to the Director's
        instructions.

         

        The caller's telephone
        number may be identified by the public emergency services call center.

         



 


		2.2.	Related
                                         Services 



 


	No.	Name
    of Service	Description
    of Service	Date
    of Provision	Service
    Quality Measures	Comments
	3.	Callwaiting
    with option for temporary suspension	Subscriber
    may receive an incoming call while on another call. The subscriber may suspend this service at will.	In
    place	Availability
    of the service 99.9%	 
	4.	Call
    forwarding	Forwarding incoming calls
        to another telephone number, at the subscriber's choice:

         

        Regularly, when the line
        is busy, when the call is notanswered or in cases of unavailability.

         
	In
    place	Availability
    of the service 99.9%	 


 


_________________________


 

A65
Amendment No. 65


 



    
First Schedule – 29
 



     
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





    
 


	5.	Call
    transfer	The
    subscriber may transfer a call to another telephone number or between 2terminal devices having the same number.	*
    3/2007	Availability
    of the service 99.9%	In
    accordance with notice dated March 14, 2007
	6.	Hunting
    group	Determination
    of a hunt number for the group of the subscriber's telephone numbers; dialing the hunt number will route the call to an available
    number in the group.	In
    the future	Availability
    of the service 99.9%	 
	7.	Caller
    ID	Caller's
    number is displayed on the subscriber's telephonedisplay.	In
    place	 	Dependent
    on the caller's terminal equipment
	8.	Calling
    ID restriction 	Allows
    the subscriber's telephone number to be blocked from display on the call recipient's display. The blocking may be permanent
    or one-time.	In
    place	Availability
    of the service 99.9%	 
	9.	Caller
    name announce-ment	Provides
    the possibility of identifying the caller by anaudiosignature.	In
    place	Availability
    of the service 99.9%	 
	10.	Conference
    call	Supports
    a call for several subscribers simultaneously.	In
    place	Availability
    of the service 98%	 
	11.	Closed
    user group	A
    group of telephone numbers only between which a call may be made.	In
    place	Availability
    of the service 98%	On
    GSM network only.
	12.	Voice
    mail 	Storage
    and the possibility of retrieval of voice messages of persons calling the subscriber in a personal box.	In
    place	Availability
    of the service 99%	 
	13.	Advanced
    voice mail	A
    voicemail system as specified in Paragraph 12 above, plus additional "smart" features includinga visual or voice
    announcement of incoming messages, the transfer of messages to other platforms and receipt of messages from such platforms.	In
    place	Availability
    of the service 98%	 


 



    
First Schedule – 30
 



     
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





    
 


	14.	Voice
    activated service	Voice
    activation of telephone and basic services, related services and value-added services.	Partially
    in place, will be expanded in the future	70%
    probability of  good identifi-cation in areas with asignal level higher than 85dbm	 
	15.	Call
    tracking	Allows
    the subscriber, during a call, to send the applicant an announcement for the purpose ofsubsequent identification of the source
    of the call.	In
    the future	Availability
    of the service 99.9%	Subject
    to any law
	16.	Virtual
    private network (VPN)	Allows
    speed dialing according to a private numbering program.	In
    place	Availability
    of the service 99.9%	For
    types of subscribers according to relevant distinctions. Currently provided to the business sector.
	17.	Centrex	Allows
    the maintenance of a private network while using the network's resources.	In
    the future	 	 
	18.	Facsimile
    services	Receipt,
    storage and retrieval of facsimile messages through the telephone.	In
    place	Availability
    of the service 99.9%	 
	19.	Roaming	Provision of mobile phone
        services when visiting Israel (for "roamers" from overseas).

         

        Forwarding calls to a
        subscriber who is overseas through a holder of a license to provide international communication services and allowing
        subscribers who are overseas to receive mobile phone services from operators overseas, including callscreening and call-back,
        and providing mobile phone services and related services to anyone visiting Israel (for roamers from overseas), all through
        roaming agreements with operators in other countries.

         
	2002	Availability
    of the service 99.9%	The
    service was expanded in 2003 to also include data comm-unications services.


 



    
First Schedule – 31
 



     
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





    
 


	20.	Toll
    free service	The maker of the call
        is not charged.

         

        The subscriber called
        is charged in accordance with appropriate charge arrangements.

         
	3/2010	 	According
    to service file(1800).
	21.	Talk Two	One number for several
    SIM/terminal equipment units.	In place	Availability of the
    service 99%	 
	22.	Two telephone numbers
    for one SIM card	Definition of two
    telephone numbers for the same SIM card.	*7/2005	Availability of the
    service 99%	* According to notice
    dated June 7, 2005
	23.	Change of number
    announce-ment	A person calling the
    subscriber will receive an announcement of the subscriber's new number and be given the possibility of routing to the new
    number at the applicant.	In place	Availability of the
    service 99.9%	On GSM network only.
	24.	Camp on busy line	Automatic announcement
    and/or making of a call to a busy line once it becomes free.	*3/2004	Availability of the
    service 99.9%	* According to notice
    dated Feb. 5, 2004
	25.	Personal number
    service	Allows the subscriber
    to determine that calls to one telephone number be routed to various destinations according to parameters to be determined
    by the subscriber.	In the future	Availability of the
    service 99.9%	 
	26.	Collect call	A call whose cost
    will be paid by the subscriber receiving the call, after authorization thereof.	In place	Availability of the
    service 99.9%	 
	27.	Message distribution
    	Distribution of messages
    to a list of recipients through various platforms.	In the future	Availability of the
    service 99.9%	 


 


_________________________


 

(1800)
In accordance with service file "toll free service" ("1-800 service").


 



    
First Schedule – 32
 



     
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





    
 


	28.	Over
    the air services (OTA)	Remote
    update of data and applications on the SIM card/terminal equipment by the license holder. The applications will be run from
    the SIM card / terminal equipment by the subscriber, on the terminal equipment.	11/2011	Availability
    of the service 99%	 
	29.	Account code billing	Code billing for one
    telephone number in separate bills. The subscriber's instruction regarding the account to be charged will be given by entering
    a code at the beginning of or during the call.	In the future	Availability of the
    service 99%	 
	30.	Star services	Allows a call to be
    made by dialing a speed access code according to an internal numbering program of the applicant.	In place	Availability of the
    service 99.9%	 
	31.	SMS – short
    messages services	Transmission and receipt
        of text, graphics, voice and image messages to and from mobile phone terminal equipmentover the license holder's network,
        or from terminal equipment on other networks in Israel or overseas which have reached an agreement with the license holder.

         

        Transmission of such
        messagesfrom a personal computer.

         

        Forwarding of incoming
        messages to a facsimile machine.

         

        The license holder will
        support various languages.

         
	In place	Availability of the
    service 99%	Dependent on the terminal
    equipment
	32.	Packet switching
    data com-munication	Connection of the
    subscriber through the telephone or an independent modem to TCP/UDP/IP communications for packet switching.	In place	Availability of the service
        98%

         

        on a best effort basis

         
	Dependent on terminal
    equipment


 



    
First Schedule – 33
 



     
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





    
 


	33.	Disconnection
    of service	Disconnection
    of service at the subscriber's request.	In
    place	To
    be performed no later than the business day after the date of the subscriber's request	 
	34.	POC (push to talk
    over cellular)	Making a call by pushing
        a button on the mobile terminal device.

         

        The call may be private
        (subscriber-to-subscriber) or for a group on a data communication network.

         
	In place(commen-cement)	According to service
    file	Pursuant to temporary
    provision


 


	Temporary Provision	The
        Licensee will allow operation of Push to Talk Over Cellular services (hereinafter: the Service) to any subscriber who
        is a legal entity (individual or corporation), provided the number of users (number of cellular end user equipment units
        permitted use of this service, hereinafter – end user equipments) in the possession of such subscriber does not
        exceed 20 during the first year starting on the date service begins. Notwithstanding the aforesaid, should there be any
        considerable changes in the cellular sector influencing provision of such service, the Ministry will consider a shorter
        period.

         

	Application	This service will not begin before Sunday, the 29th
    day of Tamuz, 5764 (July 18, 2004)
	 
	*
        availability of service is the percentage of time the service is available, not including availability of basic services.

         



		2.3.	Value
                                         Added Services 



 


	No.	Name
    of Service	Description
    of Service	Date
    of Provision	Service
    Quality Measures	Comments
	35.	Directory assistance	Allows receipt of
    information on telephone numbers and the automatic making of a call to the number in respect of which the information was
    received.	In place	Availability of the
    service 99.9%	Pursuant to the provisions
    of Section 67A of the license
	36.	Connectivity to
    information & entertainment services	Allows the subscriber
    connectivity to push or pull information services, entertainment, applications and content, both interactive and non-interactive,
    through various means of access.	In place	Availability of the
    service 99.9%	Dependent on the terminal
    equipment. Subject to the Director's instructions.


 



    
First Schedule – 34
 



     
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





    
 


	37.	Access
    to internet provider services	Allows
    the subscriber access to an internet access provider.	In
    place	 	 
	38.	Location based
    information & tracking	Receiving and sending
    information dependent on the location of the telephone, subject to any law.	* 3/2007	 	* In accordance with
    notice dated March 14, 2007
	39.	M-commerce	Connectivity through
    terminal equipment for the performance of transactions.	In place	 	Dependent on the terminal
    equipment. Subject to the Director's instructions.
	40.	Unified messaging	Allows the subscriber
    to receive and send voice messages, speech, fax, SMS, e-mail, applications and multimedia files to and from a unified box,
    with the possibility of converting the information received from one format to another, and access to information from various
    means of access.	In the future	Availability of the
    service 99.9%	Dependent on the terminal
    equipment
	41.	Telemetry command
    and control	Use of a telephone
    or cellular modem to receive announcements and to send commands pertaining to the operation of various devices (such as: alarm
    systems, inventory systems, traffic lights, controls etc.)	In place	Availability of the
    service 99%	 
	42.	Sponsored call	A call during which
    the subscriber is exposed to commercial advertising and information.	In the future	 	Subject to any law
	43.	Video conference	Allows visual and
    audio communication between several users.	* 4/2004	 	Dependent on the terminal
        equipment.

         

        * In accordance with
        notice dated April 4, 2004

         



 



    
First Schedule – 35
 



     
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





    
 


	44.	Instant
    messaging	A
    messaging service between members of a "community", organization, group of friends, group of persons with a common
    interest. The subscriber announces his being online and his readiness to receive messages. The service notifies the subscriber
    of the group member who is located in geographic proximity to him.	In
    the future	 	 
	45.	Surf & talk	Allows the subscriber
    to receive notice of and answer a call waitingwhile surfing the internet.	In place	Availability of the
    service 99%	Dependent on the terminal
    equipment. On GSM network only
	46.	Personal information
    management	Accesso and synchronization
    of a personal information database through the terminal equipment.	In place	 	Dependent on the terminal
    equipment.
	47.	Memo	Sending of a voice
    message as a memo from the subscriber to any telephone on a public network.	* 1/2004	 	* In accordance with
    notice dated Jan. 8, 2004
	48.

         

        A67

         
	Filtering
    of offensive content and sites on the internet	Filtering
    of offensive content and sites while the subscriber is surfing the internet through his terminal equipment, in accordance
    with the provisions of Section 67G of the license.	4/12	 	The
    service is provided to subscribers who use the internet access service for no charge additional to the payment it collects
    from him for the internet access service.


 


_________________________ 


 


A67
Amendment no.67


 


A67
Amendment no.67

 



    
First Schedule – 36
 



     
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





    
 


	49.
    A75	“Personal
    Message”	A
    short instruction, notification and warning of the Defense Agencies, sent immediately, selectively and in a focused manner
    to subscribers with cellular end equipment which supports use of cell broadcast (“CB”) technology;	10/2014	 	Pursuant
    to the provisions of Section 65.B and the “personal message” service file
	50.
    A81	Premium
    Service at Premium Tariff	A
    premium service provided through a designated code allocated for such purpose (1-900, 1-901, 1-902).	2/2015	 	The
    service will be provided according to the provisions of Annex P.
	51
                                         A81.

         
	Premium
    Service at Regular Tariff	1)     
        A premium service provided through:

         

        2)     
        A network access code – as an inter-network service;

         

        3)     
        Dialing a landline number – as a nationwide service.

         
	2/2015	 	Landline
    number and regular tariff within the meaning thereof in Section 67D1 of the license.
	552551
    1	Safe
    network and blocking of malware	Protection
    against fishing threats, access to suspicious sites and prevention of malicious software activities / unwanted malware installed
    on the subscriber's end user equipment	Future	 	 


 


The
availability of the service is a percentage of the timeduring which the service is available, excluding the availability of the
basic service.



_________________________ 


 


A67
Amendment no.67


 


A67
Amendment no.67


 



    
First Schedule – 37
 



     
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





    
 





Second Schedule – List of Appendices


 




 


 


Second
Schedule – List of Appendices


 


	Appendix A	Particulars of Licensee –
    not available to public;
	Appendix BA16	Engineering Plan - not available to public;
	Appendix CA60	Domestic Roaming;
	Appendix DA43	 
	Appendix EA16	Level of Subscriber Services;
	Appendix FA8	Ordering Of A Service On The Website Of The
    Licensee Or A Service Provider;
	Appendix G	Insurance Contract - not available to public;
	Appendix HA16	Bank Guarantee - not available to public;
	Appendix It3t5	Special Services for security forces - not available
    to public;
	Appendix JA6	Access to International Communications Services;
	Appendix KA7	Discontinuation of Services for cellular end
    user equipments of IS-54 type;
	Appendix LA12	Special Services for security forces - not available
    to public;
	Appendix MA12	Security Instructions - not available to public;
	Appendix NA16	Letters of Undertaking - not available to public;
	Appendix OA24	Erotic Services


 


______________________ 

 

A16
Amendment no.16


 


A60
Amendment no.60


 


A43
Amendment no.43


 


A16
Amendment no.16


 


A8
Amendment no.8


 


A16
Amendment no.16


 


A3
Amendment no.3


 


A5
Amendment no. 5


 


A6
Amendment no.6 replaced Amendment no.4


 


A7
Amendment no.7


 


A12
Amendment no.12


 


A12
Amendment no.12


 


A16
Amendment no.16


 


A24
Amendment no.24


 



    
Second Schedule – 2
 



     
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





    
 


Appendix
C – DOMESTIC ROAMING


 


	1.       In
        this Appendix

         



	"Handover16"	Continuity of a call during its transfer by means
    of cellular end equipment from the coverage area of a cellular radio center of one licensee to the coverage area of a cellular
    radio center of another licensee, in a continuous manner, without being disconnected or disrupted.
	 	 
	"Call"	Including SMS messages, data communication, cellular Internet
    surfing, use of applications and the like.
	 	 
	"Roaming Licensee's Subscriber"	Including a subscriber of a cellular licensee on another network,
    where such licensee utilizes a roaming licensee's network.
	 	 
	"Lockdown"	A state in which the end equipment of a roaming licensee's subscriber,
    who roamed to a host network, continues to receive service on the Licensee's network after the termination of the call, even
    if the roaming licensee has coverage in that area.
	 	 
	"Specifications"	The current 3GPP17 recommendations regarding domestic
    roaming as in effect from time to time.


 


		2.	The Licensee shall provide
by means of its network to a roaming licensee a domestic roaming service, as stated in section 67E, in accordance with the conditions
set out below.



 


		3.	The Licensee shall provide
a domestic roaming service, as stated, by one of the following two methods:



 


		(a)	Call transfer – The
Licensee shall enable the transfer of a call which is being conducted by means of a subscriber's end equipment from a roaming
licensee's network to the Licensee's network, when the roaming operator's network has no coverage in that area. After the transfer,
the call shall be conducted on the Licensee's network up to its termination.



 


		(b)	Call setup – The
Licensee shall enable the setup of a call on its network, by means of the end equipment of a roaming subscriber's licensee, if
the roaming operator's network has no coverage in that area, or due to locking down of the end equipment of the roaming subscriber
on the Licensee's network. Following its setup, the call shall be conducted on the Licensee's network up to its termination.



 


		4.	The Licensee shall determine
the duration of the lockdown time in accordance with the requirement of the roaming licensee.



 


_____________________


 

16
Handover.


 


17
3rd Generation Project Partnership.


 




 



     


     
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





    
 

		5.	The Licensee shall guarantee
reasonable and equal conditions for every roaming licensee, as regards the provisions of cellular services by it, including the
following:



 


		(1)	Prohibition on discrimination
– The scope, nature and quality of the services received by a roaming licensee's subscribers may not be inferior to
those provided to the Licensee's subscribers. Insofar as the Licensee creates a distinction between categories of its subscribers,
regarding the scope, quality or nature of its services, it shall allow the roaming licensee to maintain the same distinction for
its subscribers.



 


		(2)	Transfer –
The Licensee shall allow a roaming licensee's subscribers a one-way transfer, i.e. – from the roaming licensee's coverage
area to the Licensee's coverage area, in a continuous manner, without disconnection or interruption of the call.



 


		(3)	Advanced
                                         network – The Licensee shall provide domestic roaming services to a roaming
                                         licensee by means of its most advanced network18 and within the lowest frequency
                                         utilized by it19; only if it does not have such coverage shall it provide
                                         the roaming licensee with domestic roaming services by means of a higher frequency range
                                         or by means of an earlier generation network20, all according to the same
                                         priority as its own subscribers.



 


		(4)	Range of services
– The Licensee shall enable a roaming licensee to provide the entire range of services the roaming licensee wishes to provide
to its subscribers, subject to the host licensee's technical possibilities and provided this does not burden it unreasonably.



 


 


		6.	The Licensee shall cooperate
with the roaming licensee, including by -



 


		(1)	Blocking sites –
The Licensee, at the roaming licensee's request from time to time, shall block the use by the roaming licensee's subscribers in
specific coverage areas of sites of the Licensee in which the roaming licensee has coverage.



 


		(2)	Dynamic
                                         update – The Licensee shall update the roaming licensee on a regular basis
                                         regarding the data required for domestic roaming support, according to the roaming licensee's
                                         needs and in line with the expansion of its network, and regarding changes in the Licensee's
                                         network, including traffic data by sites, records of calls21, billing data
                                         of the roaming licensee's subscribers, malfunctions, changes in systems, etc., and the
                                         Licensee shall also update its systems, as necessary, according to the network data of
                                         the roaming licensee.



 


		(3)	Location data –
The Licensee shall provide to a roaming licensee, on a regular basis, real-time location data of the roaming licensee's subscribers
who are within the Licensee's coverage area. Such location data shall not be less than those received for the Licensee's subscribers.



 


		(4)	Visibility - The
Licensee shall operate, to the extent possible, in such a manner that a roaming licensee's subscribers do not notice that they
are receiving service through the Licensee.



 


 


____________________


 


 

18
UMTS / HSPA / HSPA+ and in the future LTE.


 


19
For example, a licensee operating UMTS networks within frequency ranges of 850/900 MHz and 2100 MHz, shall provide to the roaming
licensee's subscribers services by means of the network within the 850/900 range according to the same priority as its own subscribers.


 


20
GSM / GPRS / EDGE.


 


21
Call Details Record (CDR).


 




     


     
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





    
 


		(5)	Switching –
The Licensee shall transfer all the outgoing and incoming calls through the roaming licensee's network, to enable the roaming
licensee to provide to its subscribers all the services it wishes to provide to them, including signaling of failed calls.



 


		(6)	Intelligent network
– The Licensee shall support, to the extent possible, intelligent network services provided by a roaming licensee.



 


		(7)	Calls to emergency centers
– The call of a roaming licensee's subscriber to an emergency center set up on the Licensee's network shall be routed
directly to the emergency center by the Licensee, unless the roaming licensee is able to route it to the appropriate emergency
center according to the subscriber's geographical location.



 


		(8)	Compliance with statutory
provisions – The Licensee shall cooperate with the roaming licensee for the purpose of complying with any statutory
provision issued to any of them, where such cooperation is required by the existence per se of domestic roaming.



 


		(9)	Handling malfunctions
– The Licensee shall repair malfunctions in its systems which impair or could impair the domestic roaming service level
agreed upon between the Licensee and the roaming licensee22 or determined by the Ministry.



 


		(10)	Prevention of information
transfer – The Licensee shall keep fully confidential any information relating to a roaming licensee, and shall prevent
the transfer of any information relating to the roaming licensee from its employees and representatives who handle the operation
of the domestic roaming to any other personnel of the Licensee, and particularly the Licensee's marketing and sales personnel.



 


		7.	The Licensee shall operate,
with respect to domestic roaming, in accordance with the Specifications. Where any matter is not regulating in the Specifications,
the licensees concerned shall act according to the best engineering practice23.








__________________


 

22
Service Level Agreement (SLA).


 


23
Best Engineering Practice.



 



 




     


     
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





    
 


Annex
D – Preparing to Ensure Continuity of Operations in Emergencies


 


		1.	Introduction



 


		1.1.	The
                                         Israeli communications sector constitutes a vital national infrastructure both on a routine
                                         basis and in emergencies, and hence requires the License Holder to prepare to ensure
                                         continuity of operations in order to continue to provide its services also in
                                         emergencies.



 


		1.2.	The
                                         License Holder will implement a comprehensive work plan and will ensure its durability
                                         for functioning in emergencies, while ensuring continuity of operations to provide its
                                         services.



 


		1.3.	This
                                         annex constitutes a minimal action framework for the License Holder in order to maintain
                                         continuity of operations in emergencies, which includes a business continuity program (BCP)
                                         and a disaster recovery plan (DRP).



 


		2.	Definitions



 


	“Interim
    Site”	-	A site containing
    sub-systems of the network for performance of connection and control of end sites;
	 	 	 
	“Alternative Site”	-	A site held in a state
    of preparedness and intended for use in an emergency, at which the activity to ensure continuity of operations will continue;
	 	 	 
	“Core Site”	-	A main site which contains
    central systems of the network including switch, databases, computer systems, storage and a control and management center;
	 	 	 
	“End Site”	-	A cellular radio center
    on a license holder’s network;
	 	 	 
	“Sharing Agreement”	-	An active frequency sharing
    agreement, as defined in Section 19A of the license;
	 	 	 
	“Recovery Target”	-	A target determined by
    the License Holder for reinstating technological activity and support systems to a defined service level and within a defined
    time period;
	 	 	 
	“Portable Site”	-	A portable end site;
	 	 	 
	“Continuity of Operations”	-	Ensuring continuity of
    operations of the License Holder’s services, which includes a disaster recovery plan and a business continuity program;
	 	 	 
	“Plan”	-	Plan to ensure continuity
    of operations;
	 	 	 
	“Business Continuity
    Program”	-	Plan of action carried
    out by the License Holder in emergencies to ensure continuity of operations of processes that are defined as critical and
    of the communication, computer and storage systems (BCP).


 



     


     
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





    
 


		3.	Formulation
                                         of a plan to ensure Continuity of Operations



 


		3.1.	The
                                         License Holder will formulate a plan to ensure Continuity of Operations which will assist
                                         it in emergencies to ensure its ability to operate continuously, to mitigate the harm
                                         to provision of its services and to recover its operations; the plan will include at
                                         least the following issues:



 


		(a)	Analysis
                                         of risks to which it is exposed in emergencies, including an analysis of results, repercussions
                                         and implications for the ongoing and proper work of the infrastructures and of its services;



 


		(b)	Determination
                                         of service targets and Recovery Targets for emergencies, in accordance with the analysis
                                         of the risks and their implications for Continuity of Operations and continued provision
                                         of its services;



 


		(c)	The
                                         guidelines specified below in this annex, including the various plans specified below
                                         in this annex, while addressing the roles and responsibilities of various functionaries
                                         in the management of the emergency situation and actual implementation of the plan;



 


		(d)	Assimilation
                                         of the plan among the managers, employees, suppliers and subcontractors.



 


		4.	Liability
                                         of the board of directors and the management



 


		4.1.	The
                                         License Holder’s board will approve the plan, while addressing the risks to Continuity
                                         of Operations and control thereof, as part of the comprehensive work framework for risk
                                         management, and shall instruct the License Holder’s management to carry out the
                                         same.



 


		4.2.	The
                                         board of directors will discuss the Continuity of Operations issues upon significant
                                         technological changes and after a communication failure event, a significant failure
                                         in critical IT systems such as the billing system or the customer relationship management
                                         (CRM) system, provided that the Continuity of Operations issues are discussed at least
                                         once a year.



 


		4.3.	The
                                         License Holder shall appoint a Continuity of Operations manager and shall define his
                                         responsibilities and powers, which shall include ensuring implementation of the plan
                                         and adjustment thereof to technological changes, the existence of an assimilation plan,
                                         practice drills and lesson drawing as well as mapping and monitoring existing deficiencies
                                         and reporting thereon to the management.



 


		4.4.	The
                                         plan will be periodically audited by the internal auditor or a senior officer of the
                                         License Holder.



 




     


     
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





    
 


		4.5.	The
                                         board of directors and the management will define periodic monitoring discussions, documentation
                                         and reporting format, within the company.



 


		5.	Management
                                         of an emergency situation



 


		5.1.	The
                                         License Holder shall appoint a senior executive to declare the transition from routine
                                         work to emergency work in a transition from routine to emergency procedure.



 


		5.2.	The
                                         License Holder shall operate a situation room in emergencies, which includes all of the
                                         resources required to manage the situation, including alternative means of communication
                                         which do not rely on the License Holder’s network (the “Main Situation
                                         Room”).



 


		5.3.	The
                                         License Holder will set up an alternative situation room at another site, at a distance
                                         of at least thirty (30) km from the Main Situation Room; the aforesaid notwithstanding,
                                         at the License Holder’s written request, the Director may approve having an alternative
                                         situation room at a shorter distance.



 


		5.4.	The
                                         situation room will be used by the officers of the License Holder to manage the situation
                                         and to operate the plan of action for Continuity of Operations.



 


		5.5.	The
                                         License Holder will appoint a team to manage the emergency situation, to comprise, inter
                                         alia, the officers, key decision makers and technology professionals (communications
                                         and IT).



 


		6.	Manpower,
                                         economic immobilization and emergency economy



 


		6.1.	The
                                         License Holder will act vis-à-vis the Ministry of Economy for its recognition
                                         as an essential enterprise pursuant to the Emergency Work Service Law, 5727-1967.



 


		6.2.	The
                                         License Holder will prepare manpower for every operating sector thereof which will allow
                                         it Continuity of Operations; the License Holder will validate the manning lists once
                                         a year.



 


		6.3.	The
                                         License Holder will ensure regular working conditions and inter alia, on the following
                                         matters:



 


		(a)	Food,
                                         water, sleeping equipment for all of the manned sites;



 


		(b)	Equipment,
                                         protection, food and water for the field teams (field technician/field maintenance);



 


		(c)	Protected
                                         spaces/rooms (floor shelters/apartment shelters) and safe work areas.



 


		6.4.	The
                                         License Holder will maintain one armored vehicle which will allow the activity of a field
                                         team. A license holder which operates more than 1,000 sites will maintain an additional
                                         armored vehicle; such vehicles shall be owned by the License Holder or supplied through
                                         a supplier.



 




     


     
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





    
 


		6.5.	The
                                         License Holder will arrange for a transportation system for its employees to travel to
                                         and from its sites according to the manpower standard it has determined for each of its
                                         operating sectors as stated in Section 6.2.



 


		7.	Continuity,
                                         backup and survivability of the network and the infrastructure



 


		7.1.	The
                                         License Holder’s network will comprise at least two Core Sites at a geographic
                                         distance of at least thirty (30) km; the aforesaid notwithstanding, at the License Holder’s
                                         written request, the Director may approve having Core Sites at a shorter distance.



 


		7.2.	The
                                         core systems on the network will operate on BCP architecture, insofar as the technology
                                         is available from the equipment manufacturer.



 


		7.3.	The
                                         core of the network will be planned to have no single point of failure, a malfunction
                                         in which causes the malfunction of the entire network.



 


		7.4.	The
                                         License Holder will operate a manned management and control center 24/7, 365 days a year,
                                         for the monitoring, control and operation of all of the network’s components.



 


		7.5.	The
                                         License Holder will set up an alternative management and control center at another geographic
                                         site at a distance of at least thirty (30) km; the aforesaid notwithstanding, at the
                                         License Holder’s written request, the Director may approve having an alternative
                                         management and control center at a shorter distance.



 


		7.6.	The
                                         alternative management and control center shall include all of the management and control
                                         systems required for Continuity of Operations of the License Holder’s services
                                         independently, and will be available for immediate action.



 


		7.7.	The
                                         License Holder will formulate a technological and engineering backup plan for the Core
                                         Sites which will enable Continuity of Operations in the event of a Core Site failure.



 


		7.8.	The
                                         License Holder will formulate a technological and engineering backup plan for the Interim
                                         Sites which will enable Continuity of Operations in the event of an Interim Site failure.



 


		7.9.	The
                                         License Holder will formulate a contingency plan (without actual rollout of additional
                                         infrastructures) which will be operated at failure events to link End Sites in accordance
                                         with criteria to be determined by the License Holder.



 


		7.10.	In
                                         the event of a failure at the Core Site or an Interim Site, the backup plans will allow
                                         additional reception of at least fifty percent (50%) of the disconnected End Sites.



 


		7.11.	The
                                         License Holder will formulate a plan for regular backup of data and information systems
                                         on a routine basis and in emergencies at another geographic site, at a distance of at
                                         least thirty (30) km; the aforesaid notwithstanding, at the License Holder’s written
                                         request, the Director may approve an Alternative Site at a shorter distance.



 




     


     
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





    
 


		7.12.	The
                                         License Holder will maintain backed up transmission infrastructures to link the Core
                                         and Interim Sites.



 


		7.13.	The
                                         License Holder will maintain four (4) Portable Sites which will substitute damaged End
                                         Sites, to expand coverage or increase capacity; such resources shall be owned by the
                                         License Holder. The aforesaid notwithstanding, in the event that the License Holder entered
                                         into a Sharing Agreement with another license holder, the License Holder may maintain
                                         the aforesaid together with the other license holder.



 


		7.14.	The
                                         License Holder will have the independent capacity to roll out and operate the Portable
                                         Sites, supply energy and transmission and connect them to the network within twelve (12)
                                         hours.



 


		7.15.	The
                                         License Holder will maintain reserve technical equipment for the entire technological
                                         system which will allow current continuous maintenance for at least three weeks, without
                                         the need to bring alternative equipment from overseas; such equipment shall be owned
                                         by the License Holder.



 


		8.	Transmission
                                         infrastructures



 


		8.1.	The
                                         License Holder will formulate a technological and engineering backup plan for the infrastructure
                                         and the transmission routes for Continuity of Operations of the transmission services,
                                         through landline or wireless transmission.



 


		8.2.	The
                                         License Holder will formulate a technological and engineering backup plan for the transmission
                                         infrastructure connecting the network to the core facilities of another general license
                                         holder and any license holder through which it provides the internet access service.



 


		9.	Energy
                                         and electricity infrastructures



 


		9.1.	The
                                         License Holder will prepare for energy and electricity backup, as specified below, for
                                         which purpose it may use a supplier:



 


		(a)	Core
                                         Sites – alternative supply of electricity through batteries, generators, diesel
                                         oil containers and supply of diesel oil for continuous operation of at least forty-eight
                                         (48) hours;



 


		(b)	Interim
                                         Sites – alternative supply of electricity through batteries, generators, diesel
                                         oil containers and supply of diesel oil for continuous operation as specified below:



 


		(1)	An
                                         Interim Site which connects more than thirty-two (32) End Sites – for twenty-four
                                         (24) hours;



 




     


     
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





    
 


		(2)	An
                                         Interim Site which connects up to thirty-two (32) End Sites – for twelve (12) hours.



 


		9.2.	The
                                         License Holder will prepare for energy and electricity backup at the End Sites for an
                                         alternative supply of electricity through batteries for two hours for each End Site whose
                                         activity is required to meet the coverage level set forth in the provisions of the license;
                                         such batteries shall be owned by the License Holder.



 


		9.3.	The
                                         License Holder will maintain at least six (6) generators for continuous operation of
                                         End Sites in the event of a power outage; such generators shall be owned by the License
                                         Holder. The aforesaid notwithstanding, in the event that the License Holder entered into
                                         a Sharing Agreement with another license holder, the License Holder may maintain the
                                         aforesaid together with the other license holder.



 


		9.4.	The
                                         License Holder shall enter into an agreement with a subcontractor for the repair and
                                         transportation of generators in emergencies.



 


		9.5.	The
                                         License Holder shall enter into an agreement with a supplier for the supply of diesel
                                         oil for fuelling in emergencies.



 


		10.	Data
                                         and system protection



 


		10.1.	The
                                         License Holder shall formulate a data and system protection plan which shall include
                                         protection procedures and responses to data protection events.



 


		10.2.	The
                                         data and system protection plan will be determined in accordance with the instructions
                                         of the Ministry and the security forces.



 


		10.3.	The
                                         License Holder will determine the work procedures and rules for remote access upon a
                                         data systems event as part of the plan to ensure Continuity of Operations.



 


		11.	Suppliers
                                         and subcontractors



 


		11.1.	The
                                         License Holder shall ensure that the engagement agreements with the suppliers and the
                                         subcontractors regulate the duty of the supplier and the subcontractor to provide the
                                         services required by the License Holder to ensure Continuity of Operations in emergencies.



 


		11.2.	The
                                         agreements shall include a plan to ensure Continuity of Operations at the supplier and
                                         the subcontractor, including manpower and the resources required to provide the service.



 


		11.3.	The
                                         agreements shall include the participation of the supplier and the subcontractor in drills.



 


		12.	Reinstatement
                                         of service in emergencies



 




     


     
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





    
 


		12.1.	In
                                         the event of a significant service interruption in an emergency, the License Holder will
                                         reinstate the service according to the reinstatement of service procedure; insofar as
                                         possible, the procedure will give priority to the reinstatement of service to vital bodies,
                                         including security forces and emergency services, hospitals, emergency centers and government
                                         ministries.



 


		12.2.	The
                                         procedure will be formulated such that reinstatement of the communication services will
                                         be according to the order specified below:



 


		(a)	Dialing
                                         and maintaining a voice call between subscribers of the License Holder and between its
                                         subscribers and the subscribers of another license holder;



 


		(b)	National
                                         and personal messaging (cell broadcast);



 


		(c)	Surfing
                                         services;



 


		(d)	Sending
                                         SMSs between subscribers of the License Holder and between its subscribers and the subscribers
                                         of another license holder;



 


		(e)	The
                                         other services.



 


		13.	Restoration
                                         of the service



 


		13.1.	The
                                         License Holder will formulate a plan for restoration of its services which includes the
                                         following stages:



 


		(a)	Immediate
                                         restoration – preplanned restoration; such restoration will be carried out
                                         within a very short time and almost automatically;



 


		(b)	Interim
                                         restoration – utilization of existing surplus capacity, including available
                                         alternative machines; such restoration will be carried out within several days;



 


		(c)	Long-term
                                         restoration – installation of new systems; such restoration will be carried
                                         out within weeks or months and is contingent on available equipment at the supplier and
                                         installation and construction capabilities.



 


		13.2.	According
                                         to the restoration plan, the service level of the various services provided by the License
                                         Holder will be determined.



 


		14.	Assimilation
                                         and practice



 


		14.1.	The
                                         License Holder will implement the plan to ensure Continuity of Operations among its employees
                                         by instructing and training them.



 


		14.2.	The
                                         License Holder will formulate a periodic practice drill plan which includes all of the
                                         scenarios and the critical processes included in the plan to ensure Continuity of Operations.



 




     


     
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





    
 


		14.3.	The
                                         License Holder will carry out, within the company, a practical and comprehensive drill,
                                         once a year, with the participation of an internal control team which shall examine the
                                         License Holder’s emergency preparedness; the License Holder will notify the Ministry
                                         of the date of holding of the drill at least thirty (30) days in advance thereof and
                                         will allow the Ministry’s representatives to attend the same.



 


		14.4.	The
                                         conclusions of the drill will be provided to the License Holder’s management to
                                         study and examine required updates to the plan to ensure Continuity of Operations; the
                                         conclusions of the drill will be provided in writing to the Director within thirty (30)
                                         days after the holding of the drill.



 


		15.	Procedures



 


		15.1.	The
                                         License Holder will formulate designated procedures for various emergency scenarios in
                                         the framework of the plan, as specified below:



 


		(a)	Procedure
                                         for handling malfunctions and irregular events in emergencies and recovery therefrom;



 


		(b)	Procedure
                                         for skipping and transition to an alternative management and control center;



 


		(c)	Procedures
                                         for backup and survivability of Core and Interim Sites;



 


		(d)	Operation
                                         of portable resources procedure;



 


		(e)	Procedure
                                         for reporting to the Ministry in emergencies;



 


		(f)	Procedure
                                         for operation of the customer service system in emergencies;



 


		(g)	Procedure
                                         for protection and response against data protection events;



 


		(h)	Reinstatement
                                         of service in emergencies procedure;



 


		(i)	Transition
                                         from routine to emergency procedure.



 


		15.2.	The
                                         procedures will be approved by relevant officers at the company and will be updated once
                                         a year.



 


		16.	Miscellaneous



 


		16.1.	This
                                         annex will take effect no later than Tuesday, Elul 17, 5775 (September 1, 2015), with
                                         the exception of Sections 7 and 9, which will take effect no later than Tuesday, Adar
                                         A 21, 5776 (March 1, 2016).



 




     


     
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION





    
  





Appendix E


 




 


Appendix
E – Minimum Requirements and Level of Subscriber ServicesA16)


 


		1.	System Performance



 


		1.1	Definitions:



 


"Population"
- the entire population in the area, according to the publications of the Central Bureau of Statistics


 


"Layout
Ratio"- the ratio between the household rates in the peripheral settlements and the household rate in central settlements;


 


"Central
Settlement" – A settlement defined by the Central Bureau of Statistics as a settlement of a "intermediate"
level (clusters 5,6), at a "central" level (cluster 7) and at a "very central" level (clusters 8, 9, 10);


 


"Peripheral
Settlement" – A settlement defined by the Central Bureau of Statistics as a settlement at a "very peripheral"
level (clusters 1, 2, 3) and a "peripheral" level (cluster 4);


 


"Street"
- the area (length x width) of any street whose number is up to 4 digits inclusive, and the national and local railroad route
in the area of the State of Israel, during the license period; when the width of the street or the national and local railroad
route shall include the actual width of the street/route + 5 meters from each side of the street/route;


 


"Coverage
Level"-Broadcast and reception of electromagnetic signals which allow for the proper existence of any service to
the mobile telephony communications end equipment, rising to a height of one and a half meters (1.5) above the surface;


 


In this
regard, proper existence of the service shall be considered the service provided in the Coverage Area, while meeting the minimum
requirements in regards to the service level, as specified in this Clause;


 


"Area"-
the overall area regarding which the Law, jurisdiction and Administration of the State of Israel apply.


 


"Blocked
Calls"- calls and data communication or links that cannot be established or messages that cannot be transferred immediately
upon an order to establish contact due to unavailability of the network resources or resources for linkage between the network
and other networks;


 


"Dropped
Calls"- calls and data communications or links that were terminated not by the initiation of the subscriber who initiated
the call / link or the call recipient.


 


		1.2	Milestones for the establishment
of the network:



 


(a)        The
network and its services shall meet the performances, features and indicators defined in the engineering plan – Appendix
B, including an engineering plan attached to the Generation 4 Tender;


 


(b)       The
milestones for the establishment of the network and provision of service:


 


(1) canceled;


 


(2) network
using Generation 4 technology:


 


		2.	((a))
                                         Stages and dates



 




    
Second Schedule—Appendix E – 1
 



     

	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

Appendix E
 


    

 






 




 


 


		Stage A	at the end of 18 months
from the determining date;






		Stage B	at the end of 36 months
from the determining date;






		Stage C	at the end of 48 months
from the determining date;






		Stage D	at the end of 24 months
from the date of the manager's announcement;



 


"Determining
Date" - date of amendment of the license


 


"Date
of Manager's Announcement"- the date on which the manager shall provide the License Owner notice in writing regarding
the performance of Stage D. The notice shall be provided after the end of 60 months from the determining date.


 


((b)) The
License Owner shall operate to establish the Generation 4 network as follows:


 


((1))shall
submit a layout plan in a format set forth in the provisions of this Appendix no later than sixty (60) days after the Determining
Date; the layout plan shall constitute part of the engineering plan.


 


((2))the
layout plan shall include the following data:


 


(((a)))all
of the settlements in Israel shall be detailed therein, in accordance with the Central Bureau of Statistics, divided into two
groups – Central Settlements and Peripheral Settlements; the number of households in each settlement shall be stated next
to the name of each settlement, and the total number households in central settlements and in peripheral settlements shall be
stated; the planned date for the completion of the layout plan for each settlement shall be stated next to each settlement;


 


(((b)))all
of the Streets shall be detailed therein; next to each Street the number of the Street shall be stated and across from each Street,
the planned date for the completion of the layout plan for that Street shall be stated.


 


((3))The
License Owner may update the layout plan and change the order of the settlements or Streets in which the network layout is planned
by providing notice to the manager up to 60 days before the date the layout is planned, provided that the updated layout plan
meets the provisions set forth in this Appendix.


 


((4))The
network layout pace shall be as follows:


 


(((a)))at
the end of one year from the Determining Date, the License Owner shall layout the network so that at the end of said period, there
will be access to the network at a certain rate of households, according to the determination of the License Owner, provided that
no later than 12 months from the Determining Date, the License Owner shall commence providing the service;


 


(((b)))As
of the beginning of the second year from the Determining Date, the License Owner shall layout the network at the Layout Ratio
that is no less than one (1), and according to the following:


 


At
the end of Stage A – coverage of 30% minimum requirements of the network coverage obligation, as stated in Clause 1.3(b)(1);


 


At
the end of Stage A – coverage of 65% minimum requirements of the network coverage obligation, as stated in Clause 1.3(b)(1);


 


At
the end of Stage A – coverage of 100% minimum requirements of the network coverage obligation, as stated in Clause 1.3(b)(1);


 


At
the end of Stage A – coverage of 100% minimum requirements of the network coverage obligation, as stated in Clause 1.3(b)(1);


 


		1.3	Minimum Requirements
of the Obligation Network Coverage:



 


		(a)	In a 3rd generation
technological network:



 


		(1)	The
                                         network’s performance and services will be provided by meeting the coverage level
                                         and shall be no less than the following minimal requirements:



 




    
Second Schedule—Appendix E – 2
 



     

	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

Appendix E
 


    

 


Service
area: the area in which 99% of the population live, and no less than 92% of the area.


 


(b)
In 4th generation technological network:


 


(1)
in stages A through C, the network performances and services shall be supplied while meeting the coverage level, and shall be
no less than the following minimum requirements:


 


((a))
Service area: an area in which 97% of the Population resides, and not less than 75% of the area;


 


((b))
Settlement: each settlement separately, the coverage level shall be at least 90% of the settlement area.


 


((c))
Street / Route:


 


((1))90%
of the area of a single digit, double digit and triple digit street, national and local railroad route, including stations, road
structures and operational areas and tunnels in each street or national and local railroad route;


 


((2))75%
of the area of a four digit street and national railroad route for cargo trains.


 


(2)
in stage D, the network performance and services shall be supplied while meeting the coverage level, and shall be no less than
the following minimum requirements:


 


((a))
Service area: an area in which 99% of the Population resides, and not less than 95% of the area;


 


((b))
Settlement: each settlement separately, the coverage level shall be at least 95% of the settlement area.


 


((c))
Street / Route:


 


((1))95%
of the area of a single digit, double digit and triple digit street, national and local railroad route, including stations, road
structures and operational areas and tunnels in each street or national and local railroad route;


 


((2))85%
of the area of a four digit street and national railroad route for cargo trains.


 


		3.	(c) canceled.



 


		1.4	Service Quality:



 


(a)       Blocked
Calls and Dropped Calls:


 


(1)       a
percentage of Blocked Calls at peak times shall not exceed two percent (2%) and the percentage of Dropped Calls at peak times
shall not exceed two percent (2%).


 


(2)       up
to ten percent (10%) of all sectors shall allow for deviation beyond two percent (2%).


 


(3)       Amount
of Blocked and Dropped Calls shall be measured in the following manner:


 


((a))the
measurement shall refer to a one-hour time frame;


 


((b))the
peak time tow which the measurement shall refer shall be the busiest time of the system, during the week, which is not a Hol Hamoed
or holiday eve;


 


((c))the
measurement and the calculation of the percentage of Blocked or Dropped Calls shall be performed by the License Owner of each
sector and the system in general. The data shall be presented in a graphical manner and shall be forwarded to the Ministry in
the framework of the engineering system report.


 


(b)       


 


(1) Reference
signal reception level for 3rd generation Services shall be determined according to the most up-to-date ETSI/3GPP standards
for 3rd Generation technology, allowing telephony services for outdoor coverage, according to the limiting channel
from the increasing and decreasing channel;


 


The license
holder shall perform prediction once per year for each sector and each cell. The data will be presented and delivered to the Ministry
in the form of a national coverage map as well as in the format defined for the engineering sector report.


 




    
Second Schedule—Appendix E – 3
 



     

	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

Appendix E
 


    

 


(2) The
reception of a reference signal for Generation 4 services to networks on a broadband of 15/20 megahertz of signals received from
descending/upward channel, according to the limiting of the two, under the ETSI24 standard, according to a bandwidth
of 5 megahertz, shall be:


 


	Generation 4 network	 	Reception
    Range
	 	Descending
    Channel	Upward
    Channel
	1800
    frequencies	 	-101.5
    (Site in open area)
	Megahertz	 	-93.5
    (site in constructed area)


 


For indoor
coverage – relief of 20db.


 


The examination
shall be performed once per year by the License Owner for each sector and each cell. The data shall be presented and delivered
to the Ministry by way of a national coverage map in the framework defined in the engineering system report.


 


(c)       Service
provision pace:


 


(1)        Canceled;


 


(2)        In
regards to the proper existence of data communications in Generation 4, the record data pace per sector in the descending channel
/ upward channel:


 


	Table
    1	Record
    data pace (Mbps) in a network of 20 megahertz bandwidth 
	Data
    Upload	At
    least 100
	Data
    Download	At
    least 50


 


	Table
    2	Record
    data pace (Mbps) in a network of 15 megahertz bandwidth 
	Data
    Upload	At
    least 80
	Data
    Download	At
    least 40


 


The
License Owner shall measure once per quarter the provision of record service pace and shall present the data and the method of
examination in the framework of the engineering system report.


 


		2.	Customer and Subscriber
Services Quality Measures



 


		2.1	Service
                                         to provide information to customers and subscribers: will be provided through a telephone
                                         call to a call center, on the license holder's website, by e-mail and by facsimile; such
                                         service may be provided also through a representative in a service station open to the
                                         public, through an IVR system, SMS, chat or by regular mail. A69



 


_____________________


 


 

24
http://www.etsi.org/deliver/etsi_ts/136100_136199/136104/10.01.00_60/ts_136104v100100p.pdf


 


Tables 7.2.1-3,
7.2.1-2, 7.2.1-1


 


http://www.etsi.org/deliver/etsi_ts/136500_136599/13652101/11.02.00_60/ts_13652101v110200p.pdf


 


Table 7.3.3-1


 


A69
Amendment No. 69


 


 




    
Second Schedule—Appendix E – 4
 



     

	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

Appendix E
 


    
 


		2.2	Standards
                                         for accessibility and provision of information: 



 


		(A)	A56A
                                         call center will be manned twenty four (24) hours a day, for receiving calls regarding
                                         theft or loss of cellular end-equipment, a network malfunction leading to termination
                                         of cellular service to the subscriber and the "international roaming service",
                                         all days of the week except on Yom Kippur.

                                         A73For the purpose of inquiries regarding an
                                         international roaming service – the licensee is required to allow any subscriber
                                         who is Abroad to contact the said call center free of charge, provided that the inquiry
                                         is made via a telephone number which is on the licensee's network. The licensee shall
                                         publish the telephone number for calls from Abroad on its website.



 


		(B)	The
                                         telephonic call center shall be manned for at least ten (10) hours on weekdays, and at
                                         least five (5) hours on Friday, holiday eves and Chol Hamoed Sukkot and Passover for
                                         the receipt of notices regarding malfunctions in the receiving MTS services, which are
                                         not a malfunction as stated in subsection (a) and in regards to the services of the license
                                         owner, and shall operate continuously as of 08:00 a.m.



 


		(C)	The
                                         reply at the call center will be within a reasonable time. Should the Director observe
                                         that the waiting time at the call center is not reasonable, he may set measures for response
                                         time.



 


		(D)	A
                                         caller to a call center during unmanned hours will be referred to a message box to leave
                                         a message, and will receive a reply on the following day.



 


		(E)	The
                                         Licensee will operate additional channel allowing subscribers to contact it for provision
                                         of information and for queries, such as:



 


		-	Computerized
                                         voice system IVR;



 


		-	queries
                                         via post;



 


		-	queries
                                         via fax;



 


		-	queries
                                         via e mail.



 


		(F)	The
                                         Licensee will publish its service office address and telephone number of the call center
                                         in the following ways, among others:



 


		-	In the
                                         engagement agreement with the subscriber;



 


		-	In the
                                         bills sent to the subscriber;



 


		-	In any
                                         document sent on behalf of the Licensee to the subscriber in a matter relating to customer
                                         services;



 


		-	In telephone
                                         directories and in telephone information centers.



 


		(G)	A58
                                         The Licensee may not use a telephone number with a cell phone area code for a fax
                                         service for the purpose of receiving complaints from the public.



 


___________________ 


 

A56
Amendment No. 56


 


A56
Amendment No. 56


 


A58
Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).


 


 




    
Second Schedule—Appendix E – 5
 



     

	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

Appendix E
 


    
 


		(H)	A58Access
                                         to all call centers for reporting malfunctions, loss or theft (hereinafter – problem
                                         reporting center")will be via a toll-free service (1-800 service). The Licensee
                                         will enable access to the problem reporting center from any national domestic network.



 


		(I)	A58
                                         Subject to that stated in subsection (h), access to all call centers for matters
                                         pertaining to the Licensee's services will be by means of each of the following:



 


		(1)	A network number to which
access is free of charge;



 


		(2)	A split-charge
                                         call service (1-700 service) or a toll-free service (1-800 service).



 


		2.3	Bills
                                         to Subscribers



 


		(A)	Bills
                                         to subscribers will set out the relevant details for such bill, out of the following:



 


		(1)	monthly
                                         charge (fixed charge)






		(2)	duration
                                         of calls or air time (minutes, seconds)






		(3)	volume
                                         of data use (MB,kB) – if the service provided is charge by volume of data transmitted.






		(4)	Other
                                         charges (such as for receipt of data, SMS transmission, mobile electronic commerce).






		(5)	Combination
                                         of the above charge methods.



 


		(B)	Structure
                                         of the Bill



 


Bills
will be sent in a fixed form, as follows:


 


		(1)	Following payment; the
bill will serve as a receipt, including:



 


the
amount for payment not including VAT, rate of VAT and total for payment including VAT. In this section, the identifying particulars
of the Licensee will be specified, and the identifying particulars of the subscriber.


 


		(1)	The
                                         Licensee may include information regarding deals and personal notices to the subscriber.



 


		(C)	Production
                                         and delivery of bills



 


		(1)	The Licensee will produce
monthly bills for its subscribers or at any other time with subscriber’s consent.



 


		(2)	A
                                         subscriber who wishes to terminate its contraction with the Licensee shall receive a
                                         final bill on the nearest possible date, and no later than two months after the termination
                                         date. A61Where the subscriber and the Licensee agreed on payment in installments
                                         for end-equipment purchased by the subscriber from the Licensee, and the subscriber's
                                         contract with the Licensee is cancelled before the subscriber has paid all the installments
                                         on the Goods which he purchased or rented from the Licensee, the Licensee will send the
                                         subscriber a final invoice for the Licensee's services, and thereafter the Licensee will
                                         be entitled to send the subscriber invoices only in respect of the debit for the Goods.
                                         A58



 



 


____________________


 

A58
Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).


 


A58
Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).


 


A61
Amendment No. 61


 


A58
Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).


 


 




    
Second Schedule—Appendix E – 6
 



     

	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

Appendix E
 


    
 

A
final invoice will be titled 'Final Invoice'.

 


		(3)	Void
                                         T52



 


		(4)	Following
                                         the collection of the payment amount as specified in the Final Bill, the license owner
                                         may not collect from the subscriber, by way of the payment method provided by him, any
                                         payment that is not for Goods, without the explicit consent in writing and in advance
                                         of the subscriber. The license owner shall preserve a copy of the consent of the subscriber,
                                         as stated, and shall make it available for delivery or transfer to the manager, at his
                                         request, within five (5) business days from the date provided to the license owner.



 


		2.4	A43)Measures
                                         for Handling Public’s Applications



 


		(A)	Level
                                         of handling a written complaint – The response times for complaints will be up
                                         to 14 workdays; the response for 5% of complaints will be within a month.



 


		(B)	Measures
                                         for quality of service of the service centers –



 


		-	90%
                                         of applications will be handled directly by the service representatives, up to completion.



 


		-	Not
                                         more than 10% of applications, some due to escalation of complaints, will be referred
                                         to more senior levels.



 


		(C)	Applications
                                         clarified by the senior level – In any case where the Public Ombudsman’s
                                         reply to a complaint does not satisfy the applicant, the application will be passed on
                                         to the managerial level, which will examine the it again and reply directly to the applicant.
                                         In any event, the applicant will receive a response within 30 days from the day of his
                                         application.



 


		2.5	A70
                                         Manner of Use of an Electronic Graphic
                                         Signature



 


	 	(a)            Identification of subscriber – the Licensee shall identify the subscriber before modifying an engagement
        agreement or having him sign a new engagement agreement, through a photo-bearing I.D. or a power of attorney together
        with an I.D. of the attorney.

         

        (b)    
        Use of a digital screen – the Licensee shall allocate for the subscriber's sole use, throughout performance
        of the transaction until completion thereof, a digital screen, and shall allow the subscriber reasonable time to inspect
        the entire agreement and to understand the content thereof before being required to sign the same.

         

        (c)    
        Signature by the subscriber – the "access to services form" and the documents relevant to
        the agreement shall be marked and signed only by the subscriber.

         

        (d)   
Fixed signature – each signature will be separately locked and fixed in place, with the unique characteristics
thereof, such that it will be possible to prove that this signature is not the result of the "copying and pasting" of
another signature of the subscriber signed elsewhere in the engagement agreement or in other documents. Further to the aforesaid,
each signature shall have an information layer in addition to the signature – which shall document the exact time of the
signing thereof (precise date and time accurate to within a second).



 


_______________________


 

T52) Amendment
No. 52.



 


 



    
Second Schedule—Appendix E – 7
 



     

	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

Appendix E
 


    
 


	 	(e)   
        "Locking" of an agreement – Upon completion of the execution of the entire agreement, the
        agreement document shall be "locked", such that it will be possible to identify any modification of the agreement
        after the date of signing. The "locking" of the agreement by a secured electronic signature or an approved electronic
        signature ("Electronic Signature") of the Licensee, within the meaning thereof in the Electronic Signature Law,
        5761-2001, immediately after the execution thereof by the subscriber, shall be deemed as reasonable means of locking the
        agreement and protecting it against changes.

         

        (f)    
        Document Retention – the Licensee will retain documentation of any and all of the agreement documents
        in accordance with the requirements of Section 113.1 of its license, and shall regularly take measures to prevent the
        undocumented addition or omission of documents to the electronic archive system. A Licensee will take the necessary measures
        and processes in order to ensure that the content of the agreement is retained without modification from the date of the
        drafting thereof and throughout the retention period, considering technological changes or changes in the encryption methods
        used to retain documents. A Licensee may prove to the Ministry at any time that it took such measures and processes.

         

        (g)    
        Receipt of a copy of the engagement agreement –

         

        (1)  
        The subscriber may choose between two options for the receipt of documents at the time of consummation of the transaction
        (by checking one of two boxes):

         

        ((a))
        Box one – to receive only the "plan summary";

         

        ((b))
        Box two – to receive the full signed agreement.

         

        (2)  
        The subscriber shall confirm his choice by his signature. The space for the signature shall be adjacent to the
        said two boxes.

         

        (3)  
        A subscriber who requests to receive only the "plan summary " will need to state his e-mail address or
        his fax number, to one of which the full signed agreement shall be sent (including plan summary).

         

        (4)  
        The e-mail address or the fax number to which the full agreement shall be sent will be typed in by the sales representative
        (on his own keyboard).

         

        (5)  
        The address or fax number shall appear beneath and adjacent to the said boxes.

         

        (6)  
        The subscriber shall confirm by an additional signature that this is the e-mail address or fax number, to one of
        which the agreement shall be sent.

         

        (7)  
        As a consequence of the aforesaid: any subscriber who does not have an e-mail address or a fax shall receive the
        full agreement at the time of consummation of the transaction.

         

        (h)   
        Identification of the representative – any agreement shall include unequivocal identification of the
        representative who had the subscriber sign (full name and signature).

         

        (i)    
The license owner shall preserve a copy of the contracting agreement and shall make it available for delivery or transfer
to the manager, at his request, within five (5) business days from the date of contracting.



 



    
Second Schedule—Appendix E – 8
 



     

	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

Appendix E
 


    
 


	 	(j)     
        If the subscriber requests to make a change to the terms and conditions of the engagement agreement, including
        a request to receive an additional service, to cancel a service, or to join a service plan – printed notice bearing
        the name or logo of the Licensee shall be delivered to the subscriber upon the request for the change, stating the details
        of the change made, the date of its taking effect and the full name of the Licensee's representative and the subscriber
        and their original signatures. The license owner shall preserve a copy of the contracting agreement and shall make it
        available for delivery or transfer to the manager, at his request, within five (5) business days from the date of contracting.

         

        (k)    
Cold Calling – the rules specified above shall also apply to cold calling.



 


 


 


 



    
Second Schedule—Appendix E – 9
 



     


    
 





	
        TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW

        THE BINDING VERSION IS THE
HEBREW VERSION





 





Appendix E1


 




 


 


Appendix
E1 T52 - Fair Disclosure in Telephone Bills


 


General


 


		1.	The telephone
                                         bill (hereinafter referred to in this Appendix as the “Bill”) to be
                                         presented by the licensee to a subscriber shall be clear, legible and comprehensible;
                                         the Bill shall include accurate details about the components of the charge demanded in
                                         NIS, as set forth in this Appendix.



 


		1a.	The telephone
                                         Bill shall include the payments for all services and all goods presented in the Main
                                         Points of the Plan.



 


		2.	The Bill
                                         shall include the following parts:



 


		A.	“Billing
                                         Summary”;



 


		B.	“Billing
                                         Details” including:



 


		1)	Details of fixed charges, variable
                                         charges, one-time charges, credits and reimbursements, within the meaning in section
                                         8 E of this Appendix;



 


		2)	Information
                                         on usage patterns;



 


		C.	“Call
                                         Details”.



 


		3.	The
                                         Bill shall be constructed using a bottom-up method, with its bottom level being Part
                                         C - “Call Details”, above it Part B - “Billing Details” and at
                                         the top level Part A - “Billing Summary”.



 


		4.	The
                                         Company name and logo shall be displayed on each page of the Bill, including on the “Call
                                         Details”.



 


		5.	The
                                         licensee shall issue a “Billing Summary”, “Billing Details” and
                                         “Call Details” for each telephone number separately. The licensee may issue
                                         to a subscriber holding several telephone lines one “Billing Summary” to
                                         refer to all the telephone numbers in the possession of the subscriber, provided that
                                         the “Billing Summary” sets forth each of the telephone numbers to which the
                                         Bill relates (see examples 1 and 2). “Call Details” and “Billing Details”
                                         shall be issued by the licensee for each telephone number separately. Notwithstanding
                                         the above, a subscriber in possession of several telephone numbers may demand from the
                                         licensee to receive a separate “Billing Summary” for each telephone number
                                         in his possession. In this regard, a PRI line shall be deemed one telephone number.



 


____________________ 


 

T53) Amendment
No. 52.



 




    
Second Schedule—Appendix E1 – 1
 



    
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

Appendix E1
 


    
 


		6.	Amounts
                                         in the Bill shall be rounded off and shall be set forth according to the provisions of
                                         section 2.2.2 of Israeli Standard 5262 - “Honesty in Billing and Fair Disclosure
                                         in Telephone Bills” (hereinafter referred to in this Appendix as the “Standard”)
                                         and the provisions of the General License on this matter. It should be clarified that
                                         in respect of the manner of calculating the billing amount, in contrast to the manner
                                         of presenting the “Call Details”, and the “Billing Details”,
                                         as determined in the provisions, the licensee must calculate this pursuant to the tariff
                                         provided in the Regulations, with no rounding off.



 


		7.	The
                                         Ministry of Communications’ website in the section on “General Licenses”
                                         has examples of telephone bills drawn up pursuant to the detailed provisions of this
                                         Appendix (hereinafter referred to in this Appendix as the “Examples”).
                                         The Examples are based on telecommunications agreements and tariff plans marketed in
                                         2008 by the general licensees. The examples are for the sake of illustrating the mode
                                         of implementation of the provisions only. In the case of any inconsistency between the
                                         provisions and the Examples, the binding version is that in the provisions.



 


Part
A - “Billing Summary”


 


		8.	The
                                         following details shall be presented in the “Billing Summary”:



 


		A.	Subscriber
                                         Details -



 


		1)	First
                                         name;



 


		2)	Surname;



 


		3)	Address
                                         and email address;



 


		4)	Customer
                                         number;



 


		5)	Telephone
                                         number and/or PRI line number by means of which the services on account of which the
                                         Bill is presented to the subscriber were provided;



 


		B.	Licensee
                                         Details -



 


		1)	Company
                                         name;



 


		2)	Company
                                         management address;



 


		3)	Customer
                                         service telephone and facsimile numbers;



 




    
Second Schedule—Appendix E1 – 2
 



    
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

Appendix E1
 


    
 


		4)	Company
                                         website address.



 


		(c)	Dates –



 


		(1)	Date
                                         of preparing the bill;



 


		(2)	Manner
                                         of delivery of the bill;



 


		(3)	Term
                                         of the bill;



 


		(4)	Last
                                         date for payment of the bill – regarding the bill paid not by way of automatic
                                         debit from the bank account or credit card;



 


		(5)	The
                                         date on which the method of payment shall be charged – in regards to the bill paid
                                         by way of automatic debit from the bank account or credit card.



 


		D.	Notices
                                         to Subscriber



 


		(1)	Notice
                                         regarding the option to submit a complaint to the Ombudsman at the License Owner, and
                                         regarding the authorities and methods of reference thereto as specified in Sections 61.3
                                         and 61.4.



 


		(2)	Address,
                                         telephone number, facsimile number and email address by which the subscriber may submit
                                         a request to the license owner for termination of service, disconnection of service,
                                         termination of contract or to deliver to it a notice of cancelation, as it means in Section
                                         13d of the Consumer Protection Law, 1981.



 


		(3)	Information
                                         on offers and personal notices to the subscriber, at the decision of the licensee.



 


		E.	Billing
                                         charge inclusive of VAT, as set forth below:



 


		1)	Fixed
                                         charges - charges applying to the subscriber not dependent on the scope of usage;



 


		2)	Variable
                                         charges - charges applying to the subscriber dependent on the scope of usage;



 


		3)	One-time
                                         charges, such as charges for “Exit Fee”, linkage and interest differentials
                                         charge for a monetary debt, charge for collection expenses, etc. (hereinafter referred
                                         to in this Appendix as “One-Time Charges”);



 


		4)	benefits
                                         /credits, such as a benefit of providing service at a discount or free of charge for
                                         a fixed period or a benefit of providing a discount for the entire rate plan for a fixed
                                         period, benefits / credit for a subsidy on terminal equipment, etc. (hereinafter
                                         referred to in this Appendix as “Credits”);



 




    
Second Schedule—Appendix E1 – 3
 



    
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

Appendix E1
 


    
 


		5)	Financial
                                         reimbursements for overcharges and interest and linkage differentials for overcharges
                                         (hereinafter referred to in this Appendix as “Reimbursements”).



 


		6)	Purchase
                                         of goods.



 


		F.	Total
                                         payment amount will be presented as set forth below:



 


		1)	Total
                                         payment amount exclusive of VAT; the amount shall be calculated according to the charges
                                         summary presented in the “Subtotals Summary” and the “Billing Summary”;



 


		2)	VAT
                                         amount;



 


		3)	Total
                                         payment amount, plus VAT.



 


		F.	All
                                         charges appearing in the “Billing Summary” shall be presented as a decimal
                                         number in New Israeli Shekels to a degree of accuracy of two digits after the decimal
                                         point.



 


Part
B - “Billing Details”


 


		9.	Part
                                         1 of the “Billing Details” will include information on fixed charges, variable
                                         charges, One-Time Charges, Credits and Reimbursements, as set forth below:



 


		A.	“Billing
                                         Details” will include general information on the tariffs plan according to the
                                         terms of which the subscriber is charged, including the date of entry of the rate plan
                                         into force, details of its main tariffs, inclusive of VAT. If the payment or rate level
                                         for the services purchased by the subscribers are supposed to be modified or that the
                                         provision of benefits which the subscriber received are supposed to end, the license
                                         owner shall stated the new payment or rate levels for said services or the said benefit
                                         level, which include VAT, or the new usage unit amounts as well as the date of entry
                                         of the modifications into force.



 


		B.	If the
                                         subscriber’s agreement includes a commitment period the licensee must note on every
                                         bill in the “Billing Details” the following details:



 


		1)	The
                                         duration of the commitment period and its date of expiration; the provisions of this
                                         subsection shall not apply in respect of a transaction where there is no obligation to
                                         give a collection notice as stated in section 13A(d)(2)(b) of the Consumer Protection
                                         Law, 5741-1981.



 




    
Second Schedule—Appendix E1 – 4
 



    
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

Appendix E1
 


    
 


		2)	The
                                         payment the subscriber will be asked to pay if he requests to terminate his agreement
                                         with the licensee prior to the expiration of the commitment period to the company or
                                         the tariff plan (“Exit Fee”) in the course of the billing period following
                                         the present billing period (hereinafter referred to in this Appendix as the “Subsequent
                                         Billing Period”). In the event that the amount of the Exit Fee changes throughout
                                         the Subsequent Billing Period, the time point of reference for determining the amount
                                         of the Exit Fee shall be the middle of the Subsequent Billing Period (see Example 1).



 


		3)	Cancelled.



 


		4)	The
                                         licensee will present to the subscriber written details in respect of the mode of calculation
                                         of the Exit Fee within 14 days of the date the subscriber submitted a request to the
                                         licensee’s customer service center or the ombudsman.



 


		C.	“Billing
                                         Details shall be presented by means of a table composed of columns and rows, as set forth
                                         in the Examples.



 


		D.	Each
                                         service provided to the subscriber in the course of the Billing Period shall be presented
                                         in the “Billing Details” in a separate row, with the following details:



 


		1)	Name
                                         of service; the name of the service shall identify as clearly and as accurately as possible,
                                         the service provided to the subscriber; respecting a service provided to the subscriber
                                         not by means of the licensee, the licensee shall present the details of the service provider,
                                         including its name and a telephone number by means of which it can be contacted;



 


		2)	Quantity
                                         for a service unit; quantity measured in time will be presented in the form of mm:ss
                                         (minutes: seconds). Quantity measured by data volume will be presented as a decimal number
                                         in MB to a degree of accuracy of at least 3 digits after the decimal point. The quantity
                                         of internet pages viewed or text messages will be presented as a natural number.



 


		3)	Tariff
                                         for a service unit; the tariff will be presented as a decimal number in New Israeli Shekels,
                                         to a degree of accuracy of at least 3 digits after the decimal point. The tariff is composed
                                         of several payment components, such as one tariff for the licensee’s services and
                                         a second tariff for reciprocal link or for international phone service, will also be
                                         presented as one inclusive tariff (see Examples 1 and 2). Calls in respect of which the
                                         tariff varies in the course of performance, such as a transition from off-peak to peak
                                         rates and from peak to off-peak rates, a change in tariff in the course of a conversation,
                                         including a conversation started within the scope of a “pay as you go” plan
                                         and exceeding the minutes in the course of performance, will be presented collectively
                                         within the “Calls at Variable Tariff in the Course of a Call” service; the
                                         tariff will be presented under the column “Average Tariff” and will be calculated
                                         by dividing the charge amount in the “Subtotal Row”, within the meaning in
                                         section 11I of the Appendix by the quantity (see Example 5 - Version A).



 





    
Second Schedule—Appendix E1 – 5
 



    
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

Appendix E1
 


    


Rate of a calendar time unit11; - the rate shall be represented as a decimal number in
NIS with a level of accuracy of 2 digits after the decimal point.


 




To the extent that a call in the “Calls at Variable Tariff in the Course of a Call” is presented as set forth in the
concluding part of section 11L below, the “Average Tariff” will not be required to be presented and the tariff will
be presented according to each segment separately (see Example 5 - Version B).


 


		4)	The
                                         debit amount; the debit amount shall be calculated according to the multiplication of
                                         the rate amount and shall be presented as a decimal point with a level of accuracy of
                                         2 digits after the decimal point..



 


		5)	In the
                                         event that there is also a fixed charge for each individual call, the number of calls
                                         made and the fixed tariff per call shall also be presented in the same row and the charge
                                         amount shall be calculated by multiplying the number of calls by the fixed charge tariff
                                         per call plus the quantity multiplied by the tariff (see Example 4).



 


		E.	The
                                         “Fixed Charges”, “Variable charges” “One-Time charges”,
                                         “Credits”, “Reimbursements” and "Linkage differences and
                                         interest" as specified in sections 60.8 and 83A A58, shall each be presented
                                         in the “Billing Details” in a separate group (see Examples 3 and 5).



 


		F.	The
                                         licensee shall notify the subscriber in the Bill of his option to request written details
                                         in respect of the mode of calculation of A58 the “One-Time Charge”;
                                         the licensee will furnish the subscriber with such written details within 30 days of
                                         the date of submission of a request by the subscriber on the matter to the licensee’s
                                         customer service center or the ombudsman (see Examples 3 and 5).



 


		G.	Charges
                                         may also be noted in the “Billing Details” for sale of terminal equipment
                                         and charges for services which are not telecommunication services.



 


		H.	The
                                         “Billing Details” shall include subtotals of charge amounts inclusive of
                                         VAT, for fixed charges, variable charges, One-Time Charges, Credits and Reimbursements
                                         (“Subtotal Row”). The debit amount for any Subtotal Row shall
                                         by transferred from the "account detail" to "account summary"



 


		I.	The
                                         final debit amount shall be presented when it includes VAT.



 


		J.	Cancelled



 


___________________ 


 

11
One month, two months, etc.


 


A58
Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).


 


A58
Amendment No. 58 (inception: this amendment will come into force on March 13, 2011).


 




    
Second Schedule—Appendix E1 – 6
 



    
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

Appendix E1
 


    
 


		K.	All
                                         charge amounts appearing in the “Billing Details” will be presented as a
                                         decimal number in New Israeli Shekels to a degree of accuracy of two digits after the
                                         decimal point.



 


(l)
The license owner may not present in the account details rates and debit amounts without VAT


 


		10.	In
                                         Part 2 of the “Billing Details” the licensee shall present in graph form
                                         or in any other manner in respect of each telephone number to which the telephone bill
                                         relates information about usage patterns, as set forth below:



 


		A.	The
                                         rate of utilization of each package of services included in the tariffs plan to which
                                         he is a subscriber, including packages of services granted to a subscriber within the
                                         scope of the fixed charge including international roaming packages;



 


		B.	Details
                                         of charges according to categories of services;



 


		C.	Distribution
                                         of call minutes and text messages according to categories of licensees on whose network
                                         the call was completed (internal network, external network according to category of licensee
                                         - mobile radio-telephone, internal domestic fixed line telephony).



 


Part
C - “Call Details”


 


		11.	The
                                         details set forth below shall be presented in the “Call Details”:



 


		A.	“Call
                                         Details” shall include information about all the services provided to the subscriber
                                         in the period to which the Bill relates.



 


		B.	Each
                                         “category of service” shall be set forth in a separate group under the heading
                                         of the service name, with each item in the “category of service” being presented
                                         in a separate row, pursuant to the provisions of subsection 11E. Respecting PTT services,
                                         no details are required for each call separately.



 


		C.	Presentation
                                         of data in relation to each “category of service” appearing in the “Call
                                         Details” will be carried out in ascending chronological order.



 


		D.	“Call
                                         Details” will be presented in table format pursuant to the details in the Examples.



 


		E.	In respect
                                         of each item appearing in the “Call Details”, at least the following data
                                         shall be noted:



 


		1)	Date
                                         of performance;



 




    
Second Schedule—Appendix E1 – 7
 



    
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

Appendix E1
 


    
 


		2)	Time
                                         (hh:mm:ss);



 


		3)	Call
                                         destination (if any);



 


		4)	Quantity
                                         for a service unit;



 


		5)	Tariff
                                         inclusive of VAT, to a decimal number in New Israeli Shekels to a degree of accuracy
                                         of at least 3 digits after the decimal point.



 


		6)	Charge
                                         amount inclusive of VAT, to a decimal number in New Israeli Shekels to a degree of accuracy
                                         of at least 2 digits after the decimal point.



 


		(E1)	Despite
                                         the aforementioned in subsection (e), the License Owner may not present the surfing details
                                         performed daily, but rather the overall amount of the surfing volume consumed daily.
                                         The license owner shall preserve documentation of the surfing details performed daily
                                         and shall forward them to the subscriber at his request.



 


		F.	The
                                         tariff presented shall be the tariff according to which the subscriber is charged, viz.,
                                         for example, after a discount, if any, the cheaper tariff offered to the subscriber within
                                         the scope of any offer, etc.



 


(F1)
The license owner may not present the rates and debit amounts without VAT.


 


		G.	The
                                         quantity, tariff and charge amount will be presented in adjacent columns if possible,
                                         so that the quantity multiplied by the tariff will give the charge amount. If there is
                                         also a fixed charge per call the quantity of calls made and the fixed charge per call
                                         shall be presented and the charge amount will be calculated by the quantity of calls
                                         multiplied by the fixed charge tariff per call plus the quantity multiplied by the tariff
                                         (see Example 4).



 


		H.	Quantity
                                         measured by time will be presented in the form of mm:ss (minutes: seconds); quantity
                                         measured by data volume will be presented as a digital number in MB when the data volume
                                         allotted to the subscriber for the bill period is up to 1 GB, and in GB when the data
                                         volume allotted to the subscriber for the bill period is greater than 1 GB, to a degree
                                         of accuracy of at least 3 digits after the decimal point; the quantity of internet pages
                                         viewed or text messages will be presented as a natural number.



 


		I.	Any
                                         “Category of Service” appearing in the “Call Details” will include
                                         a summary row in which will be set forth only the total quantity for which the subscriber
                                         is charged (hereinafter referred to in this Appendix as the “Subtotal Row”).
                                         The total amount in the subtotal row shall be transferred from "call detail"
                                         to "account detail



 


		J.	Cancelled.



 




    
Second Schedule—Appendix E1 – 8
 



    
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

Appendix E1
 


    
 


		K.	The
                                         presentation of each Subtotal Row shall be made in a prominent manner.



 


		L.	A call
                                         whose tariff is variable in the course of performance thereof, such as a transition from
                                         off-peak to peak rate or from peak to off-peak rate, a change in tariff in the course
                                         of the conversation, including a conversation starting within the scope of a “pay
                                         as you go” program and exceeding the minutes in the course of performance thereof,
                                         will be presented within the scope of “Calls at Variable Tariff in the Course of
                                         a Call”; the tariff will be presented under the column “Average Tariff”
                                         and will be calculated by dividing the charge amount into the quantity (see Example 5
                                         - Version A). A call whose tariff is variable in the course of performance thereof may
                                         also be presented in another form in which the charge tariff, the quantity and the charge
                                         amount, as well as the total charge of the call will be presented in respect of each
                                         segment of such call (see Example 5 - Version B).



 


		M.	The
                                         licensee may provide a subscriber making an express request, with Call Details in chronological
                                         order in which the calls were provided with no separation between categories of services,
                                         provided that it notifies the subscriber within the scope of the “Call Details”
                                         that he may receive “Call Details” also pursuant to the format determined
                                         in section 11(b).



 


 




    
Second Schedule—Appendix E1 – 9
 



     


    
 






	
        TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW

        THE BINDING VERSION IS THE
HEBREW VERSION





 





Appendix E2



 


A73Annex
E2 – Access to Services Form 


 


	Form
    for Access to Services through the Cellular Device that are Billed in the Telephone Bill 
	 	 
		Name of the license
        holder

         

        Methods for submission
        of the form:

         

        Address

         

        E-mail address

         

        Facsimile no.

         

        Date: ___________________

         

	I, whose details are
        stated below, request access to the services specified below, for the telephone number stated in this form, as follows:

         

        The Subscriber's Details

         

        The subscriber's name
        / the company's name: ______________ I.D./P.C. ________________ Address: ________________ Telephone number: ____________________

         

        Check according to your
        choice and sign. Please be advised that partial checking and signing means that the possibility of receiving the service
        will be blocked.

         

	No.	Type
    of Service	Blocked	Open	 
	1.	Cellular
        internet surfing service abroad without a surfing package / plan abroad

         

        (a)    
        This section is intended for business subscribers only.

         

        (b)    
        The subscriber funding the surfing abroad at his own expense shall be blocked from surfing abroad and shall
        not be charge for it if he does not have a surfing package / plan abroad;

         

        (c)    
        Blockage does not prevent surfing by Wi-Fi;

         

        Marking "open"
        in this section does not include opening the services in Jordan and in Egypt.

         
	☐	☐	 
	 	 	 	 	 
	2.	One-time content and/or information service	a.	One-time
    receipt or downloading of content via the internet, viewing and/or listening thereto (such as: one-time downloading
    or viewing of a video, listening to a song, downloading a ringtone, downloading a video, downloading a game). 	☐	☐	 
	b.	One-time
    sending of a special rate text message to vote in a program broadcast on television (such as: one-time voting in a reality
    show).  	☐	☐	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 


 



    
Second Schedule—Appendix E2 – 1
 



     


	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

Appendix E2


    
 


	 	 	c.	One-time
    giving of a donation by sending a text message (such as: a one-time donation to an association). 	 	 	 
	d.	Receipt of useful
    information on a one-time basis (such as: information regarding transportation lines, professionals, financial information,
    notice regarding the receipt of certified mail, and all on a one-time basis)	☐	☐	 
	 	 	e.	Receipt of content
    on a one-time basis (such as: quiz, lottery, survey, poll, astrological forecast, receipt of a link for downloading a
    video, and all on a one-time basis)	☐	☐	 
	3.	Continuous content and/or information
    service – subscription 	a.	Receipt or downloading
    of content via the internet, viewing and/or listening thereto other than on a one-time basis (such as: a subscription
    to download or view videos, a subscription to a music service, a subscription to download ringtones, a subscription to download
    videos and a subscription to download games). 	☐	☐	 
	b.	Receipt of content
    and/or information other than on a one-time basis (such as: a subscription to receive news updates, a subscription to
    receive sports results, a subscription to receive trivia questions and a subscription to receive diet recipes). 	☐	☐	 
	In an engagement in
        the presence of a representative of the licensee – I represent that this form has been marked and signed by 

         

        Name of the licensee's
        representative: _________________ Signature of the licensee's representative: ___________________ The subscriber's signature:
        ___________________

         



 



    
Second Schedule—Appendix E2 – 2
 



     


    
 



 


	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

Appendix F


 


 


APPENDIX
F – ORDERING OF A SERVICE ON THE WEBSITE OF THE LICENSEE OR A SERVICE PROVIDERA61


 


1.       Ordering
a Service from the Licensee


 


		1.1	Ordering
                                         a Service from the Licensee



 


The
ordering of a service on the Licensee's website or on its cellular portal (both hereinafter – the "Site")
shall be done according to one of the alternatives detailed in sections 1.2 or 1.3.


 


		1.2	Random
                                         Code



 


		(a)	The
                                         subscriber shall enter on the Site, in the place designated for that purpose, his subscriber
                                         number25.



 


		(b)	If
                                         the subscriber is blocked for the service, the Licensee shall send the subscriber an
                                         SMS notifying him that he is blocked for the type of service that was ordered, and that
                                         he can apply to the Licensee to remove the block for that type of service.



 


		(c)	If
                                         the subscriber is not blocked for the service, the Licensee shall send the subscriber
                                         an SMS including the following:



 


		(1)	The
                                         name of the service including its classification as "one-time" or as "continuing."



 


		(2)	The
                                         price of the service. The price shall be displayed in a detailed manner, including details
                                         concerning a "one-time" payment, a "fixed" payment for a specific
                                         period, including specification of the period, and the unit price according to which
                                         the payment for the service is measured.



 


		(3)	A random
                                         code of five (5) digits (hereinafter – the "Sent Code").



 


		(d)	The
                                         subscriber shall enter on the Site, in the place designated for that purpose, the Sent
                                         Code.



 


		(e)	The
                                         Licensee shall compare the Sent Code and the code entered by the subscriber as stated
                                         in subsection (d) (hereinafter – the "Entered Code").



 


		(f)	If
                                         the Entered Code is identical to the Sent Code, the Licensee shall send the subscriber
                                         an SMS notifying him that his registration for the service was approved, and in the case
                                         of a continuing service – information concerning the manner in which it is possible
                                         to cancel the registration for the service.



 


		(g)	If
                                         the Entered Code is not identical to the Sent Code, the Licensee shall send the subscriber
                                         an SMS notifying him that his registration for the service failed due to such non-identity.



 


____________________


 

A61
Amendment No. 61


 


25
Mobile Subscriber Number (MSN).


 




    
Second Schedule—Appendix F – 1
 



    
 


	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

Appendix F


    
 


		1.3	User
                                         Code and Password



 


		(a)	The
                                         Licensee shall display on the Site, next to the place designated for ordering the service,
                                         prominently and in a clear and legible manner, the following details:



 


		(1)	The
                                         name of the service including its classification as "one-time" or as "continuing."
                                         In the case of a continuing service – information concerning the manner in which
                                         it is possible to cancel the registration for the service.



 


		(2)	The
                                         price of the service. The price shall be displayed in a detailed manner, including details
                                         concerning a "one-time" payment, a "fixed" payment for a specific
                                         period, including specification of the period, and the unit price according to which
                                         the payment for the service is measured.



 


		(b)	The
                                         subscriber shall enter on the Site the user code and the password set or approved for
                                         him by the Licensee (hereinafter – the "Identity Code").



 


		(c)	If
                                         the subscriber is blocked for the service, the Licensee shall display to the subscriber
                                         a message addressed exclusively to him on the Site, notifying him that he is blocked
                                         for the type of service that was ordered, and that he can apply to the Licensee to remove
                                         the block for that type of service.



 


		(d)	The
                                         Licensee shall compare the Identity Code and the user code and password set by it for
                                         the subscriber and saved in its system (hereinafter – the "Saved Code").



 


		(e)	If
                                         the Identity Code is identical to the Saved Code, the Licensee shall provide the service
                                         to the Licensee.



 


		(g)	If
                                         the Identity Code is not identical to the Saved Code, the Licensee shall send the subscriber
                                         a message addressed exclusively to him through the Site, notifying him that his registration
                                         for the service failed due to such non-identity.



 


		2.	Ordering
                                         a Service from a Service Provider



 


		2.1	Order
                                         of service from the website of the service supplier shall take place as specified below:



 


		(a)	Contracting
                                         with a service provider as defined in Section 60.6 for the receipt of its services, shall
                                         take place only by way of the website of the service provider (hereinafter – the
                                         "Supplier's Website")12.



 


		(b)	The
                                         first detail which the subscriber shall be required to type on the Supplier's Website,
                                         in the intended place for it shall be – the method of payment customary to him
                                         for payment for services provided by the license owner or on its behalf – (Pre-paid)
                                         or (Post-paid);



 


_________________________


 


 

12
It is forbidden to contract with a service provider in response to an offer set to end user equipment, or by way of notice
sent from end user equipment.


 




    
Second Schedule—Appendix F – 2
 



    
 


	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

Appendix F


    
 


		(c)	A
                                         subscriber, who pays his telephone bills post-paid shall be required to type the following
                                         on the Supplier's Website:



 


		(1)	"Customer
                                         number" of the subscriber, as it appears on the telephone bill;



 


		(2)	The
                                         subscriber's identification number;



 


		(3)	The
                                         subscriber's telephone number, which shall be charged for the consumption of the service;



 


		(4)	The
                                         last four digits of the payment method (the number of the credit card of the number of
                                         the bank account).



 


		(d)	A
                                         subscriber, for whom the pre-paid method of payment is implemented, shall type the following
                                         on the Supplier's Website:



 


		(1)	The
                                         telephone number from which the service consumption can be debited from the outstanding
                                         balance;



 


		(2)	In
                                         the event that the charging was made by way of a dialing card – the last four (4)
                                         digits of the dialing card number; in the event the charging was made by way of a credit
                                         card – the last four (4) digits of the credit card number.



 


		(e)	The
                                         service provider shall forward to the license owner a notice, which includes that detailed
                                         in subsection (c) or (d), as applicable, as well as the following:



 


		(1)	The
                                         name of the service, including the classification of the service as a "one-time"
                                         payment service or as a "continuous" payment service;



 


		(2)	Service
                                         rates.



 


		(f)	Immediately
                                         after the details above are forwarded to the license owner by the service provider, the
                                         license owner shall perform a conformity examination between the said details and the
                                         details appearing in its information system. The registration process for service may
                                         be continued only after the license owner informs the service provider that the conformity
                                         examination was found to be entirely identical to the details examined.



 


		(g)	If
                                         the subscriber is blocked from receiving the service or that all details are not entirely
                                         identical, as stated, the license owner shall notify the service provider that the subscriber
                                         is blocked from receiving the type of service requested or that his registration for
                                         services failed, as applicable, and shall notify the subscriber by way of a text message,
                                         free of charge, that he is blocked from receiving the type of service requested by him,
                                         or that his registration for service failed, as applicable, and that he may contact the
                                         license owner for the removal of the blockage from said type of service.



 




    
Second Schedule—Appendix F – 3
 



    
 


	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

Appendix F


    
 


		(h)	If
                                         the subscriber is not blocked for the receipt of service and all details are entirely
                                         identical, as stated, the license owner shall send the subscriber a text message, free
                                         of charge, which shall include only the following:



 


		(1)	The
                                         name of the service, including the classification of the service as a "one-time"
                                         payment service or as a "continuous" payment service;



 


		(2)	Service
                                         rates;



 


		(3)	A
                                         random code of at least five (5) digits.



 


		(i)	The
                                         subscriber shall type the code on the Supplier's Website in the intended place for it.



 


		(j)	The
                                         service provider shall forward to the license owner the code which the subscriber type,
                                         as stated in subsection (i).



 


		(k)	The
                                         license owner shall make a comparison between the code sent to the subscriber and the
                                         code typed by the subscriber on the Supplier's Website.



 


		(l)	If
                                         the code the subscriber types is identical to the code sent to him, the license owner
                                         shall send the subscriber a text message, free of charge, notifying him that his registration
                                         for the service was approved, and if the service is on "continuous" payment,
                                         the information regarding the method by which the registration for the service may be
                                         canceled. Furthermore, the license owner shall notify the service provider that it approved
                                         the registration for the service.



 


		(m)	If
                                         the code typed by the subscriber is not identical to the code sent to him, the license
                                         owner shall send a text message to the subscriber, free of charge, notifying him that
                                         his registration for the service failed due to lack of conformity, as stated. Furthermore,
                                         the license owner shall notify the service provider that the registration for service
                                         failed.



 


		(n)	The
                                         service provided as a "one-time" payment shall be provided to the subscriber
                                         only once, and the charge for it shall be on a one-time basis. If the subscriber wishes
                                         to receive the service on a one-time service additional times, he shall be required to
                                         register for the service time and time again.



 




    
Second Schedule—Appendix F – 4
 



     


    



	
        TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW

        THE BINDING VERSION IS THE
HEBREW VERSION





 


 


 


 


Appendix
H – Bank Guarantee and Letter of Undertaking


 


The License
Owner shall provide the manager with an unconditional guarantee in favor of the State of Israel. The guarantee shall be in the
amount of eighty million (80,000,000) NIS. This guarantee shall be in place of any previous guarantee which the License Owner
provided to the manager under the provisions of its license. If the License Owner met the provisions of Appendix E, the guarantee
amount shall be reduced to forty million (40,000,000) NIS.


 


Version
of Bank Guarantee / autonomic insurance and version of undertaking to extend the guarantee


 


To:


 


The State
of Israel – Ministry of Communications


 


23 Jaffa
Street, Jerusalem


 


RE:
Bank Guarantee / Autonomic Insurance No. ---------------


 


		1.	According
                                         to the request of [name of License Owner] (hereinafter – the "License
                                         Owner"), we hereby guarantee towards you the payment of any amount, at your
                                         request, up to a total amount of [the guarantee amount] at the actual payment
                                         date (hereinafter – guarantee amount), in connection with the general license for
                                         the provision of mobile telephony communications, which was granted to the License Owner.



 


		2.	We
                                         undertake to pay you at your initial written request, any amount stated in the demand
                                         up to the guarantee amount within ten days from the date of receipt of your request.



 


(Optional
paragraph: a payment demand must be delivered to the bank branch stated in this Bank Letter, during working hours in which the
branch is opened. A demand by facsimile, telex, electronic mail or telegram shall not be considered as a sufficient demand for
the purpose of this guarantee).


 


		3.	Our
                                         undertaking under this Guarantee is unconditional, and you do not have to specify, base
                                         or prove your demand or to initially request payment from the License Owner.



 


		4.	This
                                         guarantee shall be valid until [seven years from the date of receipt of the license];
                                         the License Owner shall bear any expense entailed in the realization or extension of
                                         this guarantee.



 


	 	Sincerely,
	 	 	 
	 	 	Bank


 



    
Second Schedule—Appendix J – 1
 



    
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 


    
 


To


 


The State
of Israel – Ministry of Communications


 


23 Jaffa
Street, Jerusalem


 


RE: Undertaking
to Extend the Bank Guarantee / Autonomic Insurance No. ---------------


 


Further
to the bank guarantee / autonomic insurance no. ____________________, which was provided to you in accordance with the provisions
of the general license for the provision of mobile telephony communications (hereinafter: the "Guarantee"), we
[name of License Owner] (hereinafter – the "License Owner") undertake that no later than sixty days
before the end of the guarantee term, it shall be extended for a period of another five years, and each time for an additional
period in a manner in which the guarantee shall be valid until [two years from the end of the validity of the license granted
to us]; however, if at said period we did not pay off, to your satisfaction, all of our charges, the guarantee shall be extended,
each time for a period of an additional year, according to your written request.


 


Sincerely,


 


[the
License Owner]


 


	24 of Av, 5775	 	/Signature	 
	August 9, 2015	 	Shlomo Filber	 
	 	 	The General Manager	 


 


 


 



    
Second Schedule—Appendix J – 2
 



    
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 


    

 


To


 


The State
of Israel – Ministry of Communications


 


23 Jaffa
Street, Jerusalem


 


RE: Undertaking
to Extend the Bank Guarantee / Autonomic Insurance No. ---------------


 


Further
to the bank guarantee / autonomic insurance no. ____________________, which was provided to you in accordance with the provisions
of the general license for the provision of mobile telephony communications (hereinafter: the "Guarantee"), we
[name of License Owner] (hereinafter – the "License Owner") undertake that no later than sixty days
before the end of the guarantee term, it shall be extended for a period of another five years, and each time for an additional
period in a manner in which the guarantee shall be valid until [two years from the end of the validity of the license granted
to us]; however, if at said period we did not pay off, to your satisfaction, all of our charges, the guarantee shall be extended,
each time for a period of an additional year, according to your written request.


 


Sincerely,


 


[the
License Owner]


 


	24 of Av, 5775	 	/Signature	 
	August 9, 2015	 	Shlomo Filber	 
	 	 	The General Manager	 


 



    
Second Schedule—Appendix J – 3
 



    
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 


    
 


Appendix
J –Accessibility to International Telecommunications Services A6)


 


		1.	Definitions



 


		1.1	In
                                         this document, the following words and terms will have the definitions noted at their
                                         sides, unless otherwise deriving from the language or context:



 


	Bezeq International  - 	The Bezeq International Company Ltd. ;
	Barak - 	Barak I.T.C. (1995) Company for International Telecommunications
    Services;
	Chance caller - 	A Licensee subscriber, calling abroad using an international
    operator, using a three digit dialing code, as set out in section 2;
	Subscriber number (or telephone number) - 	A group of numbers in a certain order, including area code,
    the dialing of which should create a telecommunication’s connection between the reading subscriber’s end user
    equipment and the reader subscriber’s end user equipment; a reader subscriber number may be a subscriber number of a
    number to a call answering center of a subscriber or a number to a call answering center of a licensee2
	International operator - 	Anyone providing international telecommunications services to
    the public in Israel under a general license from the Director;
	Chosen operator - 	An international operator chosen by appointment, under the provisions
    of section 43
	Access code - 	A group of numbers in a certain order, the dialing of which
    allows access to a certain telecommunications service of a certain operator; dialing additional codes, as needed, and the
    subscriber number, should create a telecommunication connection to the subscriber’s end user equipment4 ;
    if the access code is a manned call center, the service is given via the operator.
	Short
        dialing code - 

         
	“00” ” and “188” access code,
    designated to receive international telecommunications services, by direct dialing, or via an operator, as explained in section
    2;
	Golden Lines - 	The Golden Lines International Communications Services Company;
	Subscriber ascription	The technically defining action an internal operator performs
    in his switch so that his subscriber’s calls, performed through a shortened dialing code, are channeled into the chosen
    operator’s switch;
	Outgoing ITMS calls - 	 Transferring a verbal message or facsimile
    message via an international telecommunications service, initiated by a Licensee subscriber;
	Ingoing ITMS calls - 	Transferring
        a verbal message or facsimile message via an international telecommunications service, initiated by an international caller;

         

	International Telecommunications Services - 	Telecommunications
services given to the public in Israel, under license from the Director, via an international operator’s international telecommunication
services;



 


_____________________ 


 

2
The phone number is determined by the licensee, according to rules and directives prescribed by the Director.


 


3
A chosen operator may be Bezeq International, Barak or Golden Lines.


 


4
for example: dialing an access code for international services, and after a country code, area code in that country and telephone
number of the designated subscriber abroad


 



    
Second Schedule—Appendix J – 4
 



    
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 


    
 


	ITMS service 	International
telecommunications message service, that is, two-directional simultaneous transfer of talk and simultaneous transfer of facsimile
messages, in an international telecommunications system.



 


		1.2	Words
                                         and expressions in this document not defined above shall have the meaning as defined
                                         in the Law, regulations enacted by virtue thereof, in the Interpretation Law, 5741 –
                                         1981, or as set out in the appropriate places in the Licensee’s general license
                                         and in the International Operators’ licenses, unless otherwise deriving from the
                                         language or context.



 


		2.	Allocation
                                         of Access Code



 


		2.1	A
                                         Licensee will channel subscriber dialing, to the international operators’ switches,
                                         for access to international telecommunications’ services, using the following codes:



 


		(A)	double-digit
                                         access code – the ‘00’ access code, which will serve as short access
                                         code for international telecommunications services provided by a chosen operator; the
                                         Licensee will channel a subscriber dialing the prefix ‘00’ to the chosen
                                         operator;



 


		(B)	triple-digit
                                         access code – an access code of ‘01X’ type, which will serve as
                                         an access code for international telecommunications services provided to a chance user;
                                         the Licensee will channel any subscriber dialing the prefix ‘01X’ code to
                                         the international operator according to the X digit; the X digit is the international
                                         operator’s code, according to the following:



 


		1.	‘2’
                                         – code for Golden Lines’ services;



 


		2.	‘3’
                                         – code for Barak services;



 


		3.	‘4’
                                         – code for Bezeq International services;



 


		(C)	‘188’
                                         access code – that will serve as a number for operator services ; any subscriber
                                         dialing ‘188’ will be channeled by the Licensee to the chosen operator’s
                                         operator services;



 


		(D)	four-digit
                                         access code – numbers of the ‘18XY’ type, that will serve as an
                                         access code for various international telecommunications services of any and all international
                                         operators; any subscriber dialing ‘18XY’ will be channeled by the Licensee
                                         to the international operator according to the X digit; the X digit is the code of the
                                         international operator under section 2.1(B); the Y digit is any number from 1 to 9 and
                                         the 0 digit; the use of the Y digit will be determined by the Director, under advisement
                                         with the international operators, in order to ensure uniformity and fair competition;
                                         each international operator will be allocated ten (10) such four digit numbers/ these
                                         numbers will be accessible for both the chosen operator’s subscribers and for chance
                                         callers.



 




    
Second Schedule—Appendix J – 5
 



    
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 


    
 


		2.2	If
                                         the Licensee allows its subscriber the use of another short dial code (such as +), instead
                                         of the “00” dial code (hereinafter: a special code), all the provisions and
                                         rules applicable to the short “00” dial code will apply to the special code
                                         as well.



 


		2.3	Dial
                                         by pre-paid program for unidentified subscribers who are not blocked for outgoing ITMS
                                         calls will be possible only using three-digit access codes of the 01X type, and four-digit
                                         access codes of the 18XY type; upon dialing a short access code or a special access code,
                                         a voice announcement will be heard referring the customer to dial via said access codes
                                         available to him.



 


2A.
A23 Subscriber Access to Outgoing ITMS Calls : 


 


		2A.1	The
                                         Licensee will allow subscribers to act as follows, with regard to outgoing ITMS calls:



 


		(D)	as
                                         an ascribed subscriber.



 


		(E)	As
                                         blocked



 


		(F)	As
                                         a chance caller only.



 


		3.	Blocking
                                         Outgoing International Calls and Removal of the Blocking 



 


		3.1	The Licensee
                                         will block outgoing ITMS calls, and may also block collect incoming ITMS calls for any
                                         subscriber requesting to block access to international services or subscribers for whom
                                         the international service for outgoing ITMS calls has been stopped or cut off, in accordance
                                         with the conditions of the License; the licensee may not block incoming ITMS calls except
                                         collect calls.



 


		3.2	If a block
                                         for outgoing ITMS calls has been implemented at a subscriber’s request, the Licensee
                                         will remove the block as follows: A23



 


		(A)	If
                                         the subscriber has asked to join, he will indicate his choice international operator
                                         who shall serve as his “chosen operator”, by his signature on the appropriate
                                         form; notice given by means of facsimile will be deemed notice in writing given to by
                                         the subscriber in this matter.



 


		(B)	If
                                         the subscriber has asked to be a chance caller, he will notify the Licensee of such;
                                         if the notice is verbal, the Licensee will verify the requesting party’s identity.



 


		3.3	The Licensee
                                         will perform the block for ITMS or removal thereof, performed in accordance with the
                                         subscriber’s request, according to the following:



 


		(A)	70%
                                         - Within one working day of receipt of notice; requests received after 1500 hours will
                                         be deemed having been received on the following work day;



 


		(B)	20%
                                         - within two working days of receipt of notice;



 




    
Second Schedule—Appendix J – 6
 



    
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 


    
 


		(C)	the
                                         rest – within 5 working days.



 


		3.4	The Licensee
                                         will ensure that a subscriber who has blocked his outgoing ITMS calls cannot make outgoing
                                         calls using ‘00’ dialing code, ‘01X’ dialing code, ‘188’
                                         or ‘18XY’ dialing codes, or using any other code that may come in place thereof
                                         A23 .



 


		3.5	The Licensee
                                         may collect reasonable payment for performance of a block for outgoing ITMS calls or
                                         for removal of the block.



 


		3.6	Notwithstanding
                                         that stated in section 3., the Licensee will allow all its subscribers to block outgoing
                                         ITMS calls before initiation of services for such subscriber, free of charge.



 


		3.7	The Licensee
                                         will verify that all subscribers whose access to outgoing ITMS calls has been blocked
                                         receive appropriate voice message when dialing access codes or telephone numbers for
                                         international services.



 


		3.8	If a subscriber
                                         who has chosen a chosen operator asks to block outgoing ITMS calls, the Licensee shall
                                         notify such to the chosen operator, within seven (7) working days of the date of performance
                                         of the block.



 


		4.	Choosing
                                         a Chosen Operator



 


		4.1	A
                                         Licensee’s subscriber may notify the international operator in writing, on a signed
                                         form approved by the Director, regarding his choice of a chosen operator through whom
                                         such wishes to receive international telecommunications services using ‘00’
                                         or ‘188’ access codes; the form will including the particulars of the subscriber
                                         – first name, last name or name of corporation, ID number of ID number of the corporation,
                                         address and telephone numbers the subscriber asks to define the international operator
                                         as the chosen operator for, and the date and time when instruction regarding the appointment
                                         was given. The form will explain that any phone number may have one chosen operator only,
                                         and such will fulfill the requirements prescribed in this matter in the international
                                         operator’s license7 (hereinafter: the ascription form).



 


		4.2	Subscribers
                                         may change the chosen operator at any time by written notice on the ascription form;
                                         for initial ascription made at the subscriber’s request, the subscriber will not
                                         be asked to pay anything, however the subscriber may be charged a reasonable fee for
                                         any change in the ascription.



 


		4.3	The
                                         chosen operator will send the Licensee notice regarding the subscriber’s having
                                         chosen him as the chosen operator (hereinafter: ascription notice); ascription notice
                                         will include the subscriber’s particulars - first name and last name, address and
                                         telephone numbers the subscriber asked to define the international operator as the chosen
                                         operator for, and the date and time of the ascription form on which the subscriber signed;
                                         the chosen operator will give ascription notice to the Licensee in accordance with the
                                         ascription forms signed by him; ascription notice will be given via magnetic media files,
                                         or in any other manner agreed upon between the Licensee and the international operators.
                                         If two or more ascription notices are given to the Licensee, relating to the same telephone
                                         number, the sc will act in accordance with the ascription notice with the later date
                                         and hour.



 


_____________________ 


 

7
Attention is called to section 52.3 of the Bezeq license, and section 56.4 to the Golden Lines and Barak license.



 




    
Second Schedule—Appendix J – 7
 



    
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 


    
 


		4.4	If
                                         a person has asked to become a new Licensee subscriber, he must make note, in the request
                                         to the international operator of his choice to engage with as a chosen operator; the
                                         Licensee will allow any new subscriber to choose a chosen operator for himself or to
                                         block the outgoing ITMS calls, or will allow the subscriber to receive ITMS services
                                         as a chance caller only; ascription services to a chosen operator or connection as a
                                         chance caller, and blocking outgoing ITMS calls will be given to new subscribers, at
                                         the time of initial registration, free of charge A23 .



 


		4.5	In
                                         order to choose a chosen operator, and without derogating from the aforesaid, the Licensee
                                         will act as follows:



 


		(A)	the
                                         Licensee will allow all subscribers having a subscriber line number to choose one chosen
                                         operator will be for certain subscriber lines, and another for other subscriber lines;



 


		(B)	VoidA2A23
                                         .



 


		(C)	the
                                         Licensee will perform ascription of a subscriber within one working day of receipt of
                                         ascription notice form the chosen operator A2A23.



 


		(D)	The
                                         Licensee will report to the international operator regarding completion of said subscriber
                                         ascription as stated in sub-clause (C) above, including change of ascription at the time
                                         and under such plan as agreed upon between the Licensee and the international operator;
                                         the report will include particulars of the subscriber – first name, last name or
                                         name of corporation, address and telephone numbers the subscriber asked to ascribe to
                                         the international operator.



 


		(E)	A20
                                         The Licensee will send a daily modification file of subscriber ascription to all
                                         international operators (hereinafter: the modification file), containing the particulars
                                         of the subscribers who ascribed to the international operator or who unsubscribed on
                                         that day. The modification file will be handed over at the time and under such procedure
                                         as shall be agreed upon between the Licensee and the international operator. The file
                                         will include the particulars of the subscriber, including at least the first name, last
                                         name or name of corporation, ID number of ID number of the corporation, address and telephone
                                         numbers the subscriber asks to define the international operator as the chosen operator
                                         for. effect



 


		(F)	The
                                         Licensee may request that the Director allow in certain cases, all the prescription of
                                         rules and limitations on the matter of subscriber ascription, the Licensee will set out
                                         the technical or operational reasons on which such request is based; if the Director
                                         consents to the Licensee’s said request, at his professional discretion, the Director
                                         will prescribe the time frame for the applicability of said rules and limitation;



 


______________________



 

effect
This amendment will go into effect by no later than Thursday, the 29th of Nissan, 5763 (May 1, 2003)


 




    
Second Schedule—Appendix J – 8
 



    
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 


    
 


		(G)	The
                                         Licensee will submit a written quarterly report to the Director, by the 15th
                                         of the month following the end of the quarter; the information in the report will be
                                         correct as of the last day of the calendar quarter preceding the date of the report,
                                         and will include the following:



 


		(1)	The
                                         number of subscribers blocked form international telecommunications services;



 


		(2)	The
                                         number of subscriber engaged for international services using short dialing codes or
                                         using special codes, for each of the international operators;



 


		(3)	A23
                                         The number of subscribers engaged for international services as chance dialers
                                         only.



 


		(H)	If
                                         there should be any disputes between the international operator or between the Licensee
                                         and the international operator on the matter of a subscribers choosing a chosen operator,
                                         the matter will resolved by the Director, or resolved by an independent arbitrator appointed
                                         by the Director, at his exclusive discretion.



 


		4.6	The
                                         Licensee will channel any subscriber dialing using the ‘00’ prefix or any
                                         other special prefix for access to international telecommunications services, or channeling
                                         a call to a Licensee’s subscriber located abroad using an international operator
                                         (follow-me subscriber service) to the chosen operator.



 


		5.	Void
                                         A23



 


		6.	Block
                                         for short dialing code



 


		6.1	Subject
                                         to the provisions of this appendix, the Licensee will perform a block for short dialing
                                         code for any subscriber so requestingA23 .



 


		6.2	The
                                         Licensee will perform the block for short dialing code as follows: the Licensee will
                                         channel the subscriber’s calls using the double-digit ‘00’ prefix and
                                         the ‘188’ prefix to an announcer playing a recorded announcement stating
                                         the following in Hebrew, English, Arabic and Russian: “This service is blocked,
                                         for further details please dial ___ (a telephone number of the announcer under the provisions
                                         of section 6.7)A23 .



 


		6.3	Void
                                         A23



 


		6.4	Void
                                         A23



 


		6.5	Void
                                         A23



 


		6.6	Void
                                         A23



 


		6.7	The
                                         Licensee will operate the voice announcement 24 hours a day, including Saturdays and
                                         holidays, using such method and wording allowing a subscriber to receive an explanation
                                         regarding the ascription and overseas dialing, in Hebrew, English, Arabic and Russian;
                                         the explanation will include the following matters:



 




    
Second Schedule—Appendix J – 9
 



    
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 


    
 


		(A)	Performance
                                         of ascription – the ascription process and where to call in order to request the
                                         ascription form;



 


		(B)	How
                                         one may make an international call when the subscription is blocked for short dialing
                                         codes;



 


		(C)	The
                                         option of blocking overseas dialing and the option of removing such block;



 


		(D)	Where
                                         one may call in order to find out about additional matters – telephone numbers
                                         of international operators.



 


		7.	Interconnection



 


		7.1	The
                                         Licensee will connect its system to all international telecommunications system, directly
                                         or indirectly, according to the terms of its license, in a manner allowing provision
                                         of international telecommunications services to all subscribers through the international
                                         telecommunications services of all international operators, including outgoing and incoming
                                         ITMS calls, direct dialing, dialing through an operator (‘188’ service, as
                                         stated in section 2.2(A)), “Direct Israel” services, collect service (from
                                         abroad to Israel, from Israel abroad), international 1-800 service (incoming and outgoing),
                                         calling card services, from any destination abroad and to any destination abroad.



 


		7.2	The
                                         technical, operational and commercial arrangements between the Licensee and any international
                                         operator will allow the provision of the following to all subscribers:



 


		(A)	Quality
                                         service, including service quality control and means for investigating and dealing with
                                         subscriber’s complaints regarding quality of service;



 


		(B)	Accurate
                                         and precise billing of subscriber, including control over the billing and means for investigating
                                         and dealing with subscriber’s complaints regarding incorrect billing and tools
                                         and means of identification and prevention of fraud and deception;



 


		(C)	Consumer
                                         response to subscriber’s queries and questions, including tools and means of providing
                                         an itemized bill for subscribers, and for investigating subscriber’s queries in
                                         all matters related to receipt of international services.



 


		7.3	In order
                                         to implement the provisions of this appendix, the Licensee will act, inter alia, as follows:



 


		(A)	Allow
                                         any subscriber who has not blocked outgoing international ITMS calls to make international
                                         calls at any time via his chosen international operator or as a chance caller, using
                                         dialing methods set out in section 2;



 


		(B)	Allow
                                         all subscribers to change their chosen operators; this service will be given in return
                                         for a reasonable charge,



 




    
Second Schedule—Appendix J – 10
 



    
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 


    
 


		(C)	Take
                                         reasonable measures to prevent subscriber ascription to a chosen operator without his
                                         knowledge or against the subscriber’s wishes (“slamming”); these measures
                                         will include identification of the subscriber and verification of the subscriber’s
                                         right to receive service;



 


		(D)	Give
                                         all subscribers, free of charge, service allowing them to identify the name of their
                                         chosen operators;



 


		(E)	The
                                         Licensee will offer non-discriminatory conditions to all international operators, including
                                         in all matters regarding the commercial conditions, billing and collections arrangements,
                                         availability of connection installations and quality of service; without derogating from
                                         the generality of the aforesaid, the Licensee will provide service for all international
                                         operators under equal conditions including in the matter of interconnection, provision
                                         of infrastructure installations and connection services to the network, performance of
                                         changes in switching, in installations, protocols and network interface;



 


		(F)	The
                                         conditions for interconnection between the Licensee’s system and the international
                                         operator’s international telecommunications system will be reasonable and non-discriminatory;
                                         if the parties have not reached any agreement, the Minister will determine matters between
                                         them;



 


		(G)	A
                                         copy of any agreement between the Licensee and international operator in the matter of
                                         interconnection will be delivered to the Director;



 


		(H)	Any
                                         international operator requesting the particulars of a subscriber refusing to make payments
                                         to the Licensee designated for the international operator for services used via the international
                                         operator’s international telecommunications system will be given over, whether
                                         such subscriber was an ascription subscriber or a chance caller; these particulars will
                                         include the first name, last name or name of corporation, ID number of ID number of the
                                         corporation, address and telephone number.



 


		(I)	A22
                                         Allow international operators to collect payment directly for services from subscribers
                                         ascribed to such international operator, and who have chosen to receive billing and collections
                                         services directly; the Licensee will have any vital information required by the international
                                         operator at his disposal allowing the international operator to provide billing and collection
                                         services for such aforesaid ascribed subscribers;



 


		(J)	A22
                                         Provide services under equal and non-discriminatory conditions and for such charge
                                         not discriminating against an ascribed subscriber who has chosen to receive billing and
                                         collection services from the international operator.



 




    
Second Schedule—Appendix J – 11
 



    
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 


    
 


		7.4	The
                                         international operators will bear the costs of implementation of the interconnection
                                         including the process of survey and blocking short dialing codes, and, if so required,
                                         for a subscriber’s initial ascription to a chosen operator; the rate of payments,
                                         as stated, will be determined under negotiation between the Licensee and the international
                                         operator; the Licensee’s shared expenses that cannot be ascribed to a particular
                                         international operator will be divided equally between all international operators; if
                                         the parties have not come to an arrangement, the Minister will prescribe instructions
                                         in these matters, after giving the parties a fair opportunity to argue their claims before
                                         him.



 


First
Schedule – Void A23


 


Second
Schedule – Void A23


 




    
Second Schedule—Appendix J – 12
 



     


    

	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 





Appendix K


 







 


Appendix
K – Discontinuation of Service to Cellular End-User Equipment of the IS-54 typet7


 


Definitions1.
In this appendix - 


 


	“Old
        technology phone” –

         
	A cellular phone operating on IS-54 format;
	“New technology phone” -	A cellular phone operating on IS-136 format;

                                     

	“Upgradeable
        telephone” -

         
	An
        old technology phone that may be upgraded to a new technology phone;

         

	“Date of cessation
        of service” -

         
	The
        date on which the Licensee ceases to provide cellular services to an old technology phone owner.

         

	“Eligible
        customer” -

         
	The
        Licensee’s subscriber or customer who has lawfully purchased an old technology telephone and has not exchanged or
        upgraded it to a new technology phone;

         

	“Telephone
        Number” -

         
	The
        number of the cellular telephone given to a subscriber or customer who lawfully purchased an old technology phone and
        connected to the Licensee’s network;

         

	“Upgrade”
        -

         
	Exchanging
        the software version of the telephone upgrades the telephone, wherein it becomes a new technology phone.

         



	Discontinuation
        of service

         
	2.	Notwithstanding
        the aforesaid in section C of chapter E of the General License, the Licensee may discontinue provision of cellular services
        to eligible customers, provided all the following provisions apply:

         

	Publication	3.	(A)
            The Licensee will publish an appropriate notice under these provisions in three of the largest newspapers in Israel, one
        of which is published in Arabic, on the closest Friday to the date 30 days before the date of cessation of service.

         

        (B)
    The Licensee will publish an appropriate notice under these provisions in three of the largest newspapers in Israel, one of which
is published in Arabic, on the closest Friday to the date 30 days earlier than the end of six months from the date of cessation
of service. 



 


____________________ 


 

t7
Amendment 7


 



    
Second Schedule—Appendix K – 1
 



    
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

Appendix K


    
 


	Exchange of telephone	4.	The
        Licensee will exchange an old technology telephone including all accessories thereto, including a hands-off device, for
        a new technology telephone, including all accessories thereto, for any eligible customer, on the basis of accessory for
        accessory, including the installation thereof, provided the new technology telephone is of no lesser features than the
        new technology telephone’s features, free of any direct or indirect charge to the customer.

         

	Upgrade	5.	The
        Licensee will upgrade an eligible customer’s upgradeable telephone, free of any direct or indirect charge to the
        customer.

         

	Telephone number	6.	The
        Licensee will keep the telephone number allocated to any eligible customer before the date of cessation of service for
        a period of six months from the date of cessation of service; after this period the Licensee may exchange the telephone
        number of an eligible customer who did not exchange the old technology telephone to a new technology telephone or did
        not upgrade an upgradeable phone during that period.

         

	Notice
        of Application 

         
	7.	The Licensee shall inform the Director in advance and in writing
    of the day of Discontinuation of Service and of the days of Publication as detailed in sub-sections 3(A) and (B) above and
    shall furnish the Director with copies of the notices as published.
	Period 	8.	The
        Licensee will fulfill the provisions of sections 4 and 5 above starting on the date of publication prescribed in sub-section
        3(A) above for a period of 7 years from the date of cessation of service.

         

	Conditions of service 	9.	The provisions of sections 4, 5 and 6 will be deemed a condition
    of service, as defined in section 37B.(A)(1) of the Telecommunications Law.


 



    
Second Schedule—Appendix K – 2
 



     


    

	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 





Appendix K-1



 


 


A63Appendix
K-1 – Discontinuation of Service for Cellular End Equipment in a Cellular System Using the IS-136 (TDMA) technology.


 


		1.	Definitions



 


In
this appendix –


 


	"Day of Service Discontinuation"	December 31, 2011 or an earlier date, if no initiated
    calls are made in the system operating by the IS-136 (TDMA) technology (hereinafter – the "old system")
    by entitled subscribers during at least 14 consecutive days.
	 	 
	"Entitled Subscriber"	A subscriber, excluding a dormant subscriber to which the service
    was discontinued, who prior to the day of service discontinuation held obsolete equipment and has still not replaced or upgraded
    it to new equipment.
	 	 
	"Phone Number"	The phone number given to an entitled subscriber holding obsolete
    equipment.
	 	 
	"New Equipment"	Cellular end equipment, including a battery and charger, reconditioned
    or new according to the Licensee's choice, operating at a minimum on a system using the GSM technology, of Nokia 6070 model
    or another model with features not inferior to those of the said model.
	 	 
	"Obsolete Equipment"	Cellular end equipment operating on the obsolete system and
    its accessories, including end equipment which is out of order or missing.
	 	 


		2.	The Licensee shall discontinue
the provision of cellular service to a subscriber holding obsolete equipment, starting from the service discontinuation day.



 


		3.	Publication of Service
Discontinuation



 


		3.1	The Licensee shall publish,
in at least three major dailies in Israel one of which is published in Arabic, on the closest Friday to the date 30 days before
the service discontinuation, an appropriate notice notifying the public of the discontinuation of activity of the system using
the IS-136 (TDMA) technology and the services provided to its subscribers through that system, in accordance with the provisions
of this appendix (hereinafter – the "first notice"). In addition, it shall send a written notice similar
to the first notice to each entitled subscriber whose address is registered with the Licensee. The Licensee shall submit the contents
of the first notice to the Director for approval prior to its publication.



 


		3.2	The Licensee shall publish,
in three major newspapers in Israel, one of which is published in Arabic, on the closest Friday to the date 30 days earlier than
the end of six months from the date of service discontinuation, an additional notice, in accordance with the provisions of this
appendix (hereinafter: the "second notice"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Licensee is entitled not to publish
a second notice as stated, if no entitled subscriber exists on that date.



 


		3.3	The Licensee shall send
an entitled subscriber a voice message and an SMS concerning the discontinuation of the service, by one week before the day of
service discontinuation.



 


__________________


 

A63
Amendment no. 63


 


 




    
Second Schedule—Appendix K-1 – 1
 



    
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 

Appendix K-1


    
 


		3.4	The
                                         Licensee shall publish a notice similar to the first notice also on its website, starting
                                         from the date of publication of the first notice until 30 days after the publication
                                         of the second notice.



 


		4.	End Equipment Replacement
Process



 


		4.1	The Licensee shall do the
following, without any direct or indirect consideration:



 


		a.	It shall replace for each
entitled subscriber the obsolete equipment with new equipment.



 


		b.	For an entitled subscriber
with a speaker, it shall replace the speaker with a reconditioned or new speaker compatible with the new equipment. In this regard,
replacement – including installation of the speaker.



 


		c.	It shall grant a warranty
for the new equipment and for the speaker, as the case may be, for a period of no less than two years from the day of publication
of the first notice.



 


(All
that stated in section 4.1 above – "upgrade".)


 


		4.2	The upgrade process shall
be carried out at any of the Licensee's service and sales center, during two years from the day of publication of the first notice.



 


		4.3	An
                                         entitled subscriber who is a "prepaid" subscriber with an unutilized payment
                                         balance, and who is not interested in upgrading the obsolete equipment held by him, shall
                                         receive from the Licensee the balance of the payment. Such a subscriber shall be entitled
                                         to a refund of the unutilized balance, after showing the obsolete equipment, from the
                                         day of service discontinuation until the end of the validity of such balance.



 


		5.	Phone Number



 


		5.1	The
                                         Licensee shall keep the phone number of an entitled subscriber that was allocated to
                                         him before the day of service discontinuation, during one year from the day of service
                                         discontinuation, before it is returned to the pool of phone numbers of the Licensee,
                                         unless the entitled subscriber notifies the Licensee of his wish to keep the number that
                                         was allocated to him for an additional year.



 


		6.	Notice of Inception



 


		6.1	Without
                                         derogating from that stated in section 3.1, the Licensee shall give the Director prior
                                         written notice regarding the day of service discontinuation and the publications days
                                         as stated, and shall furnish to the Director photocopies of all the notices, as stated
                                         in section 3.



 


 




    
Second Schedule—Appendix K-1 – 2
 



     


    



	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION



 


 


 


Appendix
O – Erotic Servicest36effect


 


1. Definitions


 


1.1 In this
appendix –


 


	Licensee - 	One
        who has been given a general license by the Minister for provision of NDO or cellular services;

         

	Telephone bill - 	A
        bill given to the subscriber by the Licensee for services provided;

         

	Writing - 	Including
        via facsimile or electronic mail;

         

	Service number - 	A
        number of digits allocated to an erotic services provider by the Licensee, given by dialing a telephone number, subject
        to the provisions of the numbering program and administrative provisions in this matter, the dialing of which, following
        a dialed prefix, allows the subscriber access to the service;

         

	Services provider -	One
        who provides erotic services via the network, and payment for the service is made through the telephone bill; in the matter
        of erotic services provided through dialing a telephone number, access to the services is achieved through a service number;

         

	Erotic promo	Broadcast
        or presentation of an audio or visual message with sexual content, including a recorded message, given via a telecommunications
        facility, directly or indirectly, and such message is intended to provide information on a service following or to encourage
        the use thereof, provided the broadcast of the message or presentation are made without additional charge beyond the charge
        for a telephone call collected via the telephone bill;

         

        In
        this matter, “indirectly” – including by way of creating a connection from the subscriber’s end
        user equipment as a condition of providing the erotic promo.

         

	Area code	A
        national area code in such model as prescribed by the Ministry for erotic services;

         

	The network - 	The
        Licensee’s public telecommunications network.

         

	Erotic services - 	Audio
        broadcast or presentation of an audio or visual message with sexual content, including recorded messages, given via a
        telecommunications facility, directly or indirectly, including services for dating, chats, or sending messages between
        chance callers, designated or serving, even in part, for sexual purposes, which are any of the following:

         

        (1)   
        A service provided through the dialing of a telephone number given by a service provider;

         

        (2)   
        An access service to a closed data base of contents including multimedia files, held by the Licensee or by another
        provider of the service with the Licensee’s consent (hereinafter: the “cellular portal”).

         

        In
this matter, “indirectly” – including by way of creating a connection from the subscriber’s end user equipment
as a condition of providing the service or for charging for it;



 


__________________ 


 

A36
Amendment no. 36


 


effect
This amendment will go into effect on the 1st of Nissan, 5766(March 30, 2006)


 





A76  Amendment No. 76


 


 



     


    
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 


    
 


	Payment regulations - 	The
        Communications Law (Telecommunications and Broadcasts) (Payment for Telecommunications’ Services), 5765 –
        2005;

         

	Special payment - 	A
        price fixed as stated in section 6, which the subscriber is required to pay for erotic services in addition to the regular
        payment;

         

	Payment Per time -	A
        special payment, the rate of which is determined by the amount of time the subscriber used the erotic service;

         

	Regular payment - 	One
        of the following:

         

        (A)
        For a call within the network – a payment that does not exceed the fixed charge according to the rate agreement
        between the subscriber and the Licensee regarding a call to another subscriber in the same network;

         

        (B) 
        For a call from one cellular network to another cellular network or to a NDONDO network – payment as set
        out in sub-section (A) plus a payment that does not exceed NIS 0.50 per minute (including VAT);

         

        (C) 
        For a call from the Bezeq company network to a cellular network – a charge that does not exceed that prescribed
        by the letter D in table A in the First Schedule of the Payment Regulations, plus NIS 0.50 per minute (including VAT);

         

        (D)
        For a call from a NDONDO network, except the Bezeq company network, to a cellular network – a charge that does not
        exceed the fixed charge according to the rate agreement between NDO subscribers and NDO, with respect to another subscriber
        number within the same network, plus NIS 0.50 per minute.

         

        (E) 
For erotic services given via the cellular portal – a charge that does not exceed the fixed charge according to the
rate agreement between the subscriber and the Licensee with regard to access service to the cellular portal.

	 	 


		2.	Access through Dialing



 


		2.1	Subject
                                         to the provisions of section 4, access to erotic services given through dial-up will
                                         be made available to subscribers via an area code and service number.



 


		3	Allocation of Service
Number



 


		3.1	In the
                                         matter of erotic services provided by dial-up, the Licensee may allocate a service number
                                         to a service provider; in such case, the Licensee will allow the service provider to
                                         provide services to both the Licensee’s subscribers as well as subscriber to other
                                         licensees.



 


______________________


 

A76  Amendment No. 76


 




     


    
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 


    
 


		4	Blocking Access



 


	4.1	A.	 A38 A Licensee
will block access to erotic services from all end-user equipments connected to the network; without derogating from the aforesaid,
for the purpose of blocking access to erotic services given though the cellular portal, the Licensee may make use of a means of
blocking, including content filtering programs, provided they efficiently block access to said service.



 


		B.	A38 Should the
Ministry of Communications notify the Licensee that an erotic promo is being given through the Licensee’s telephone line
or network, without access through a service number, the Licensee will cut off said line, or block the line from receiving incoming
calls;



 


		4.2	A subscriber 18 years of
age or more may request the Licensee remove a block imposed as described in section 4.1AA38 from his end user equipment.



 


		4.3	A request
                                         for such removal of a block will be made in writing, or verbally, provided the Licensee
                                         has prescribed a procedure allowing accurate identification of the requesting subscriber.



 


		4.4	If a subscriber
                                         has so requested a block removed, the Licensee will remove the block within a reasonable
                                         time, in a manner allowing the subscriber access to erotic services via the end user
                                         equipment in his possession.



 


		4.5	If a block
                                         has been removed for erotic services as stated, and the subscriber requests that his
                                         end user equipment again be blocked for such services, the Licensee shall perform the
                                         block at the soonest possible opportunity, and by no later than 2 work days from the
                                         date of receipt of the subscriber’s request.



 


		4.6	The first
                                         removal of a block against erotic services, made at the subscriber’s request as
                                         stated in sections 4.2 and 4.3 will be made free of charge; the Licensee may charge the
                                         subscriber a reasonable fee for any additional blocking access to erotic services or
                                         for additional removal of such block, made at the subscriber’s request.



 


		4.7	The license
                                         owner shall document the request of the subscriber for the removal of the blockage of
                                         erotic services. The documentation shall be available at the license owner for delivery
                                         or transfer, as applicable, to the manager, within five (5) business days from the date
                                         the subscriber submitted his request.



 


		5	Early Registration



 


		5.1	Notwithstanding that stated
in section 4 above, the Licensee may establish a duty of early subscriber registration for receipt of a password, a submission
of which will be a precondition for receipt of erotic services. The provisions of this section do not derogate from the provisions
of sections 4.2 and 4.3 above.



 


		6	Special
                                         Payment



 


		6.1	If special
                                         payment is prescribed for erotic services, the rate shall be fixed by the Licensee or
                                         in agreement between the Licensee and the services provider.



 


		7	Charging the Subscriber



 

______________________


 

A76  Amendment No. 76


 



     


    
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 


    
 


		7.1	If special payment is prescribed
for erotic services, the Licensee’s phone bill will show the payment for the service separately from charges for the Licensee’s
other services, unless the subscriber has requested otherwise.



 


		7.2	The Licensee shall provide
the subscriber, upon demand and within ten (10) working days, details of the special payment for erotic services as follows:



 


		(A)	The
                                         service number the service allocated;



 


		(B)	The
                                         date and time service was provided;



 


		(C)	Billing
                                         time units – when charging per time – the number of time units charged or
                                         the total amount of the special payment; in the case of a charge according to traffic
                                         volume (such as MB, KB), the number of volume units transferred;



 


		(D)	The
                                         sum charged for the service.



 


The
Licensee may collect a reasonable fee for specification of the special payment.


 


		8	Mandatory Tender



 


		8.1	If a special payment has
been fixed for erotic services provided through the network, the Licensee, either himself or via the services provider, will play
a recorded message at the beginning of the call, containing the following details:



 


		A.	The essence of the service;



 


		B.	Rate of special payment
for the service, according to payment per time or per traffic volume, as the case may be;



 


		C.	The option to discontinue
the service, without charge, before the signal is heard, as stated in section 8.4.



 


		8.2	The
                                         recorded message will be played in the language in which the erotic service is provided,
                                         in comprehensible language, at a reasonable pace and without recording defects.



 


		8.3	At the
                                         start of erotic services provided in a language not Hebrew, a message will be played
                                         announcing the language in which the service is provided, and after, the recorded message
                                         will be played, as stated in sections 8.1 and 8.2, in the language in which the service
                                         is provided.



 


		8.4	Upon
                                         completion of the recorded message, as stated in section 8.1, the caller will have a
                                         5 second interval, at the end of which a signal indicating the start of the erotic services;
                                         if the caller disconnected the call before the signal was heard, he will not be charged
                                         the special payment. Alternatively, the caller will be asked to press a certain key on
                                         his end user equipment in order to confirm that he desires to accept the service, and
                                         will be charged the special payment only from the moment he so acts.



 


		8.5	If a
                                         special payment is fixed for erotic services provided by access to the cellular portal,
                                         the Licensee will notify subscribers regarding the price of the service in an obvious
                                         and clear manner, providing the subscriber the option to disconnect from the service
                                         without being charged the special payment.



 


		9	Licensee
                                         –Services Provider Relations



 

______________________


 

A76  Amendment No. 76


 




     


    
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 


    
 


		9.1	The
                                         Licensee may allow a services provider to perform telecommunications operations via its
                                         installations in order to provide erotic services; the services provider will be exempt
                                         from the duty of obtaining a license for telecommunications services, under the provisions
                                         of section 3(5) of the Law.



 


		9.2	The
                                         Licensee will include the provisions of this appendix, mutatis mutandis, in the agreement
                                         between the Licensee and the services provider, in such manner that the services provider
                                         will be obligated to fulfill said provisions.



 


		9.3	The
                                         Licensee will provide the Director with any agreement between such and a services provider,
                                         upon demand.



 


		10	Interconnection



 


		10.1	The conditions for interconnection
between the network and the Licensee’s public telecommunications network, in all matters relating to provision of billing
and collection services by one Licensee to another licensee, for purposes of provision of erotic services given via the network
to another licensee’s subscriber, will be formalized in an agreement between the Licensee and the other licensee; if the
parties cannot reach an agreement, the Minister will decide on the matter.



 


		10.2	The Licensee will, upon
demand, provide the Director with a signed copy of all agreement it has with other licensees in the matter of said interconnection.



 


		11	General



 


		11.1	The Licensee will be responsible
to handle all erotic services customer complaints, in all matters relating to subscriber access to the service, and problems of
billing and collection in connection with the service, and will establish a mechanism for dealing with customer queries for such
purpose; the services provider will be responsible to deal with subscriber complaints in regard to service content. If the Licensee
himself provides the erotic services, the Licensee will be responsible to handle erotic services customer complaints regarding
the service content as well.



 


		11.2	The Licensee may not disconnect,
stop or harm the basic telephone services of a subscriber who has used erotic services and refuses to pay for such, however, the
Licensee may disconnect such subscriber from continued use of the erotic services.



 


		11.3	The Licensee may not provide
a subscriber’s particulars to another services provider or to others, without the subscriber’s written consent , and
only after verification of the authenticity of such consent.



 


		11.4	A Licensee shall, within
three (3) working days, provide any subscriber so requesting the following particulars regarding the services provider, without
charge:



 


		A.	The
                                         name and address of the provider;



 


		B.	The
                                         telephone number at which such provider may be reached.



 


		11.5	The provisions of this
appendix will apply, mutatis mutandis, to provision of erotic services provided as a network service to the Licensee’s subscribers
only.



 


		11.6	The Licensee may himself
provide erotic services, and the provisions of this appendix will apply thereto, mutatis mutandis.



 


______________________


 

A76  Amendment No. 76


 




     


    
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 


    

 


 


Annex
P – Premium Service Provided at a Premium Tariff A76


 


	1.	Definitions	 	 
	1.1	In this Annex:	 	 
	 	“License Holder”	-	An entity which received a general license by virtue of the
    law;
	 	“Host License Holder”	-	A License Holder through whose Network the Service Provider
    provides its services;
	 	“Source License Holder”	-	A landline or mobile domestic License Holder, whose Subscriber
    wishes to purchase a Premium Service;
	 	“Service Order”	-	Any action initiated by the Subscriber for the purpose of receiving
    a Premium Service, including calling a Dialing Code, entering the Subscriber’s telephone number, entering a password
    and entering a code;
	 	“Telephone Bill”	-	A bill submitted by a License Holder to a Subscriber for services
    provided to him;
	 	“Writing”	-	Including via facsimile or e-mail;
	 	“International Operator”	-	An entity which received a general license to provide international
    telecommunications services;
	 	“Subscriber”	-	A subscriber of the Source License Holder;
	 	“Service Number”	-	A 10-digit telephone number determined according to the provisions
    of the numbering plan and the instructions of the Directorate in this regard, which includes a designated Dialing Code plus
    several digits, which the Host License Holder allocates to a Service Provider, and the dialing of which allows a Subscriber
    access to a Premium Service;
	 	“Service Provider”	-	An entity which provides Premium Service through a License Holder’s
    telecommunications Network, the payment for which is made through the Telephone Bill;
	 	“Dialing Code”	-	A national dialing code, in a format determined by the Ministry
    for the purpose of accessing a Premium Service;
	 	“Network”	-	A system of telecommunications facilities through which a License
    Holder provides its services;


 

______________________


 

A76  Amendment No. 76


 



     


    
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 


    
 


	 	“Premium Service”	-	Voice message announcement or visual message presentation
    service, including a recorded message, which is provided through a telecommunications device, directly or indirectly, inter
    alia for one of the following purposes: the provision of information and content, entertainment, advice, dating service,
    chat, entering a competition, a lottery, a game or a vote or service provided over the internet, and with the exception of
    an erotic service; for this purpose, “indirectly” – including by way of making contact from the Subscriber’s
    end equipment or entering the Subscriber’s telephone number, including on the internet, as a condition to provision
    of or charging for the service;
	 	“Premium Tariff”	-	The tariff for payment for a Premium Service is in accordance
    with the requirement of the Host License Holder; this tariff shall include a tariff for completing the call on the Host License
    Holder’s public telecommunications Network, which is determined pursuant to the Communications Regulations (Telecommunications
    and Broadcasting) (Payments for Interconnect), 5760-2000, and with respect to a service that is provided by an International
    Operator as a Host License Holder, the tariff shall include the payment to be retained by the International Operator;
	 	“Regular Tariff”	-	The tariff collected from the Subscriber by the Source License
    Holder, in accordance with the tariff plan set forth in the engagement agreement between it and the Subscriber26.
	1.2	Words and expressions in this annex that have not
    been defined in this section will bear the same meaning as in the law, in the regulations promulgated thereunder, in the Interpretation
    Law, 5741-1981, in Section 1 of the license or as specified elsewhere in this annex, unless another meaning is implied by
    the context.
	2.	Access to Service
    and the Duty of Universality 
	2.1	A Source License Holder will allow every Subscriber
    access to any Premium Service provided on all of the Networks of the license holders.
	2.2	A Host License Holder will allow all callers of
    all license holders access to the Premium Services provided through its Network.
	2.3	A Host License Holder and a Source License Holder
    will allow provision of Premium Services only through the Dialing Code and Service Number.
	2.4	Referral to the Dialing Code will be made only in
    order to receive a Premium Service; referral to such Dialing Codes for other purposes, including charging and collection arrangements,
    customer service or administration, is absolutely prohibited.
	2.5	The
license holder will block access to a telephone number, including an international number, without the Dialing Codes for a Premium
Service, insofar as it is informed by the Ministry or otherwise learns that a Premium Service is provided through this telephone
number.



 


_____________________


 

26
In the event that the Subscriber has a limited monthly minutes package, the License Holder shall deduct the payment according
to the duration of the call from the monthly minute quota; in the event that the Subscriber has an unlimited plan, he will not
be charged any additional payment for dialing a Service Number; in the event that the Subscriber has a tariff plan other than
in the framework of a package, his Regular Tariff will be identical to the tariff for an inter-network calling minute.


 



     


    
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 


    
 


	3.	Duty of a recorded
    announcement and notification to the Subscriber
	 	 
	3.1	Immediately
        after consummation of the engagement, and before providing a Premium Service, the Host License Holder will play a recorded
        message to the caller, in the language in which the service is provided, using clear and universally understandable words,
        and without interference on the recording. The recorded message will include the following details, according to the following
        order:

         

        (a)    
        The nature of the service;

         

        (b)    
        The Premium Tariff, in addition to the Subscriber’s Regular Tariff;

         

        (c)    
        The maximum tariff that may be collected for the service;

         

        (d)            The maximum duration determined for the purpose of receipt of a Premium Service, if determined;

         

        (e)      The
possibility available to the caller to disconnect the call before commencement of provision of the service, without being charged,
until the end of the sounding of the signal as specified in Section 3.2.

         

	3.2	Upon completion of the sounding of the recorded announcement
    as stated in Section 3.1, and before commencement of provision of the service, the Host License Holder will sound a special
    signal to the caller, following which he shall be afforded at least 5 seconds to disconnect the call, without being charged
    the Premium Tariff. The license holder may afford the Subscriber the possibility of confirming receipt of the service by pressing
    a certain key on the end equipment in his possession to start the provision of the services before expiration of the said
    time.
	 	 
	3.3	If access to a Premium Service is blocked as stated in Section
    7.1, the Source License Holder shall play a recorded message to the Subscriber whereby such service cannot be received, due
    to blocking of the access to the Dialing Code. The license holder may specify, in the recorded message, the ways of removing
    the blocking.
	 	 
	4.	Purchase of a Service
	 	 
	4.1	Upon completion of the process stated in Section 3.2, the caller
    will be afforded the possibility of purchasing the Premium Service.
	 	 
	4.2	The service purchase will be made for each service separately,
    and according to the Dialing Code, and the purchase of a certain service shall not be deemed as the purchase of an additional
    service, whether the same service or another service.
	 	 
	5.	Price of the Service
	 	 
	5.1	For all of the Dialing Codes specified below, the service tariff
    for the Subscriber will be the Premium Tariff for the service plus the Regular Tariff.
	 	 
	5.2	For a service provided with the Dialing Code 1-900, a maximum
    sum of NIS 0.5 per calling minute may be charged, and no more than NIS 30 for the entire call.
	 	 
	5.3	For a service provided with the Dialing Code 1-901, a maximum
    sum of NIS 50 may be charged, regardless of whether the Premium Tariff for the service was collected on a one-time basis or
    the tariff was determined according to the duration of the service, or a combination of the two.


 

______________________


 

A76  Amendment No. 76

 




     


    
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 


    
 


	5.4	For a service provided with the Dialing Code 1-902,
    a maximum sum of NIS 100 may be charged, regardless of whether the Premium Tariff for the service was determined on a one-time
    basis or the tariff was determined according to the duration of the service, or a combination of the two.
	 	 
	5.5	Subject to the provisions of Sections 5.2-5.4, the binding Premium
    Tariff is the tariff provided to the Subscriber in the recorded announcement, prior to provision of the service, in accordance
    with Section 3.1.
	 	 
	5.6	The prices stated in this section include V.A.T.
	 	 
	6.	Collection and charging arrangements
    
	 	 
	6.1	A Source License Holder will not collect from a Subscriber payment
    for a Premium Service, which was provided contrary to the provisions of this annex.
	 	 
	6.2	The Source License Holder will collect from the Subscriber payment
    for the Premium Service according to the charge records that the Host License Holder forwarded thereto, in addition to the
    Regular Tariff.
	 	 
	6.3	The Host License Holder will forward to the Source License Holder,
    at least once a day, charge records in respect of a Premium Service (the “Premium Records File”) which was provided
    to the Subscriber, as delivered to the Subscriber in an announcement according to Section 3.1.
	 	 
	6.4	The Source License Holder will remit to the Host License Holder
    payments that it collected from its Subscribers in respect of Premium Services, according to the Premium Tariff, and will
    not be required to do so in respect of payments, as aforesaid, that it was unsuccessful in collecting from its Subscribers.
	 	 
	6.5	If a Subscriber disconnects the call before provision of the
    service has begun, the Source License Holder may collect from him a Regular Tariff, and will not remit to the Host License
    Holder an interconnect tariff, as set forth in the Communications Regulations (Telecommunications and Broadcasting) (Payments
    for Interconnect), 5760-2000 (the “Interconnect Regulations”).
	 	 
	7.	Discontinuation of a Premium
    Service
	 	 
	7.1	A Host License Holder may disconnect the caller from a Premium
    Service upon the payment for the call reaching the maximum payment as stated in Section 5.
	 	 
	7.2	A Source License Holder shall block the Premium Service for
    prepaid Subscribers upon exhaustion of the balance available to the Subscriber, or at the very latest, upon receipt of the
    “Premium Records File”.
	 	 
	7.3	The provisions of Section 7.2 shall apply also to a credit-restricted
    postpaid Subscriber who has reached the credit limit agreed with him.
	 	 
	8.	Blocking Access to Service
    
	 	 
	8.1	The license holder will allow every Subscriber, existing or
    new, to choose whether the access from his telephone line to Premium Services with Dialing Codes 1-900 and 1-901 will be open
    or blocked. The Subscriber’s decision will be made by checking the “blocked” or “open” box on
    the access to services form (the “Form”).
	 	 
	8.2	The license holder will prepare the access to services form
    or amend the access to services form defined in its license (the “Access to Services Form”) so as to include
    the provisions of the access to premium services form in Section 12.


 

______________________


 


A76  Amendment No. 76

 



     


    
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 


    
 


	8.3	The license holder will post the Access to Services
    Form on its website.
	 	 
	8.4	A new Subscriber’s choice will be made by checking a box
    on the form which constitutes part of the “engagement agreement”, when made in a transaction in the presence of
    the Subscriber and a representative of the license holder, in the framework of the “engagement terms and conditions
    document”, when the engagement is made in a remote sale transaction via a telephone call, or as marked by the Subscriber
    on an online form, when the engagement is made via the internet.
	 	 
	8.5	The license holder will notify an existing Subscriber, in the
    Telephone Bill, of the option of downloading the form from its website, and marking his choice regarding access to Premium
    Services with Dialing Codes 1-900 and 1-901. If an existing Subscriber filled out a form in the past and is now only filling
    out his choice regarding access to Premium Services, his previous choices regarding access to services shall remain in place,
    unless the Subscriber explicitly requests to modify them.
	 	 
	8.6	If
        an existing Subscriber does not explicitly mark, within two months from this annex taking effect, his choice regarding
        access to Premium Services which are provided with Dialing Codes 1-900 and 1-901, the default option will be as follows:

         

        a.      
        With respect to code 1-900 – open;

         

        b.      
With respect to code 1-901 – blocked.

	 	 
	8.7	The blocking of access to Premium Services with Dialing Code
    1-901 according to the default option as stated in Section 8.4, will be performed by the license holder within seven (7) working
    days from two months after this annex takes effect. A Subscriber’s first-time blocking of access to codes 1-900 and
    1-901, whether according to the Subscriber’s choice or as a default option, will be performed free of charge.
	 	 
	8.8	The license holder will block the access of all of its Subscribers
    to the services provided with the Dialing Code 1-902 as a default option, free of charge, within one working day, from the
    date of this annex taking effect. A Subscriber’s request to remove the blocking will be made in writing, or orally,
    provided that the license holder performs a reliable identification of the Subscriber submitting the request, according to
    the procedure determined thereby.
	 	 
	8.9	If a Subscriber requests removal of a blocking, the license
    holder shall remove the blocking within a reasonable time.
	 	 
	8.10	The license holder shall document the Subscriber’s request
    to remove the blocking of Premium Services. The documentation will be available at the license holder for delivery or transfer,
    as the case may be, to the Director within five (5) working days from the date on which the Subscriber submitted his request.
	 	 
	9.	Provision of the service in
    Israel through an International Operator 
	 	 
	9.1	An International Operator may be a Host License Holder, and
    allow provision of a Premium Service through its Network, without being required to route the call overseas.
	 	 
	10.	Miscellaneous provisions 


 


______________________


 


A76  Amendment No. 76

 



     


    
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 


    
 


	10.1	A Host License Holder may permit a Service Provider
    to perform telecommunications actions through the facilities of the License Holder for the purpose of provision of the service;
    the Service Provider is exempt from the duty to obtain a general permit or license for the purpose of performance of telecommunications
    actions, pursuant to the provisions of Section 3(5) of the law.
	 	 
	10.2	If a Subscriber does not pay a Telephone Bill which includes
    a charge in respect of Premium Services, the License Holder will forward to the Host License Holder the following details
    of the Subscriber: his full name, I.D. number and contact details.
	 	 
	10.3	In
        a Telephone Bill which includes charges in respect of Premium Services, the License Holder will specify in respect of
        each Service Provider, charges in respect of whose services are included in the bill, the following details:

         

        a.        
        Name and address of the Host License Holder;

         

        b.        
        Company number or licensed dealer number of the Host License Holder;

         

        c.        
Details for contacting the Host License Holder, including a telephone number.

	 	 
	10.4	A Host License Holder may not use means of payment details,
    provided thereto by the caller for the purpose of payment for other services, in order to collect a premium payment.
	 	 
	11.	Temporary provision
	 	 
	11.1	(a)    
        A Host License Holder will play an announcement to the caller whereby the Premium Service is provided only through
        use of the Dialing Codes 1-900, 1-901 and 1-902 in the following cases:

         

        (1)  
        By calling Premium Services, access to which was enabled until the provisions of this annex took effect, by dialing
        an international number;

         

        (2)  
        By calling Premium Services, access to which was enabled until the provisions of this annex took effect, by dialing
        a network access code, as defined in the numbering plan in Israel.

         

        (b)     
        The announcement will be made in the language in which the Premium Service is given.

         

        (c)     
        The Host License Holder will play the announcement for six months from the date on which the provisions of this
        annex take effect.

         

        (d)    
The source operator may charge the Subscriber the Regular Tariff in respect of the announcement.



 


______________________


 


A76  Amendment No. 76

 



     


    
	 TRANSLATION FROM HEBREW
THE BINDING VERSION IS THE HEBREW VERSION


 


    
 


	12.	Access
        to Premium Services form:

         

	 	Form
    of Access via the Telephone Device to Services Charged in the Telephone Bill
	 	 	Name of License Holder

         

        Ways to send the form:

         

        Address

         

        E-mail address

         

        Facsimile no.

         

        Date:
        ____________

         

	 	I,
        whose details are recorded below, request access to the services specified below, for the telephone number stated on this
        form, as follows:

         

        Details
        of the Subscriber

         

        Name
        of the Subscriber / name of the company: __________ I.D./P.C. __________ Address: _______________ Telephone number: _______________

         

        Check
        the box according to your choice and sign. Please note that partial checking and signing mean blocking the possibility
        of receiving the service.

         

	 	Type
    of service	Blocked	Open
    	Subscriber’s
    signature
	 	Access
    to Premium Services, which include playing of audio content or presentation of visual content, such as: information, entertainment,
    advice, dating service, entering competitions, etc., which are provided by dialing 1-900 and 1-901 numbers. 	a.	1-900
    numbers at a tariff of up to 50 Agorot per minute and no more than NIS 30 for an entire call.	☐ 	☐ 	 
	 	b.	1-901 numbers at a tariff that does not exceed NIS 50 for an entire call. 

                                                                                 
	☐ 	☐ 	 
	 	In
        an engagement in the presence of a representative of the License Holder –

         

        I,
        the undersigned subscriber, declare that this form was marked and signed by me. 

         

        Name
        of representative of the License Holder: ________________

         

        Signature
        of representative of the License Holder: ________________

         

        The
        Subscriber’s signature: _________________

         

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 











































































 

______________________


 


A76  Amendment No. 76